Professional Documents
Culture Documents
PAES Master Catalog 39th Edition Digital PDF
PAES Master Catalog 39th Edition Digital PDF
PAES Master Catalog 39th Edition Digital PDF
26 Aeration
Phone For International Orders
92 Filtration 407-886-3939 (Local) Call from 8:00 AM–7:00 PM Mail your order to the
Monday to Thursday, address above or:
877-347-4788 (Toll Free)
8:00 AM–5:00 PM Friday. Phone: +1-407-886-3939
132 Disinfection 407-886-4884 (Fax)
Fax: 407-886-4884
Hazmat Air
407 Paint and Repair HAZMAT A
Hazardous Material: Air Fees Only.
Hazmat AG
410 Lighting and Electrical HAZMAT AG
Hazardous Material: Air and Ground Fees.
To our valued customers: The entire team at Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems would As mentioned previously, our aim in 2016 was to improve our customers’
like to take the opportunity to say thank you for supporting us throughout 2016! It experience when interacting with Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems. With this in mind,
was a successful and progressive year with many new initiatives aimed at making we have added several new subject matter experts to our team. We have also
your customer experience more enjoyable. In particular, we made several key improved our commercial aquaculture system design capabilities, expanded our
improvements to our website, including enhanced search by part number and the service team and added over 100 new items to our already industry-leading
ability to view our complete product catalog online. We have also made many product offering. 2016 was also a big year for trade shows; we exhibited at over 50
operational changes to streamline operations in our manufacturing plants, which events. At future shows, we hope you’ll stop by our booth to visit our team of
results in higher-quality products delivered on-time to you, our important knowledgeable experts.
customers. This sentiment from last year’s letter is worthy of repeating, because it is still of
In last year’s edition of this letter, we mentioned the successful opening of our key importance to how we operate our business: Our work and dedication to the
PAES W.A.T.E.R. (World Aquaculture Technology Engineering & Research) Center aquaculture industry has helped to ensure a more stable, sustainable food source
in Apopka, FL. The center, which consists of 12,400 square feet of laboratories and for the growing global population. We have and will continue to develop innovative
fish culture systems, is used for demonstration, innovation and educational solutions to complex challenges that our customers are facing; enabling their
activities. Now that this flagship facility has been open a year, we are pleased to operations to increase yields and profits by improving efficiencies in key input
report that we’ve successfully conducted multiple workshops and innovation costs such as water, energy and labor.
sessions in the facility. Thanks to the world-class PAES W.A.T.E.R. facilities, our As always, we hope our customers will ‘Think Pentair First!’ Whether you need
workshop attendees were able to experience first-hand interactions with complete system design for a commercial aquaculture project or are just looking
aquaculture systems and equipment; they could feel what a real day is like in the for a replacement part, we urge you to think of us first. We will strive to keep you
life of an aquaculture professional. We hope you’ll join us for an upcoming as a valued customer and we do our absolute best to make this catalog as
workshop to learn more about aquaculture by working alongside out team of comprehensive as possible, delivering our wide-range of new products in specific
scientists, biologists and engineers. In 2016 we were also thrilled to have categories to create a more user-friendly resource.
completed a successful first fish harvest from the PAES W.A.T.E.R. facility. In
February, a team of eight Pentair employees worked carefully to ensure complete There is no doubt in our minds that the coming year will be an exceptional one for
success during the harvest. . In total, over 10,000 pounds of tilapia were growth in the aquaculture industry. With new projects around the globe,
transferred from PAES W.A.T.E.R.’s indoor Recirculating Aquaculture System technological advancements and a commitment from Pentair Aquatic Eco-
(RAS). The final (and perhaps most exciting) update about PAES W.A.T.E.R. is the Systems to carry out even more improvements this year – all with you, our valued
launch of an interactive tour on PAESWATER.com. This digital tour allows viewers customer, in mind. Thank you for your patronage and support, and we look forward
to walk through the facility, stop and learn about each piece of equipment and so to continuing to serve you in 2017 and beyond.
much more. There is also a live video stream where viewers can tune in to live
events that happen throughout the year. Allowing our customers the chance to see
the facility without actually being there in person is so rewarding and we hope you
all enjoy it! Sincerely,
The past year has also seen some exciting news from our Urban Organics Pentair
Group as well. In late 2015, we announced a new venture, the establishment and
operation of an 87,000-square-foot indoor aquaponics facility in the former
Schmidt’s brewery building in St. Paul; one of the largest commercial aquaponics
facilities in the world. Through diligent teamwork and collaboration with Pentair’s
team of experts involved in this project – from system design, to construction and Barney Leddy
execution of the meticulous plans, we’re happy to report that there are fish in the
Platform Leader - Environmental Systems
tanks, the growing racks are in place and planted and we are anxiously awaiting
the grand opening of Urban Organics West in the first part of 2017! Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, Inc.
Brought to life by
ASK US
Pentair is dedicated to excellence in all aspects of
our business. Whatever you need—equipment selection,
consultation, technical support, system design, redesign/
retrofitting services, maintenance or service contracts—you
can count on us. Pentair provides what’s needed to make
any system operate more efficiently and effectively to help
you extract profit from every facet of your operation. We see
the potential in the Commercial Aquaculture market;
we’ve made this our main focus and we strive to be the best
in the three key areas of supporting commercial facilities:
Design • Service • Equipment. Ready to get your aquaculture
project started? …ASK US!
COMMERCIAL
AQUACULTURE
With depleting food stocks unable to keep up with rising
demand, the commercial aquaculture industry is ready
to explode. The potential for commercial aquaculture is
enormous, but the industry is also highly complex. The need
for advanced equipment, high-level support and precise
engineering has never been greater, and the many economic
and ecological challenges of fish production must be solved.
Which is why we’re here. Our mission is to offer symbiotic
biological and engineering solutions to support any
aquaculture need. For you, this means everything from
designing a complete facility to engineering solutions for
existing production systems. Our commercial aquaculture
team can also help you with equipment upgrades,
troubleshooting and technical support. With Pentair Aquatic
Eco-Systems as your partner, the future has arrived.
DESIGN
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems has a team of experts proficient
in designing sustainable commercial-scale Recirculating
Aquaculture Systems (RAS), which offer economic and
production benefits including, biosecurity, scalable
operations, excellent water quality and containment-free
products. In addition, our Recirculating Aquaculture Systems
are also environmentally sustainable with a small water
requirement and space footprint. Our global reach ensures
that cleaner crops will remain at the forefront of aquatic
research technology for years to come. For design
consultation and services for your RAS project… ASK US!
SERVICE
At Pentair AES, our commitment to customer support does
not end at the time of the sale or after a project is completed.
We have a team of knowledgeable field technicians equipped
with the skills to service various types of aquaculture
systems. If you need assistance with an install, maintenance
or troubleshooting, we’re here to help. Pentair’s team boasts
a diverse background in aquaculture and biological and
technological engineering that is grounded in decades of
research and commercial industry application experience.
We are able to provide superior in-house expertise for
complete turn-key projects, simple equipment upgrades to
major integrated recirculating system design… ASK US!
EQUIPMENT
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, Inc. is the largest source of
aquatic products and systems worldwide. PAES offers
solutions and expertise to improve growing conditions in
any environment from recirculating aquaculture systems
to improving water conditions in pens. Pentair AES can help
you improve results in any part of the growing cycle. We
provide the best possible solutions for aquaculture facilities,
from hatcheries to grow-out and everything in between. And
with over 5,000 products in this catalog and more than 7,000
products on PentairAES.com, Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems
has the answers for your farm’s needs… ASK US!
COMPLETE SYSTEMS
PRODUCTS
9 Fish Farm
10 Holding System
11 Mini Fish Farm
12 Aquaponics System
13 Quarantine & Holding
COMPLETE SYSTEMS 9
Fish Farm, Automated
SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS) EACH
FF50MA BASIC SYSTEM W/MANUAL CONTROLS 290 $4,308.00
FF50ACP PULSE AUTO CONTROL PANEL 5 556.69
Our Auto Fish Farm has been a great learning experience. The Pentair AES technical reps have
been a readily available resource to help us with our Auto Fish Farm installation and operation.
FF50AB3 BIOREACTOR 75 1,301.00 The trout we are raising in our basement are healthy and amazingly fast growing. The Auto Fish
FF50AF PRECISION AUTOFEEDER 10 405.19 Farm is a balanced, easy-to-maintain system, and we are excited about adding another tank to
our existing system.
FF50AUV UV STERILIZER 15 397.89
Mike and Charlotte Henderson
FISH FARM™ II
The ultimate Fish Farm
Assembly of the system is easy. Most components come preassembled,
Our Fish Farm™ II is a perfect system for producing up to 300 pounds of requiring only a screwdriver and less than 4 hours of labor. Flexible pipe joins
fish at one time. Avoid the usual high costs and problems associated the tanks to the filter. This allows some options for tank position to fit a variety
with designing an untested system. It is perfectly suited for schools of layouts. Complete instructions and a setup/operation video are included.
and individuals who wish to “get their feet wet” prior to going into the fish Tanks are 70” D x 30” H. Weighs 620 lbs, ships via motor freight.
farming business.
All accessories packages are available for various species, climate conditions
The Fish Farm™ II features two 500-gallon polyethylene tanks with viewing and special applications. One-year warranty.
windows and support stands, a complete filtration unit using a double-drain
system to separate and remove solids and a moving bed bioreactor. An efficient MODEL EACH
compressor provides aeration and circulation. This eliminates electrical FF400 FISH FARM II $6,663.00
devices in the water for safety. With two tanks, it is possible to culture
two species or two sizes of fish at the same time. Isolation valves allow ALR15 REPLACEMENT DIFFUSERS 14.19
separation of one or both of the tanks from the filter for cleaning PF2 REPLACEMENT FILTER MEDIA 30.49
or treatment. Maintenance requires as few as 15 minutes a day and
40 gallons of makeup/exchange water. SL88 REPLACEMENT AIR PUMP 534.39
Sweetwater®
Air Pump
MODEL EACH 4+
HS81A HOLDING SYSTEM, 81 GAL $670.29 —
HS122A HOLDING SYSTEM, 122 GAL 807.69 —
HS235A HOLDING SYSTEM, 235 GAL 1339.00 —
HS523A HOLDING SYSTEM, 523 GAL 2153.00 —
PF2 REPLACEMENT PARTICULATE FILTER 30.49 27.44
AZ16027 REPLACEMENT BIO-FILTER, 24” 8.09 7.28
Crating charges not included in price.
HS81A
B D C
A B C D A B C D
HS81A 48” 30” 15” 21” HS235A 72” 36” 24” 33”
HS122A 60” 30” 18” 33” HS523A 96” 48” 30” 36”
AQUAPONICS TECHNOLOGY
& DESIGN WORKSHOPS
Topics that will be covered during these workshops:
UNIVERSITY OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS FISH PRODUCTION HANDS-ON INSTRUCTION
AQUAPONIC SYSTEM AND UVI BASED • Stocking rates • PVC work
SYSTEM AT PENTAIR AES • Feeding, growth and survival • Pump setup and plumbing
• System design and management • Harvesting and processing • Plant grow tray construction
• Aeration • Water quality • Fish handling
• Plumbing • Brood stock management • Water quality testing
• Pump Selection • Breeding
• Components • Fry sex reversal
• Construction techniques MARKETING AND ECONOMICS
• Operation PLANT PRODUCTION
• Electric Cost • Seedling production
#1 in the classroom
The Mini Fish Farm™ is a complete fish raising system. It includes a quiet, SHIP WT
oilless air pump, a state-of-the-art clarifier, a biological filter employing MODEL (LBS) EACH
moving bed technology, a 5’4” Dia. x 35” H polyethylene tank that can be ordered The Mini Fish Farm
with or without a viewing window, an operational manual and a video that gives
step-by-step set-up instructions and maintenance procedures. The entire FF50-3 MINI FISH FARM (NO WINDOW) 230 $2,911.00
system contains only 400 gallons of water, making heating, water changes and FF50-3W1 MINI FISH FARM W/1’ X 2’ WINDOW 230 3,076.00
overall size and weight minimal. All electrical components are UL-approved
and power consumption is a mere 60 watts. That’s under $4 per month! FF50-3W2 MINI FISH FARM W/2’ X 2’ WINDOW 230 3,127.00
Maintenance takes less than ten minutes per day and only two 5-gallon pails of
water need to be emptied and replaced. The entire system fits in a 6’ x 8’ area Optional Aquaponics Kits
and can fit through a 36” door. Extremely safe, there is no electricity in the FF50HT STAND ALONE AQUAPONICS KIT 60 698.59
water, and the system is virtually leakproof. Ships Motor Freight. One-year
warranty. CK50 FLOATING AQUAPONICS KIT 30 190.39
CK50R AQUAPONICS REFILL KIT 0.5 23.49
OPTIONAL STAND-ALONE AQUAPONICS KIT
Use this aquaponics kit with the Mini Fish Farm™ to utilize fish effluent as Replacement Components
fertilizer, all while supplementing biofiltration with plant uptake. Eighteen SL88 115V 60HZ LINEAR PISTON AIR PUMP 23.5 534.39
lettuce, herb or other leafy plants are partially suspended in the recirculated
water, providing optimal nutrient uptake and aeration of roots without the use of FF50W-KIT 1’ X 2’ WINDOW KIT 2.5 114.49
gravel or perlite. This unit is modeled after a commercial aquaponics unit that FW22-KIT 2’ X 2’ WINDOW KIT 2.5 156.49
produces 45,000 heads of lettuce per day. It requires no additional power. Kit
includes black ABS tray with removable top for root inspection and harvesting ALR15 6” MEDIUM PORE DIFFUSER 1 14.19
(measures 4’ long x 2’ wide x 6” deep), aluminum stand, 18 net pots (2”) with
ZPF2 FILTER PAD (4½” X 18”) 0.35 8.49
growing cubes and all plumbing/fittings for hookup to the Mini Fish Farm™,
plus a comprehensive hydroponics manual. Ships Ground. The Aquaponics
Refill Kit (CK50R) includes net pots, growing cubes and cable ties.
POLYETHYLENE TANKS
These polyethylene, marine blue, open top tanks are economical with long have superior mechanical properties, high stiffness, excellent low
life expectancy. The smooth surface makes for easy cleaning, and their light temperature impact strength, and outstanding environmental stress crack
weight allows for quick set-up and relocation. Edge lips provide wall resistance, they stand up well in tough environments. Model BP210 and
strength and minimize deformation. Most of these tanks are nestable, which models ending in -W2 have a 2'x2' polycarbonate viewing window installed (
reduces shipping costs. FDA compliant; safe and non-toxic to aquatic and actual viewing area is 21 3/4”x21 3/4").
animal life. All tanks have ultraviolet inhibitors for outdoor use. Because they
TP110
TP130
TP55 TP90
FIBERGLASS TROUGHS
Rectangular troughs are used for hatching fish eggs, coral propagation,
baitfish, larval rearing (use with McDonald-type hatching jars), invertebrate
holding and many other culture applications. Although not as thick as our
reinforced fiberglass tanks, they are still quite durable. Light blue gel coat
interior. Troughs are stackable and ship via motor freight, Crating charges not
included in prices when applicable. FOB Orlando.
CAPACITY
MODEL (GAL) L X W X H EACH 4+
FT120L2 120 96" X 24" X 12" $296.89 $267.20
FT180L2 180 96" X 36" X 12" 513.79 462.41
FT240L2 240 96" X 48" X 12" 694.59 625.13
FT320L2 320 96" X 48" X 16" 963.59 867.23
Compost Tea
Compost tea is exactly what it sounds like—a liquid extract prepared by steeping compost in water. growth of bacteria. Longer periods (36–48 hours) will favor the growth of protozoa and other microorganisms.
Sounds delicious, right? Don’t worry, it’s for your plants. Just spray it on and watch them grow healthier
and less susceptible to disease. Compost tea can be used on trees, shrubs, houseplants, vegetables, After aerating, pour the liquid through a strainer or cheesecloth to filter. Then dilute the concentrated
flowers and lawns. It can also help with seed germination and starting new plants. tea with clean water at a ratio of 1 to 10 before dispensing in sprayers or spray bottles. One gallon of
your diluted mixture will cover 800 ft 2 of planted area. For best results, apply the tea to plants and soil
Compost tea has been shown to be a source of beneficial microorganisms that protect plants and once every week. The whole plant and surrounding soil may be thoroughly wetted. Tea may be stored up
provide better nutrient availability to the plants while also improving soil condition. Several types of to two weeks in a closed container before applying
compost teas can be made, and they vary in the method of preparation and in the ways they are used. to plants.
Examples include anaerobic compost teas, aerobic compost tea, compost leachate, manure tea and
Bokashi tea, among others. To consistently make great compost tea, consider the following:
One of the most popular of the compost teas is aerobic compost tea (no, it has nothing to do with • A erate or chemically treat clean water to remove chlorine or chloramines from water prior to adding
jumping jacks). Aerobic compost tea is made by using an air pump or blower to supply your mixture with compost.
oxygen while brewing. The process enhances the production of beneficial bacteria, protozoa, fungi and • Keep the brewer between 70 and 75°F while brewing tea.
other microbes. You can even add food and/or other additives to further encourage the growth of
microorganisms in the tea. For example, add molasses for bacteria growth; kelp and humic acid for • The pH should be near neutral (6.5 to 7.5).
fungi; and peat moss and hay for protozoa. • Maintain the D.O. concentration around 6 ppm throughout the
Brewing aerobic compost tea is easy. Many commercial compost tea brewers are available, but if you brewing cycle.
take pride in your DIY ethic you can easily build your own brewer. All you need is a bucket, an air pump or Using these methods, you can routinely make tea with high numbers of beneficial bacteria, fungi,
blower, an air hose with check valve and a diffuser. Simply wrap the compost in cheesecloth or place it protozoa and nematodes, time after time. The result will ensure healthier plants and better growth.
in a mesh bag (avoid fine mesh—it may keep some beneficial fungi from the tea). Fill a bucket with
clean water and drop the bag in (one part compost to four parts water). Then throw in your choice of Sources of additional information on compost tea:
additives. Aerate the liquid for several hours.
The National Sustainable Agriculture Information Service (ATTRA)
While it brews, make sure you provide enough aeration to maintain dissolved oxygen (D.O.) content website: http://www.attra.org/attra-pub/compost-tea-notes.html
around 6 ppm. This will support the growth of aerobic microorganisms that enhance plant growth.
Aerate the extract between 12 and 48 hours, depending on the type of microbes that are desired. The Compost Tea Brewing Manual, 5th Ed., 2005. Dr. Elaine Ingham,
A period of around 12 hours will favor the growth of fungi, while a 24-hour period of aeration will favor the Soil Foodweb Inc., Corvallis, Oregon 97333.
COCOTEK®
This organic growing medium consists of three different types of compressed
coco coir. A high-quality, low-sodium, environmentally friendly alternative to
sphagnum peat moss. When hydrated with water, CocoTek rapidly expands,
saving time and effort. Use by itself or mix with expanded clay pellets, perlite
or topsoil.
MODEL EACH
CB310 COIR BALE, 5 KG $11.59
CocoTek® is a registered trademark of HGCI, Inc.
PERLITE
Coarse perlite (siliceous rock) is one of the best hydroponic media commonly
used. It has high water-holding capacity and fertilizer retention. It has neutral
pH, is sterile and weed-free. Ideal for tray systems, bag systems and deep
nutrient trough systems. Sold in four cubic foot bags.
MODEL EACH
PR40 PERLITE, 20 LBS $17.99
MODEL EACH
CA4A HYDROCORN, 36-LITER BOX $40.39
Gold Label Hydrocorn® is a registered trademark of Jongkind B.V. Besloten Vennootschap
NET POTS
These plastic net pots have slits in the sides and bottom to allow root development
and promote oxygen transfer. Ideal for ebb and flow systems and NFT systems,
pots can be used for starting seedlings and propagation. The 2” size is ideal for
use with Hortifiber Rockwool® and oasis cubes or Hydroton to start seedlings
which will then be transplanted to the growing system. Plants are left in the net
pot when transferred, which avoids transplant shock. Larger size net pots are
perfect for use with Hydroton media.
These pots are excellent for classroom science projects and experiments, as
the root system is visible when lifted out of the nutrient solution.
MODEL EACH
NP12NL 2” H X 2” DIA., 25/PK, NO LIP $3.19
BUCKET LID
Perfect for customized hydroponic systems, these sturdy Bucket Lids fit any
standard 5-gallon bucket.
MODEL EACH
BL306 6'' $3.69
BL306 BL310 10" 4.19
PROPAGATION TRAYS
Great, sturdy additions to any hydrogarden. Trays have raised interior channels
for superior drainage. The basin of the Eazy Drain Reservoir also features a
gradual slope and can be modified with bulkhead fittings for simple hose
connection and reservoir change-outs. Made of durable, UV-resistant plastic.
Ships motor freight.
MODEL L X W X D EACH
WPT200 PROPAGATION TRAY 22”X22”X7” $52.49
WPT210 PROPAGATION TRAY 44" X 24" X 7" 78.79
WPT220 PROPAGATION TRAY 36" X 36" X 7" 157.49
WPT230 PROPAGATION TRAY 48" X 48" X 7" 150.19
WPT240 PROPAGATION TRAY 72" X 36" X 7" 194.29
WPT250 PROPAGATION TRAY 96" X 48" X 7" 280.39 WPT220 WPT221
WPT221 PROPAGATION TRAY LID 36" X 36" X 7" 104.99
WPT231 PROPAGATION TRAY LID 48" X 48" X 7" 141.79
MODEL EACH
TR128A 128 CELLS @ 1.5 SQ.IN., 2.5" DEEP $10.49
TR200A 200 CELLS @ 1 SQ.IN., 3" DEEP 13.29
TR242HC 242 CELLS @ 1 SQ.IN., 2.5" DEEP 8.59
TR72A 72 CELLS @ 1.75 SQ.IN., 2.5" DEEP 13.59
SHADE CLOTH
Our premium shade cloth is the knitted type, which will last over 15 years in the
tropical sun. This cloth is useful for shading tanks to reduce algae, prevent sun
damage to fish and reduce water temperature. It is also useful for predator
control, visibility screening and, of course, shading plants. Made of UV-resistant
plastic. Sold in 10' L increments or full 300' rolls only.
SHIP WT
MODEL SHADE LENGTH WIDTH (LBS) EACH
SC30 30% 10’ 12' 2.8 $37.79
SC30R 30% 300' 12' 83 755.99
SC50 50% 10’ 12' 2.8 44.09
SC50R 50% 300' 12' 83 995.39
SC70 70% 10’ 12' 4.6 56.69
30% SHADING 50% SHADING 70% SHADING
SC70R 70% 300' 12' 138 1,328.00
890024 890027
MODEL EACH
MD 50 LB BAG $52.49
Hydroponics vs Aquaponics
Hydroponics refers to using a nutrient solution to grow plants in a recirculating (closed) system. Open nutrient systems were used in the past but not much anymore. Two different ways hydroponic
systems work are:
• A ggregate, which uses a solid medium (sand, Hortifiber Rockwool®, gravel, perlite, vermiculite, peat moss, coconut husks, etc.) for support of plant roots.
• Liquid, which uses no supporting medium for plant roots.
Aquaponics refers to growing a fish (or any aquatic animal) and plant crop together in a recirculating system. So aquaponics is really the marriage of aquaculture and hydroponics, aggregate or liquid, in
a closed system.
Hydroponics and aquaponics offer these advantages over traditional farming: high productivity for the space used, conservative water usage, low environmental impact and the ability to grow plants out
of season. The primary disadvantage to both is the high startup cost involved.
Koi
Koi are ornamental varieties of the common carp (Cyprinus carpio) and have a large market in the
United States as a decorative water feature or small pond fish for many homes and businesses. They
are cultured in many states and can tolerate a wide range of temperatures and water quality
parameters similar to tilapia. However, their ranges are most ideal in between 60–75ºF. Similar to the
tilapia, once temperatures drop below their ideal range, they will stop feeding and can eventually die.
Below 50ºF, they will cease feeding and their immune system will begin to shut down, so they too can
suffer mortality after prolonged periods of time in those temperatures. Fortunately, in Florida we don’t
experience too many days with an average temperature below 50ºF.
NOTE:
It is important to understand that while these are the most commonly used aquatic species used in aquaponics, there is only limited documented information regarding their performance and production data. Should you choose to use a
species outside of this list, we recommend that you contact your local aquaculture extension agent or a hatchery/farm operator to discuss the feasibility. As with any other aspect of this operation, you need to determine your market and
what would work best for you. If your ambient temperature is within 68–78ºF on average throughout the growing season, perhaps you should stick with a species best suited to that temperature to minimize system shock and avoid
possible loss of crop. It is true that the warmer the temperature, the more the fish will eat and the more nutrients they will excrete. However, high temperatures can also inhibit the growth and nutrient uptake of the plants, so it is
important to try to find a happy medium for all of your water quality parameters.
Pest Management
Vigilance is the key to successful pest management. Make sure to inspect plants and crops on a If a mild infestation has occurred and it is contained in one area, a solution of water and liquid
regular basis to ensure that an outbreak does not occur. You should look for holes, speckling, dishwashing soap can be used to dislodge insects from your plants. When a large infestation
browning and other damage from the bottom of the stem to the tip of the leaves and all sides of occurs, biological controls can be used to eliminate the pest population. This means that
any fruit. Inspections should be increased around high-threat areas such as doors, vents and beneficial insects (parasitic wasps, ladybugs, predator mites, etc.) are released into the
lights. Yellow sticky cards can also be hung throughout the greenhouse to help in identification of greenhouse to destroy the pests. Biological control requires a lot of time dedicated to monitoring
any insects. Records should be kept in order to keep track of past infestations as well as how and releasing predators, as well as knowledge of pest identification and biology. Environmental
successful prior treatments were. This will allow you to trend the occurrence of certain problems factors and any previous insecticide or pesticide use also need to be taken into account.
and can therefore predict future outbreaks.
If pesticides need to be used, make sure you are using the correct pesticide for the application
The easiest way to manage pests in your greenhouse is to keep them out. While double door systems, and following the labeled instructions. Spraying pesticides in the early evening is the best
screens around ventilation ducts and plastic sheeting to cover greenhouses help in keeping pests out, practice, since this method allows adequate time for the area to ventilate before people will be
they will not keep all insects at bay. Cleaning should be performed on each plot in between plantings. returning to the greenhouse.
Footbaths and hand sinks will also assist in deterring transfer of pests from one area to another.
AERATION
PRODUCTS
27 Regenerative Blowers & Accessories
36 Air Pumps
40 Bait/Hauling
42 Paddle Wheel Aerators
43 Propeller Aerators
44 Airlift Pumps
46 Surface Aerators
48 Diffusers & Accessories
58 Venturi Injectors/Mixing Eductors
59 Gas Injection & Management
66 Flow Meters/Manifolds
67 Valves & Accessories
71 Lake & Pond Aeration
78 Air Compressors/Tubing/Accessories
83 De-Icing
85 Fountains
89 Sea Pen Aeration & Oxygenation
180
SST10
160
SST60
Motor Too Hot? 120 SST70
SST65 SST80
“My motor is running too hot to touch. Is this a problem?” 100
SST45 SST55
The old “Too-Hot-To-Touch” test no longer applies due to the improved materials now used in
SST35
motor manufacturing. 80
SST20 SST40
The best way to determine if a motor is operating properly is to check the ampere (amp) draw. SST30 SST50
Each motor has a nameplate listing full-load amps (FLA). If the tested amp draw does not 60
SST25
SST1
exceed the nameplate rating, its internal or external cooling fan is working (if so equipped) and
5
the ambient air temperature around the motor is below 104°F (40°C), the motor is probably not 40
running hot, even though it is too hot to touch.
SST
20
0 1
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Volume (CFM)
Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788
28 AERATION
SECTION
Products / Products
Regenerative Blowers/ Products
Motor
UL-, CSA- and CE-compliant, direct-drive, TEFC motors feature permanently
sealed ball bearings for increased protection against weather, dirt and
moisture, particularly in a humid aquaculture environment. These high-
efficiency type motors will run cool and handle a wide range of power variations
so often found in rural locations. Permanently sealed bearings incorporate
polyurea grease which extends bearing life and offers superior resistance to
washout, rust and corrosion. Thermal over load protection protects motor
windings from damage should the blower become stalled during operation.
Additionally, thermal over load protection switches automatically reset when
single-phase motor windings cool down to a safe level of operation. All models
will operate on both 50 and 60 cycle (Hz) power except models S631-B and
S651-B, which are 60 Hz only.
S41-A
Optional Inlet and Outlet Kits
Inlet filter kit features low- restriction, washable air filters, PVC elbow and pipe.
Outlet kit includes flexible hose simplifying installation, stainless steel clamps Antiseize Compound High-Efficiency Premium Motor Flexible outlet hose
and galvanized or PVC nipple. Kits sold separately. Sweetwater® is assembled with Runs cool, is completely enclosed and simplifies installation.
antiseize compound to ensure fan cooled for the utmost reliability in
Optional Power Cords easy disassembly when it humid environments. Universal 50/60 Hz,
115V and 230V, 8’ 14/3 gauge, 3-prong power cords sold separately (115V cord becomes necessary years down UL-, CSA- and CE-compliant.
installed on models S11-A, S21-A, S31-A and S41-A). the road.
Features
• Oil-less operation ensures discharge air remains free of contamination
OPTIONAL INLET AND OUTLET KITS SOLD SEPARATELY
• Very few moving parts and no wear parts minimize downtime and lessen
operating noise levels
• Mounts in any plane providing flexibility when mounting/integrating the
blower into a system
• Simple to maintain – wash the inlet air filters as needed and replace the
motor bearings after three years of continuous operation
S63-C
S51-AB S56-C
S11-A S21-A
S41-A
200
PRESSURE, INCHES H2O
60
17.45 70
S56-C
S41 3-
KPA
12.46 50 /S 50
43
3-C
HZ
53-
9.97 40 100
C
S6
-C
5-A
S6
7.48 30
AB
-C
-A/S
-A
2.49 10
313-
C
VOLUME (CFM) 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 350
m3/H 42.25 84.5 126.75 169 211.25 253.5 295.75 338 380.25 422.5 464.75 507 549.25 591.5
Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788
30 AERATION
Valves/Air Filters/Pressure Gauges
Air Filter
Air Filter
Pressure Relief
Valve Assembly
Bleed Valve
Assembly
Inlet Muffler
Assembly
MODEL TYPE FITS BLOWER MODEL EACH MODEL SIZE FITS BLOWER MODEL EACH 4+
BCVA1 INLET (PLASTIC) S11, S21 $16.79 BF4 4” S11, S21 $19.19 $17.27
BCVA2 INLET (PLASTIC) S31 22.69 BF6 6” S31 AND LARGER 24.09 21.68
BCVA3 INLET (PLASTIC) S41 25.39 Note: 2 or more BF6 filters required for S45 and larger blowers.
BCVA4 INLET/OUTLET (STEEL) S5 SERIES 157.09
BCVA5 INLET/OUTLET (STEEL) S6 SERIES 218.59
BCVA6 INLET/OUTLET (STEEL) S7 SERIES 226.99
WHITEWATER® ECONOMICAL
REGENERATIVE BLOWERS
The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Whitewater
blowers are a very good value for aquariums, pet
stores, bait systems and seafood holding systems.
They are smaller, lighter and quieter than most
blowers and very energy-efficient. They feature a
"cupped" impeller for reduced noise. The specially
designed motor is low in power consumption and
excellent in performance. Blowers are 115V/60 Hz
and include a 6' power cord. One-year warranty.
Pricing includes filter, filter connections and a
flexible outlet.
All Whitewater® blowers include:
• Inlet air filter
• Filter connections
• Flexible outlet hose
WW80 • Power cord
WW10
350
AHPB65 AHPB80 AHPB95
AHPB20
300
3-YEAR WARRANTY
AHPB25 AHPB90
250
Pressure, Inches H20
AHPB40/45 AHPB85
200 AHPB15
AHPB100
AHPB60
AHPB75
150
AH
PB
7
AH
0
AH
100
PB
AH
PB
30
PB
05
/35
5
/10
0/
55
50
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240
Volume (CFM)
SD4
SD6
180
SD5 SD69
15
15 HP
HP
160 160 160
5500
5500
4500
4500
140 140 5500
5500 140
SD4 10 HP
10 HP
4500
Pressure, Inches H2O
120 120 120 4500 120
4 HP
4 HP 99 HP
Pressure, Inches H2O
4
4 HP
HP
HP 11
11 HP
HP
80 80 80 80
2 HP
2 HP 5500
5500
77 HP
HP
60 60 3
3 HP
HP 60 60
40 40 40 3450
3450 40 2850
2850 7 HP
7 HP
1
1 HP
HP 4500
4500 3500
3500 4 HP
4 HP
20 20 20 20
3450
3450
CFM 50 100 150 CFM 100 200 300 CFM 100 200 300 CFM 100 200 300
PRESSURE SWITCH
A simple and reliable method of starting backup equipment or tripping an
alarm. Airwater line hose barb is 1/8". Can be used for either normally open
or normally closed. Will carry up to 3 amps at 115V. Moistureproof. Preset to
switch on/off at 30" H2O, but is adjustable from 27" to 33" H2O.
Typical Daily Oxygen Curve for Outdoor Ponds Switch Location for Auto-On Backup Blower
Air Pipeline
Oxygen
Saturation
Check Valve Check Valve
Zero
Oxygen
8 10 12 2 4 6 8 10 12 2 4 6 8
AM PM PM AM AM "Normal On" Blower Standby Blower
No Aeration—Stress & Possible Fishkill at Times Switch (B601) From Power Supply
The two blowers on this system work off of different circuit breakers.
Dissolved Oxygen in Aquaculture In the event that the "normal on" blower shuts down, the standby blower will start.
The First Limiting Factor of Water Quality For illustration only. Not to be used for wiring or plumbing.
Air breathing animals are used to air containing about 21 percent oxygen, whereas aquaculture
is conducted in water containing less than .0001 percent oxygen (10 mg/L). With so little Backup Blower Setup
oxygen available in the best of conditions, it is apparent that knowledge of dissolved oxygen
Anyone who has worked with fish for a while knows that if you don’t plan ahead, you won’t be in
(D.O.), oxygen measuring and aeration equipment is very important to the aquaculturist.
business for long. When it comes to life support, a backup blower could save your business.
If the oxygen level is too high, oxygen supersaturation can cause gas embolism, depress
The most crucial of life support requirements is maintaining an adequate oxygen level because
metabolism and inhibit respiratory enzymes, all of which can kill fish. If it is too low, the fish
it can be used up so quickly.
may not eat and may expend additional energy seeking oxygen. If lower yet, they can
experience severe stress and, of course, death. We always recommend having a second blower attached to the main air supply line, wired to
come on if the primary blower fails for any reason. Both blowers must have check valves on
The diurnal oxygen cycle in outdoor ponds is show below. The delicate balance of dissolved
them. A pressure switch is located between the primary blower and its check valve. When this
oxygen vs the rate of oxygen consumption can shift rapidly with changing algal, temperature
pressure switch senses a loss of air pressure, it closes, causing an electric relay to start the
and wind conditions. In outdoor ponds, lower D.O. levels will occur in the summer because the
backup blower (see diagram). The check valves keep air from being lost through the
rate of oxygen consumption increases as the temperature increases. Oxygen is THE MOST
nonrunning unit.
IMPORTANT thing to monitor. Monitoring and record-keeping will provide predictive knowledge.
Check valves must be able to tolerate high temperatures. Be sure the stand-by unit is on a
Measure oxygen after altering water flowrates, feed rates, etc., and when developing new
different electrical circuit breaker.
growing systems. No one can just look at the water and know the oxygen level. Oxygen can
only be measured with a test kit or, more conveniently, with an oxygen meter.
TECH TALK 82
SHIP WT
MODEL WATTS (LBS) EACH
DC8 25 8 $106.69
DC15 80 9 134.79
Flowrate vs Pressure
8
6 DC
1
5
PSI
4
DC
DC8 DC15
8
0
CFM 1 2
SHIP WT
MODEL L W H (LBS) EACH
DC20 11” 7” 7” 9 $367.89
DC20
18 10
16 8
AMPS
DC2
PSI
12 6
0
8 DC20 4
4 2
0 0
PSI 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 CFM 1 2 3
5
V3
01
V201 4
V20
PSI
3 1
SHIP WT
MODEL VOLTS HZ WATTS L W H (LBS) EACH 2
V201 115 60 15 9” 7¼” 7” 7 $73.79
1
V301 115 60 25 9⅝” 8” 8” 9 86.19
CFM .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8
9720
5.8 SHIP WT
MODEL VOLTS HZ WATTS W/ADAPTER L W H (LBS) EACH
4.4 973
0 9720
115 60 25 6-OUTLET 7½” 6” 7” 10 $74.59
97
9730
115 60 50 10-OUTLET 9” 7” 8” 12 110.29
PSI
2.9
20
TECH TALK 64
Airflow/Volume Pressure
Air Pump/Compressor Comparison
For the safety of our aquaculture customers we only offer oilless type air pumps and compressors.
To select the one that is right for you first determine the volume of air you require in cubic feet per Linear 6.5 7.5
minute (cfm) and the pressure in pounds per square inch (psi) to get it there (Hint: It takes 1 psi to
push an air bubble 28” below the surface of the water). Diaphragm 1.5 50
These quick guides will help you decide what type of air pump for which to look. Consider the cost, Rotary Vane 50 15
physical size, noise level, etc., then pick the type most efficient for your situation.
Piston 9.5 50
cfm x 1.699 = m3h inches H2O x 2.49 = mbar
m3h x .588 = cfm mbar x .40 = "H2O Regenerative Blower to 650 5
inches H2O x .036 = psi psi x 27.68 = "H2O
inches H2O x .074 = 1" Hg inches Hg x 13.59 = "H2O
CFM 5 10 20 40 60 80 PSI 5 10 20 40 60 80
inches H2O x 1.868 = mmHg cfm x 28.32 = Lpm
4 SL
94
A
SL2
SL
4
2
56
A
SL1
4
CFM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
LPM 28 57 85 113 141 170 198 226 255
MAX DEPTH OUTLET 60HZ* SOUND DIMENSIONS SHIP WT 115V 60HZ 230V 50HZ
(IN) WATTS (IN) CFM@1 PSI CFM@2 PSI (DB) (L x W x H) (LBS) MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
WHITEWATER® LINEAR
DIAPHRAGM AIR PUMPS
Indoor rated
The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Whitewater ® air
compressors are designed for indoor use only. FOR INDOOR USE ONLY
Outlet is 3/8" barb; 6' power cord. Diaphragms
typically last one year at the highest pressures,
longer at lower pressures. See replacement
diaphragms below. Six-month warranty.
LT19
LT24
REPL. DIAPHRAGMS
WATTS SHIP WT (SET OF 2) 6
MODEL VOLTS HZ @2PSI L W H (LBS) EACH MODEL EACH
5
LT11 115 60 16 5½” 3½” 3¾” 4 $78.69 LT11D $6.19
4
LT15 115 60 34 7” 3¾” 4¾” 7 112.39 LT15D 7.49
PSI
3
LT19 115 60 51 10” 5¼” 6¾” 14 151.69 LT19D 8.09
LT2
2
LT24 115 60 60 10” 5¼” 7” 16 210.09 LT24D 8.69
4
LT1
LT1
9
1
LT26A 115 60 190 12” 6⅛” 7½” 18 248.29 LT26D 9.39
5
LT11
LT28A 115 60 200 13¼” 6¾” 8” 19 305.59 LT28D 9.89
CFM 1 2 3 4
2
SL
SL
44
B
V1 V2S
OVERALL SHIP WT
MODEL VOLTS AMPS HEIGHT LBS OF FISH (LBS) EACH
A5 AGITATOR 12V 5.0 9" 90 9 $261.59
A6 BUBBLE ASPIRATOR 12V 4.0 15" 50 6 295.39
A7 AGITATOR* 115V 1.5 161/4" 90 10 217.89
A9 BUBBLE ASPIRATOR 115V 1.5 143/4" 45 7 295.39
*Use of a GFCI is recommended with 115V models.
TECH TALK 8
Aspirators vs Agitators
Aspirators and agitators are the aeration devices most commonly used on hauling tanks when the stocking densities do not
require the use of pure oxygen. Agitators use a small motor (normally 12V) to spin a paddle that is in the water. The paddle
splashes the water, which adds oxygen and removes carbon dioxide. Aspirators also use a small motor, which spins a small venturi
device. Air is pulled down through the shaft and exits the venturi underwater, causing a draft of bubbles. Agitators are the best
choice for heavy stocking loads because they transfer more oxygen than aspirators. Aspirators are a good choice for smaller
stocking densities, and they are much quieter than agitators.
TECH TALK 50
Aeration Requirements
PPM DISSOLVED OXYGEN
Bait Tanks TO BE MAINTAINED TEST DEPTH TEST DEPTH
It is best to hold and transport bait at lower water temperatures, if possible, and at a minimum
of 6 ppm dissolved oxygen (D.O.) to minimize stress. The fish consume less oxygen when they 1 foot 4.1
6
are cold, and cold water holds more oxygen than warm water. Oxygen consumption rates of fish 2 feet 5.1
at 80ºF (27ºC) can be double those at 63ºF (17ºC). Twice the lbs of fish can be supported in 63ºF 1 foot 2.2
water than at 80ºF with the same aeration system. Note that aeration systems cannot bring D.O. 8
2 feet 3.1
concentrations above saturation (9.65 ppm at 63ºF). If the oxygen level were higher than
saturation, an aeration system would drive oxygen out of the water, bringing it down to the 1 foot
10 Not Possible
saturation point. 2 feet
How many lbs of fish will a bait aeration system support? 12
1 foot
Not Possible
The following chart is based on test results with minnows in 63ºF (17ºC) fresh water. Note that 2 feet
the tests were done at two depths—one foot and two feet—and that air induced at greater depths
will result in greater oxygen transfer. However, low-pressure compressors give less air deeper in Note: Reduce lbs of fish supported by 50% for a 18ºF (10ºC) increase in water temperature.
the water, resulting in less oxygen transfer. Air by itself (20.9% oxygen) cannot get the D.O. above
the saturation point.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
SHIP WT
MODEL FITS AERATOR MODELS SHOWN IN DIAGRAM AS (LBS) EACH
PW11M MOTOR, 1HP 1PH PW11-AQ H 56.0 $408.49
PW21M MOTOR, 2HP 1PH PW21 H 61.0 481.99
PW23M MOTOR, 2HP 3PH PW23 H 54.0 376.99
PW33M MOTOR, 3HP 3PH PW333 H 86.0 418.99
PW11G GEARBOX PW11-AQ,PW21,PW23 C 47.0 261.49
PW33G GEARBOX PW333 C 53.0 261.49
PW23-5 PILLOW BLOCK ALL MODELS E 1.0 15.69
PW23-3 MOTOR COVER ALL MODELS 13.0 26.19
PW11-5 PADDLE WHEEL ALL MODELS G 25.5 52.49
PW23-8 FLOAT ALL MODELS A 16.3 47.19
Optional Accessory
SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS) EACH
510904 PROPELLER PROTECTION GUARD 4 $99.79
20
AeroBoost CT1 PROCESS AIR SUPPLY
AeroBoost CT2
10 Air inlet 3/4” FNPT 11/4” FNPT
0 Air flow range 13.6–34.0 m3/hr (8–20 scfm) 27.2–68.0 m3/hr (16–40 scfm)
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
Airflow Rate (scfm)
MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
Body and Mounting Bracket Aluminum (5052 and 6061)
Internals PVC, polyurethane, and EPDM
SURFACE AERATORS FW SW
Kasco® aerators are ideal for aquaculture and waste-water applications.
They are lightweight, easy to install, simple to operate and backed by a
two-year warranty, 3-year on 2HP and larger.
• High oxygen transfer at an • I deal for supplemental aeration
affordable price •S
alt water compatible and fitted
• Water circulation with little or no with a zinc anode
bottom turbulence •S
AE rating of 3.0 (see Tech Talk 4)
• Portable for fast response to •T
wo mooring ropes, 50' each, are
emergencies include
• Excellent shallow water operation
Testing at Pentair Aquatic Dock Mount Kit (KD) Easy to install—just 4 bolts!
Eco-Systems' R&D facility
SHIP WT
MODEL AES RUNNING AMPS VOLTAGE (LBS) EACH
KA501-50 1/2 HP W/50' CORD 600 5 115 32+30* $747.89
KA501-100 1/2 HP W/100' CORD 600 5 115 38+30* 851.89
KA501-150 1/2 HP W/150' CORD 600 5 115 27+24+30* 1,180.00
KA501-200 1/2 HP W/200' CORD 600 5 115 27+30+30* 1,255.00
KA751-50 3/4 HP W/50' CORD 800 6.7 115 40+30* 818.09
KA751-100 3/4 HP W/100' CORD 800 6.7 115 45+30* 920.29
KA751-200 3/4 HP W/200' CORD 800 6.7 115 36+30+30* 1,330.00
KA752-50 3/4 HP W/50' CORD 800 3.3 230 40+30* 854.59
KA752-100 3/4 HP W/100' CORD 800 3.3 230 45+30* 923.39
KA752-150 3/4 HP W/150' CORD 800 3.3 230 36+30+30* 1,251.00
KA101-50 1 HP W/50' CORD 1,100 11.3 115 45+55* 1,179.00
KA101-100 1 HP W/100' CORD 1,100 11.3 115 38+17+55* 1,456.00
KA101-150 1 HP W/150' CORD 1,100 11.3 115 38+38+55* 1,873.00
KA102-50 1 HP W/50' CORD 1,100 5.7 230 45+55* 1,191.00
KA102-100 1 HP W/100' CORD 1,100 5.7 230 38+20+55* 1,256.00
KA202-50 2 HP W/50' CORD 2,100 9 230 56+55* 1,964.00
KA202-200 2 HP W/200' CORD 2,100 9 230 53+42+55* 2,476.00
KA303-50 3 HP W/50' CORD 3,200 10.7 230 76+60* 2,439.00
KD DOCK MOUNT KIT, (1" DIA. STEEL PIPE NOT INCLUDED) — — 22 229.99
KM501-50 MOTOR ONLY, 1/2 HP W/50' CORD 5 115 22 605.69
KM751-50 MOTOR ONLY, 3/4 HP W/50' CORD 6.7 115 33 667.79
KM752-50 MOTOR ONLY, 3/4 HP W/50' CORD 3.3 230 33 701.59
KM202-50 MOTOR ONLY, 2 HP W/50' CORD 10 230 46 1,396.00
KPROP12 REPL. PROP FOR 1/2 HP — — 1 28.49
KPROP34 REPL. PROP FOR 3/4 HP — — 1 28.99
KPROP2 REPL. PROP FOR 2 HP — — 1 126.49
*Aerators ship Ground in multiple boxes. Other cord lengths available. Kasco® is a registered trademark of Kasco Marine, Inc.
AES This is the lbs of fish supported. See Tech Talk Index for Tech Talk 84.
TECH TALK 62
De-Icing
3/4-hp Vane Compressor ( AQ7 w/ WD50 diffuser) Air 10 962 Flowrate: .01–.1 cfm/ft
WD50
AS230
DT12R
Pure Gas (Oxygen, Carbon Dioxide), High-Density Hauling, Holding/Grow-Out Tanks, Emergency Aeration
Oxygen Generator (SOG84 w/1DMBDC100 diffusers) O 2 , 90% 3 3,624 Flowrate: .1 Lpm/sq.in.
Pressure Loss: 25 psi
Note: Values reflect efficient farming practices, but should be used for comparison rather than budgetary purposes.
1DMBDC600
*For depths greater than 4 feet there is a risk of gas bubble disease in intensive systems.
DIFFUSER BUMPERS
Protect diffusers from abrasives or protect a tank from abrasive diffusers.
Use two bumpers for each diffuser. Made of Buna 70 for an easy stretch over
11/2" square diffusers. Sold in packs of 10.
MODEL EACH 5+
DB10 $5.19 $4.67
TECH TALK 53
Cleaning Diffusers
Sweetwater® air diffusers, made of glass-bonded silica, are virtually indestructible and will give many years of service.
The only maintenance normally required is periodic cleaning. The frequency of cleaning will be determined by the mineral and organic content of the water in which the air diffusers are used.
In clean, cold, soft water, cleaning may only be necessary every 2 or 3 years. In very hard water or water high in organics, it could be necessary as often as every 2 months.
1. Remove from service and blow out excess water. If fouled with barnacles or other gross foreign material, scrape or hose off.
2. If you have a 1/2” NPT white fitting on the end of your diffuser, immerse the diffuser portion, not the fitting, completely in undiluted muriatic acid for a sufficient time to dissolve the clogging
material. This may take from one minute to eight hours in the most extreme cases. Be very careful when using acid! Wear eye, face and hand protection and have clean water available for rinsing and
acid diluting in the case of an acid splash or spill.
3. After the clogging material has been dissolved, rinse thoroughly before reuse.
4. Discard the used acid after reducing its strength to a neutral pH by diluting with at least ten times as much water as acid. Add acid to water; never add water to acid.
Inches Water
use with the strongest ozone and carry a 1-year warranty. (AS15
0)
S15L)
Pressure
Pore r Pore (A
10 Fine Regula
SWEETWATER FINE-PORE DIFFUSER SPECIFICATIONS
Typical Range
BODY 2,000˚ HEAT-BONDED SILICA
MAXIMUM PORE SIZE 80 MICRONS CFM .25 .50 .75 1.0
BUBBLE SIZE 0.5–2 MM
NOMINAL PARTICLE RETENTION 25 MICRONS
SERVICE LIFE AT PH BELOW 8.0 UNLIMITED
FLEXURAL STRENGTH 3,500 PSI
TECH TALK 4
Choosing an Aerator
Efficiency Versus Type ... Select the right type of aerator for the application
An aerator’s standard aeration efficiency (SAE) is an important consideration when comparing one ater-moving aeration devices like the AIRE-02® Series II aerator and paddle wheel type
•W
aerator with another. aerators are excellent choices for medium and large ponds where movement of oxygenated
water away from the aerator is most important.
The SAE can be calculated by measuring the aerator’s oxygen transfer and the amount of energy
used per horsepower, per hour, under standard conditions. • If destratification alone will solve a bottom oxygen problem, only a few air diffusers may
be needed to accomplish this. For instance, a 10-acre lake, 15’ deep, may need only 3/4 hp.
An SAE of 2.1, for example, means that 2.1 lbs of oxygen per horsepower, per hour, are transferred
Only 1 cfm of air may be needed to aerate a 1/20-acre pool when raising tropical fish,
to the water under standard conditions. The higher the SAE, the higher the oxygen transfer, the
compared to 6 cfm per pool using airlifts.
higher the efficiency.
• A destratification system, such as our Great Lakes® aeration system, should not be used as an
However, SAE numbers are a fair comparison only when comparing aeration equipment of the
emergency aerator because it very quickly mixes the water. Its rate of oxygen transfer is
same exact type. You cannot use the SAE as your only tool in the selection of an aeration system.
excellent; however, it cannot raise the oxygen level of such a large volume quickly enough to
Before looking at the SAE numbers, choose the right type aerator or oxygenator for the job.
avoid a fishkill. It can actually aggravate the problem.
Here are some examples (analyze the differences):
• E ven noise is a consideration above and below the water surface. Pentair AES diffused air
• A surface aerator like the Kasco® 3/4 hp aerator (with an SAE rating of 2.9) may be a good choice systems are preferred over agitators in bait stores, improving conditions for both the fish and
where the volume of water is small and the stocking density is high, such as in a culture tank or the employees. As more of our research is conducted under water, we are increasingly aware of
small pond. It may be a poor choice, however, if cold water temperatures are required when air underwater noise produced by devices such as paddle wheels, agitators, airlifts and drilled pipe
temperatures are warm (summer trout culture), because both the motor and the airborne water spargers (our Sweetwater® air diffusers have a barely audible hiss). Some fish breeders have
droplets will add unwanted heat. reported that diffused air is the only aeration method they can use that will not disrupt breeding.
• A surface aerator would be a poor choice for a large or deep pond. Without moving water away The situations and considerations are virtually endless, so take some time to research the best
from the aerator, it will continue to pump the same water over and over again, adding no oxygen aeration method for your particular application. Through a phone call, you can discuss your
where it is needed. application with an aquaculture technician and get an expert opinion (877-347-4788).
• A surface aerator may be excellent in emergencies because it quickly raises the oxygen level in Standard aeration efficiency tests conducted at Auburn University showed that the Pentair
a small area. If trained, the fish will move to that location. Again, it will not be a good choice for AES Sweetwater® diffuser and 1-hp blower combination yielded a 2.71 SAE. Prior to rating our
full-time aeration because it will not disperse oxygen throughout the pond. diffusers, Auburn gave air diffusers in general an SAE rating of only 1.6. That 70% increase
• A diffused air system (with an SAE rating of 2.7) may be the best choice for multiple tanks and illustrates how much efficiency can change when the right combination is used.
ponds because the energy source (blower) can be centralized and just the right amount of Kasco® is a registered trademark of Kasco Marine, Inc.
energy (compressed air) can be easily directed where it is needed. What appears to be lower SAE AIRE-02® is a registered trademark of Aeration Industries International, LLC.
efficiency (2.7) is more than offset by comparative application efficiency.
MODEL EACH
DYCBB HDPE CONNECTOR BLOCK, 1/4" FNPT $23.69
DYCD7SM ALUMINUM OXIDE, 6.7" X 1.6" (X 4) + DYCBB 86.69
FOUR ALUMINUM DIFFUSERS & DYCD9SM ALUMINUM OXIDE, 8.7" X 1.6" (X 4) + DYCBB 99.99
CONNECTOR BLOCK
DYCHP4 CYLINDER, CERAMIC, 4" X 2" 43.09
DYCHP6 CYLINDER, CERAMIC, 6" X 2" 50.09
DYCHP8 CYLINDER, CERAMIC, 8" X 2" 56.19
DYCHP12 CYLINDER, CERAMIC, 12" X 2" 72.89
CERAMIC Can’t find what you’re looking for? See it all at PentairAES.com.
TEE ELIMINATORS
Here is a hard-to-find, cost-saving fitting. A PVC 3" x 3/4" reducing tee costs
about $10. These tee eliminators can do the same thing for much less. Just drill
a hole, press in a tee eliminator, then thread in the connection. Made of flexible
PVC with female pipe threads. Works in all rigid pipe materials with pipe walls
between 1/8" and 1/4" thick.
DIFFUSERS, CYLINDRICAL
These diffusers are made from fused alumina. They produce a bubble size of
1–2 mm and require a higher pressure than Sweetwater® medium-pore
diffusers. They have a molded square rubber support on each end that
supports and protects them from tank bottoms and protects the tank or liner
from the diffuser. They fit both 3/16" and 1/4" tubing and are 1.2" in diameter.
ED325
ED224
1/2” 1” OD2F-A $2.59 OD2R-A $397.99 1/4” 1” DT14F 1.89 DT14R 278.99
OD2F-A
DT12R
WD FITTINGS
These black plastic fittings are required for the weighted diffuser tubing. The
PIOU couples 1/2” tubing. The PIOM is a 1/2” male adapter. The tee union (PIOT)
connects two lengths of tubing to a 1/2” MNPT male adapter. Tube insert
supports included.
PIOM PIOT
SHIP WT
MODEL AES I.D. O.D. CFM/FT (LBS) EACH
WD50 DIFFUSER, WEIGHTED, 3 CUT 2 1/2" 5/8" .1 24/100' $ 4.49/FT
WD55 DIFFUSER, WEIGHTED, DE-ICE .04 1/2" 5/8" .01 24/100' 4.19/FT
WD0 FEEDER TUBING, WEIGHTED — 1/2" 5/8" — 24/100' 3.59/FT
PIOU WD COUPLING — — — — — 4.19
PIOM WD MALE ADAPTER, 1/2" MNPT — — — — — 2.99
PIOT WD TEE UNION, 1/2" MNPT — — — — — 7.09
VENTURI, ECONOMY
Air In 4738 Our venturi fittings were engineered to entrain the greatest amount of air with
3/16" Male Barb the least resistance to water pressure. When pumping water, these may be used
to draw in liquids or gases, including low-strength ozone. 4738 and 4732 are
made of PVC with standard slip connections. Venturi 4734 is fiber-reinforced
plastic and has female slip ends.
MODEL EACH
4738: 3/4" in x 1" out
4738 VENTURI, PVC $9.49
4732: 11/2" in and out
4734
Both are female slip with 3/4" 4732 VENTURI, PVC 12.19
air inlet. 4734 VENTURI, PLASTIC 15.29
3/4" Male Slip Water & Air Out
8 8
Pump Pressure
TECH TALK 63
Required (psi)
6
H2O Flow (gpm)
MIXING EDUCTORS
It's easy to multiply the mixing force of pumped water. This nozzle requires as
little as 7.5 gpm to draw in five times more. Molded of glass-filled polypropylene
with smooth surfaces. Recommended flowrates shown are for between 10 and
50 psi.
MODEL MNPT OAL GPM EACH
ED2 3/8" 4.5" 7–17 $35.89
ED3
ED1 3/4" 4.5" 13–30 30.19
ED3 11/2" 10" 33–75 71.69 Two Gallons In
One Gallon
Pumped
SYSTEM SPECS
COLUMN HEIGHT
109” (2.8 M)
COLUMN DIAMETER
6” TO 42” (0.15 TO 1.05 M)
MAXIMUM OUTLET OXYGEN CONCENTRATION
230 MG/L @ 60 PSI AND 10ºC
OPERATING PRESSURE
UP TO 45 PSI (3.0 BAR) WITH A PSA OXYGEN GENERATOR
AS THE GAS SOURCE.
UP TO 100 PSI (6.9 BAR) WITH LIQUID OR HIGH-PRESSURE
GAS AS THE SOURCE.
OPTIONAL CONTROL SYSTEM
PT4 MONITOR WITH FULLY AUTOMATED PID CONTROL OF OXYGEN
CONCENTRATION.
RECIRCULATING AQUACULTURE SYSTEM (RAS) UTILIZING A 24” DIA. PT4 PPC SYSTEM.
O2C-025-012 /
O2C-025-018 /
O2C-025-024 /
O2C-025-030 /
O2C-025-036 /
O2C-025-042 /
O2C-025-048 /
O2C-025-054 /
O2C-025-060 /
O2C-025-072 /
O3C-025-012
O3C-025-018
O3C-025-024
O3C-025-030
O3C-025-036
O3C-025-042
O3C-025-048
O3C-025-054
O3C-025-060
O3C-025-072
Model Number
Diameter in D 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 72
Overall Height in H 38.0 52.0 66.0 80.5 94.0 108.0 122.0 136.5 150.0 178.5
Inlet / Outlet Ø in LI/LO 1.5 3.0 3.0 4.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 8.0 8.0 10.0
Liquid Flow - Max gpm 46 103 186 289 412 565 742 933 1,157 1,664
lpm 176 390 702 1,095 1,561 2,140 2,809 3,533 4,380 6,297
Contact Cones include [1] ¾"x¼" 316SS bushings for pressurized O² / O³ inlet and [2] ¾"x½" 316SS bushings for optional Pressure Gauge and
Pressure Relief Valve.
Oxygen Absorption - Freshwater - 100% Saturation - kg/hr @ 10psi
5°C 0.28 0.62 1.12 1.75 2.49 3.41 4.48 5.63 6.98 10.04
10°C 0.25 0.55 0.99 1.54 2.20 3.01 3.96 4.97 6.17 8.87
15°C 0.22 0.49 0.88 1.38 1.96 2.69 3.53 4.44 5.50 7.91
20°C 0.20 0.44 0.79 1.24 1.77 2.42 3.18 4.00 4.95 7.12
25°C 0.18 0.40 0.72 1.12 1.60 2.20 2.88 3.63 4.49 6.46
O2C-050-018 /
O2C-050-024 /
O2C-050-030 /
O2C-050-036 /
O2C-050-042 /
O2C-050-048 /
O2C-050-054 /
O2C-050-060 /
O2C-050-072 /
O3C-050-012
O3C-050-018
O3C-050-024
O3C-050-030
O3C-050-036
O3C-050-042
O3C-050-048
O3C-050-054
O3C-050-060
O3C-050-072
Model Number
Diameter in D 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 72
Overall Height in H 38.0 52.0 66.0 80.5 94.0 108.0 122.0 136.5 150.0 178.5
Inlet / Outlet Ø in LI/LO 1.5 3.0 3.0 4.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 8.0 8.0 10.0
Liquid Flow - Max gpm 46 103 186 289 412 565 742 933 1,157 1,664
lpm 176 390 702 1,095 1,561 2,140 2,809 3,533 4,380 6,297
Contact Cones include [1] ¾"x¼" 316SS bushings for pressurized O² / O³ inlet and [2] ¾"x½" 316SS bushings for optional Pressure Gauge and
Pressure Relief Valve.
Oxygen Absorption - Freshwater - 100% Saturation - kg/hr @35psi
5°C 0.82 1.82 3.28 5.11 7.29 9.99 13.12 16.49 20.45 29.40
10°C 0.73 1.61 2.90 4.53 6.45 8.85 11.62 14.61 18.11 26.04
15°C 0.65 1.44 2.60 4.05 5.78 7.93 10.40 13.08 16.22 23.32
20°C 0.59 1.31 2.35 3.67 5.23 7.17 9.41 11.83 14.67 21.09
25°C 0.54 1.19 2.15 3.35 4.77 6.54 8.59 10.80 13.39 19.25
Notes: Ozone Contact Cones require an ozone resistant liner. Oxygen and Ozone Contact Cones are built for indoor use only. All valves, piping
and anchoring mechanisms are to be supported independently. Standard units are provided with non-rated Base Flange or (4) non-rated Hold
Down Brackets. Anchor requirements and design for wind and seismic loads are by others, including: Reinforced Flange thickness, Number of
and Type of Anchor points, and any additional hold down requirements.
FLOW RATE FLOW RATE FLOW RATE OUTPUT AVERAGE OPERATING BASE BASE UNIT
MODEL PURITY (LPM) (SCFH) (M3/HR) PRESSURE (PSIG) POWER USE (KW) POWER DIMENSIONS WEIGHT (LBS)
DOCS 80-55 93% 80 170 4.8 10 TO 100 4.2 460V OR 380V 52”L X 42”W X 56”H 1,500
DOCS 200-55 93% 200 435 12 10 TO 100 9.5 460V OR 380V 74”L X 74”W X 72”H 3,050
DOCS 500-5 93% 500 1,060 30 5 TO 8 18 460V OR 380V 114”L X 72” W X 83”H 5,400
DOCS 500-55 93% 500 1,060 30 10 TO 100 21 460V OR 380V 114”L X 72” W X 83”H 5,700
Onyx
PORTABLE MODELS
PRODUCT PRODUCT
FLOW PRESSURE PRODUCT DIMENSIONS
SHIP WT
MODEL SERIES ENCLOSURE VOLTS HZ AMPS (LPM*/SCFH) (PSIG) CONCENTRATION W D H (LBS) EACH
AS016-1 ONYX ABS PLASTIC 120 60 5.0 6/12 9 93% 16” 15” 29” 60 $1,416.00
AS016-2 ONYX ABS PLASTIC 220 50 2.5 6/12 9 93% 16” 15” 29” 60 1,431.00
AS016-6 ONYX ABS PLASTIC 220 60 2.3 6/12 9 93% 16” 15” 29” 60 1,435.00
AS017-1 ONYX PLUS ABS PLASTIC 120 60 5.5 8/17 20 93% 16” 15” 29” 63 2,118.00
AS017-2 ONYX PLUS ABS PLASTIC 220 50 2.8 8/17 20 93% 16” 15” 29” 63 2,246.00
AS017-6 ONYX PLUS ABS PLASTIC 220 60 2.5 8/17 20 93% 16” 15” 29” 63 2,119.00
AS121-1 ONYX ULTRA ABS PLASTIC 120 60 6.0 10/21 20 93% 16” 15” 29” 66 2,223.00
AS121-2 ONYX ULTRA ABS PLASTIC 220 50 3.0 10/21 20 93% 16” 15” 29” 66 2,302.00
*LPM (Liters per minute) gas measured at 1 atmosphere and 21°C / SCF (Standard cubic foot) gas measured at 1 atmosphere and 70°F. Product Dew Point: -100°F (-73°C). Physical Connection Product Gas Outlet: 1⁄4”
FNPT JIC-8. Ambient Operating Conditions: Locate the oxygen generator in a well-ventilated area that is protected from weather elements and remains between 40°F (4°C) and 112°F (44°C). All performance ratings
based on an ambient temperature up to 100°F (38°C), up to 1,000 feet elevation, and 80% relative humidity.
AirSep® is a registered trademark of AirSep Corp.
CONNECT WITH US
Tank-Mounted
WALL-MOUNTED MODELS
PRODUCT PRODUCT
FLOW PRESSURE PRODUCT DIMENSIONS SHIP WT
MODEL SERIES ENCLOSURE VOLTS HZ AMPS (LPM**/SCFH) (PSIG) CONCENTRATION W D H (LBS) EACH
AS013-105 TOPAZ ALUMINUM 120 60 5.0 6/12 9 93% 19” 10” 27” 61 $1,926.00
AS013-106 TOPAZ ALUMINUM 220 50 2.5 6/12 9 93% 19” 10” 27” 65 2,017.00
AS013-107 TOPAZ ALUMINUM 220 60 2.5 6/12 9 93% 19” 10” 27” 65 2,029.00
AS013-115 TOPAZ STAINLESS STEEL 120 60 5.0 6/12 9 93% 19” 10” 27” 81 2,190.00
AS013-120 TOPAZ STAINLESS STEEL 220 50 2.5 6/12 9 93% 19” 10” 27” 85 2,283.00
AS013-124 TOPAZ* ALUMINUM 120 60 5.0 6/12 9 93% 19” 10” 27” 61 2,099.00
AS013-125 TOPAZ* ALUMINUM 220 50 2.5 6/12 9 93% 19” 10” 27” 65 2,125.00
AS018-101 TOPAZ PLUS ALUMINUM 120 60 5.0 8/17 20 93% 19” 10” 27” 64 3,033.00
AS018-102 TOPAZ PLUS ALUMINUM 220 50 2.5 8/17 20 93% 19” 10” 27” 68 3,151.00
AS018-110 TOPAZ PLUS ALUMINUM 220 60 2.5 8/17 20 93% 19” 10” 27” 68 3,151.00
AS018-115 TOPAZ PLUS STAINLESS STEEL 220 60 2.5 8/17 20 93% 19” 10” 27” 88 3,509.00
AS018-111 TOPAZ PLUS* ALUMINUM 120 60 5.0 8/17 20 93% 19” 10” 27” 64 3,270.00
AS123-7 TOPAZ ULTRA ALUMINUM 120 60 6.0 10/21 20 90% 19” 10” 27” 66 3,379.00
AS123-2 TOPAZ ULTRA ALUMINUM 220 50 3.0 10/21 20 90% 19” 10” 27” 70 3,479.00
AS123-9 TOPAZ ULTRA STAINLESS STEEL 120 60 6.0 10/21 20 90% 19” 10” 27” 86 3,737.00
AS123-3 TOPAZ ULTRA STAINLESS STEEL 220 50 3.0 10/21 20 90% 19” 10” 27” 90 3,837.00
AS123-8 TOPAZ ULTRA* ALUMINUM 120 60 6.0 10/21 20 90% 19” 10” 27” 66 3,641.00
AS123-10 TOPAZ ULTRA* STAINLESS STEEL 120 60 6.0 10/21 20 90% 19” 10” 27” 86 3,999.00
*Includes Oxygen Concentration Monitor
TANK-MOUNTED MODELS
AS116-1 DUAL TOPAZ PLUS ALUMINUM 120 60 10.0 18/38 20 93% 40” 19” 47” 318 7,739.00
AS116-2 DUAL TOPAZ PLUS ALUMINUM 220 50 5.0 18/38 20 93% 40” 19” 47” 318 7,878.00
**LPM (Liters per minute) gas measured at 1 atmosphere and 21°C / SCF (Standard cubic foot) gas measured at 1 atmosphere and 70°F. Product Dew Point: -100°F (-73°C). Physical Connection Product Gas Outlet: 1⁄4”
FNPT JIC-8. Ambient Operating Conditions: Locate the oxygen generator in a well-ventilated area that is protected from weather elements and remains between 40°F (4°C) and 112°F (44°C). All performance ratings
based on an ambient temperature up to 100°F (38°C), up to 1,000 feet elevation, and 80% relative humidity.
AirSep® is a registered trademark of AirSep Corp.
Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788
66 AERATION
Flow Meters/Manifolds
MFM4 4-METER MANIFOLD 0.0 - 6 4 145.99 pressure, the meter may read 5 cfh, Gauge
0-60 psig
but the flow may actually be 10 cfh.
To Tank 1
0-4 bar
MFM5 5-METER MANIFOLD 0.0 - 6 5 177.49 When used in vacuum applications,
To Tank 2
OX5 OX6
OX4
OX7 OX8
CKV60
OXYGEN MANIFOLDS
These manifolds can be used for hauling tanks, MODEL EACH 5+
bait stores, hatcheries, etc. Brass mount is
MFV3 3-VALVE MANIFOLD $34.69 $31.22
powder-coated to prevent rusting and has
smooth-turning knobs and 1/4" barbed MFV4 4-VALVE MANIFOLD 38.79 34.91
inlet/outlets. Knobs and barbs are plastic.
One-year warranty. MFV5 5-VALVE MANIFOLD 47.29 42.56
MFV3
ROUND MANIFOLDS
TECH TALK 2
We make these solid PVC manifolds
for use as top inlet air diffuser
Pipe Sizing manifolds, but you'll find many other
Incorrect pipe sizing all too often causes unsatisfactory performance. Friction is the culprit. As the applications for them. The side holes
have 1/8" diameter flow restrictors that
volume of air passing through the piping increases, the pressure required to deliver the air also
can be easily drilled as needed for
increases due to friction (think of it as wind resistance). Since most aquaculture type aeration higher flow applications. Weighs 1/2 lb.
systems utilize low-pressure blowers, it is critical that nonrestrictive piping be used.
Pressure loss in air systems can be measured in inches of water (“H2O). The resistance to air flow
caused by friction will decrease both the pressure to the air outlet (typically an air diffuser) and
the volume of air delivered. M6B
When designing the air system, it is important to add together all of the following: the maximum CENTER PORT SIDE HOLES NO. OF
MODEL NPT NPT SIDE HOLES EACH
water depth to which the air is driven, the resistance in the air piping system and the resistance
caused by the air diffuser. Our simplified chart can be used as a guide in determining the pressure M6B $51.69
3/4” 1/2” 6
loss caused by the piping. The blower pressure and air diffuser resistances are published in this M08 3/4” 1/2” 8 26.29
catalog. If you are confused, don’t worry. Call an AES technician at 407-886-3939 for help.
Example: 4 cfm need to be delivered a distance of 200 feet from a regenerative blower. The average
line pressure is 3 psi. There are no odd twists or elbows that need to be considered. The minimum
diameter of plastic pipe will be 3/4”, causing 7.4” H2O resistance or pressure loss. The smaller
1/2” pipe would cause 24.6” of loss, which would probably be unacceptable. A 1” pipe, costing little PLASTIC CHECK VALVES
more than the 3/4”, might be an even better choice if there is the possibility of using more air in
the future. For use in fresh water, salt water or air. Excellent
for foot valves on pumps. These plastic check
valves are offered without springs or with 1/2-lb
FRICTION LOSSES FOR AIR AS A FUNCTION OF FLOW AND PIPE SIZE stainless steel springs for more positive closure.
(LOSS EXPRESSED IN INCHES H2O PER 100’ OF PIPE)
SCHEDULE 40 PIPE WITHOUT SPRINGS WITH SPRINGS
NOMINAL DIAMETER (INCHES) FNPT MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
3/4” CV1 $10.59 CV185 $11.49
.25 .5 .75 1 1.25 1.5 2 3 4 6
1” CV2 10.89 CV285 11.49
ACTUAL INSIDE DIAMETER (INCHES)
11/4” CV3 16.09 CV385 16.99
.25 .62 .80 1.03 1.36 1.59 2.05 3.04 4.00 6.03
11/2” CV4 19.19 CV485 20.19
INSIDE DIAMETER (MM) CV1
2” CV5 23.49 CV585 22.29
6.3 15.8 20.4 26.1 34.5 40.4 52.0 77.3 101.5 153.2
.25 8.3
.50 25.0 .39
1.0 1.2
2.0 3.8
3.0 7.6 2.3
4.0 12.3 3.7 CHECK VALVES
5.0 19.0 5.0 1.7 Quick and positive action in any position.
Polypropylene valve is highly resistant to
10.0 17.0 5.3 1.5
Cubic Feet Per Minute
Calculations based on average pressure of 3 psi, average air temperature of 90ºF and an air
kinematic viscosity of 1.7 x 10-4 ft 2/sec. Under this temperature and pressure, the scfm
(standard cubic feet per minute) volume is 13% greater than actual.
A B
Dead algae, fish, insects and Toxic zone. Septic water. No oxygen. Loaded with
food to settle to bottom. toxic gases from decaying animal matter.
With Aeration
Artificial circulation removes toxic gases from bottom water.
Oxygen enables benthic
organisms and fish to
live on bottom. Fish feed on benthic
organisms; they are
healthier from natural
Benthic organisms feed on fish and foods, abundant oxygen,
water fowl droppings, dead leaves lack of toxins and of
and other plant and animal matter. disease organisms.
DA1 Systems include ¼HP, 115V 60Hz compressor, one 4-diffuser manifold, DA2 Systems include ½HP, 115V 60Hz compressor, two 4-diffuser
choice of 100’ weighted or unweighted tubing, and offered with or without manifolds, choice of 200’ weighted or unweighted tubing, and offered with or
cabinet. For use in lakes ⅛ up to 1½ acres in size and from 3 – 20’ deep. without cabinet. For use in lakes ¼ up to 3 acres in size and from 3 – 20’ deep.
DA1C DA2C
GREAT LAKES® AERATION SYSTEMS DESIGNED HERE TECH FAV MODEL EACH
DA3 Systems include ½HP, 115 or 230V 50/60Hz compressor, one 6-diffuser REPLACEMENT PARTS
manifold, and offered with or without cabinet. Weighted 5/8” tubing, WD1R, WD2R-100 ⅜” x 100’ WEIGHTED AIR TUBING $95.99 —
is sold separately and required for DA3C systems. For use in lakes ¾ up to
4 acres in size and from 5 – 20’ deep. P200S ½” x 100’ WEIGHTED AIR TUBING 39.69 $35.72/4+
DFAN COOLING FAN 43.59 —
AB300A AIR FILTER MUFFLER 25.79 —
AB300B AIR FILTER FOR AB300A 1.49 1.42/10+
DA3C ALR15MB 6” DIFFUSER 13.99 13.29/10+
ALR23MB 9” DIFFUSER 21.69 20.61/10+
CABKEY CABINET KEY (FITS ALL) 9.19 —
62071 ⅜” x ⅜” ADAPTER, BARB X BARB 0.55 —
101A ⅝” COUPLING FOR WD1 AND P200-AQ 0.95 —
ZB3858 ⅜” x ⅝” BRASS ADAPTER, BARB X BARB 4.29 —
AQK965A COMPRESSOR REPAIR KIT 78.79 —
- DA1C SYSTEMS
AQK965 COMPRESSOR REPAIR KIT 131.29 —
- DA2C & DA3C SYSTEMS
ACCESSORIES
WD2R ⅜” x 50’ WEIGHTED AIR TUBING 47.99 —
WD1R ⅝” x 50’ WEIGHTED AIR TUBING 78.99 —
DABASE GROUND MOUNT W/24” X 24” PAD 127.19 —
WD2R-100
SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS) EACH
4GL32 1/4-HP AERATION SYSTEM
+ 2 DIFFUSERS W/CABINET 127 $2,520.00
SL3MK MAINTENANCE KIT FOR 1/4-HP SYSTEM 2 109.69
4GL53 4GL54
SHIP WT SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS) EACH MODEL (LBS) EACH
4GL53 3/4-HP AERATION SYSTEM 4GL54 3/4-HP AERATION SYSTEM
+ 3 DIFFUSERS W/CABINET 147 $2,614.00 + 4 DIFFUSERS W/CABINET 150 $3,071.00
SL5MK MAINTENANCE KIT FOR 3/4-HP SYSTEM 2 128.79 SL5MK MAINTENANCE KIT FOR 3/4-HP SYSTEM 2 128.79
Note: Maintenance kits include four sacrificial carbon vanes, gasket and two inlet filter elements.
4GL75 4GL96
SHIP WT SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS) EACH MODEL (LBS) EACH
4GL75 3/4-HP AERATION SYSTEM 4GL96 1-HP AERATION SYSTEM
+ 5 DIFFUSERS W/CABINET 157 $3,244.00 + 6 DIFFUSERS W/CABINET 165 $3,631.00
SL5MK MAINTENANCE KIT FOR 3/4-HP SYSTEM 2 128.79 SL9MK MAINTENANCE KIT FOR 1-HP SYSTEM 2 259.39
Note: Maintenance kits include four sacrificial carbon vanes, gasket and two inlet filter elements.
Diffuser Maintenance
Just as maintenance is important for your home and your car, your aeration system requires some blower over time. If this back pressure persists, it can dramatically increase wear and tear and,
upkeep. Your diffusers are constantly exposed to an organically rich environment and are going to in turn, shorten the life of the compressor.
have buildup or growth known as biofouling. Unfortunately, they can’t be expected to clean
Whether or not a diffuser is operating unobstructed is impossible to tell by simply looking at the
themselves. The good news: An annual inspection plan is all it takes for you to rest assured your
bubble plume. It may be apparent if the rising bubbles are noticeably larger, but this is not always
system is running optimally.
the case. There is only one way to be sure the diffusers are free of obstructions—remove them
Rubber diffuser membranes consist of many tiny holes that open as air passes through and close from the water and take a look. Whether you
when airflow ceases. This process prevents water from entering the unit. However, when use glass-bonded silica or rubber
compressed air is introduced into water, as in aeration, calcium carbonate (CaCO3) forms a hard membranes, it is imperative they are
crust on the diffuser surface. The calcium buildup on these small openings forces the rubber to checked at least once a year to determine if
stretch in order to continue to diffuse air, leading to an inability to go back to its original size for cleaning is necessary. If needed, undiluted
the rubber (called memory loss). This results in larger bubble size and a less efficient diffuser. muriatic acid can be used for both kinds of
diffusers. See Tech Talk 53 for more
Glass-bonded silica diffusers may become infused with bacteria, other organics and mineral
information. Rubber membrane diffusers need help too.
deposits such as calcium carbonate, causing unnecessary back pressure on the compressor or
SL3 SL5
up to 1 acre, up to 4 acres,
8–10' deep 10–12' deep
up to up to 6 p
2 acres, 10–12' deep acres, 12–15' dee
up to 3 a up to 8 ac
cres, 12–15' deep res, 15–20' deep
up to 5 acres, 15–18' deep up to 10 acres, 20–28' deep
SHIP WT SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS) EACH MODEL (LBS) EACH
SL3 1/4-HP AERATION SYSTEM (AQ3) SL5 3/4-HP AERATION SYSTEM (AQ5)
+ DIFFUSERS W/CABINET 120 $2,152.00 + 2 DIFFUSERS W/CABINET 140 $2,654.00
SL3MK MAINTENANCE KIT FOR 1/4-HP SYSTEM 2 109.69 SL5MK MAINTENANCE KIT FOR 3/4-HP SYSTEM 2 128.79
Note: Maintenance kits include four sacrificial carbon vanes, gasket and two inlet filter elements.
SL7 SL9
up to 5 acres, up to 8 acres,
8–10' deep 8–10' deep
up to 7 up to
acres, 10–12' dee
p 10 acres, 10–12' deep
up to 9 ac
res, 12–15' deep up to 13
acres, 12–15' deep
up to 13 acres, 15–18' deep up to 17 acres, 15–18' deep
SHIP WT SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS) EACH MODEL (LBS) EACH
SL7 3/4-HP AERATION SYSTEM (AQ7) SL9 1-HP AERATION SYSTEM (AQ9)
+ 3 DIFFUSERS W/CABINET 142 $3,001.00 + 4 DIFFUSERS W/CABINET 150 $3,377.00
SL5MK MAINTENANCE KIT FOR 3/4-HP SYSTEM 2 128.79 SL9MK MAINTENANCE KIT FOR 1-HP SYSTEM 2 259.39
Note: Maintenance kits include four sacrificial carbon vanes, gasket and two inlet filter elements.
MAX MAX
SYSTEM DIFFUSER POND DIFFUSER WEIGHTED
MODEL SIZE DEPTH WATTS SIZE ASSEMBLIES TUBING EACH
KPA3-A SMALL 8 FT 50 8,000 GAL 1 25' $360.49
KPA4 LARGE 10 FT 90 11,000 GAL 2 50' 606.89
VOLTAGE WIRED CFM @ 5PSI CFM @ 10PSI RUNNING AMP @ 10 PSI, 115V SHIP WT REPL. VANE SET
MODEL HP 60HZ PHASE FOR MAX PSI 60 HZ/50HZ 60HZ/50HZ 60HZ 50HZ (LBS) EACH MODEL EACH
SINGLE PHASE MODELS (Includes 8’ power cord)
AQ3-2* ¼ 115-230/100-240 1 115V 10 4.0/3.5 3.6/3.0 5.0 4.4 34 $632.29 AQ3V $83.99
AQ3-2-230* ¼ 115-230/100-240 1 230V 10 4.0/3.5 3.6/3.0 2.5 2.2 34 632.29 AQ3V 83.99
AQ5-2* ¾ 115-230/208-240 1 115V 15 7.5/6.0 6.8/5.5 8.2 7.6 58 1,051.00 AQ5V 109.19
AQ5-2-230* ¾ 115-230/208-240 1 230V 15 7.5/6.0 6.8/5.5 4.1 3.8 58 1,051.00 AQ5V 109.19
AQ5 ¾ 115-230/100-240 1 115V 15 7.2/6.2 6.8/5.7 10.2 9.6 53 900.39 AQ5V 109.19
AQ5-230 ¾ 115-230/100-240 1 230V 15 7.2/6.2 6.8/5.7 5.1 4.8 53 900.39 AQ5V 109.19
AQ7 ¾ 115-230/100-240 1 115V 10 9.5/7.8 8.8/7.6 10.7 10.1 53 940.59 AQ5V 109.19
AQ7-230 ¾ 115-230/100-240 1 230V 10 9.5/7.8 8.8/7.6 5.35 5.05 53 940.59 AQ5V 109.19
AQ9 1 115-230/100-240 1 115V 10 11.8/10.2 10.1/8.8 11.2 10.6 62 1,047.00 AQ9V 230.99
AQ9-230 1 115-230/100-240 1 230V 10 11.8/10.2 10.1/8.8 5.6 5.3 62 1,047.00 AQ9V 230.99
VOLTAGE WIRED CFM @ 1725 RPM RUNNING AMPS SHIP WT REPL. VANE SET
MODEL HP 60HZ PHASE FOR MAX PSI 5 PSI 10 PSI @ 8 PSI (230V, 60HZ) (LBS) EACH MODEL EACH
AQ33* 2 208/220/440 3 ** 15 19.5 17.9 5.5 50 + 40 $1,278.00 AQ2V $180.19
AQ20 COMPRESSOR HEAD ONLY 15 19.5 17.9 — 50 942.99 AQ2V 180.19
*Compressor with motor shipped in two boxes when shipping Ground. **Must be wired by an electrician.
GAUGES
BG15 GAUGE, 0–15 PSI, 1/4" NPT 1 $17.19
LPG30 GAUGE, 0–30 PSI, 1/4" NPT, LIQUID-FILLED 1 28.49
BG61 GAUGE, 0–60 PSI, 1/4" NPT 1 12.89
TECH TALK 6
WD3 WD2 WD1 WD4 WD5 P200-AQ HEAVYSET 3/8” TUBING AIR FRICTION LOSS
CFM DISTANCE INCHES H2O PSI
1 100' 18 .63
1.5 100' 35 1.26
2 100' 57 2.06
3 100' 115 4.15
DIFFUSER COMPARISON
DIFFUSER TYPE RECOMMENDED CFM INLET FITTING SHIP WT (LBS) REPLACEMENT DIFFUSER APPLICATION
ALP4 4 x 3" Medium-Pore 1.2 3/8" barb 3 ALR8M Koi Pond
ALA4GLB 4 x 6" Medium-Pore 1.5–2.4 5/8" barb 10 ALR15M Lakes <11' Deep
ALA6GLB 6 x 9" Medium-Pore 3.0–7.0 5/8" barb 13 ALR23M Lakes >11' Deep
ALA8GL 8 x 9" Medium-Pore 6.0–10.0 5/8" barb 16 ALR23M Very Large, Deep Lakes
AFM4GL 4 x 6" EPDM Membrane 1.5–2.4 5/8" barb 10 DYMD6 Organically Rich Water*
AFM6GL 6 x 10" EPDM Membrane 3.0–7.0 5/8" barb 13 DYMD10 Organically Rich Water*
AD11GL Rubber Membrane 2.0 5/8" barb 9 AD11 De-Icing
WBT2-105 Perforated Weighted Tubing 10’ Section .15-.6 5/8” barb 5 WBT2 De-Icing/Bubblewall
WBT2-205 Perforated Weighted Tubing 20’ Section 15-.6 5/8” barb 10 WBT2 De-Icing/Bubblewall
*EPDM rubber membrane diffusers are designed for lakes with high levels of organics and/or salinity as well as wastewater lagoons.
Use item number 62021 for 3/4” NPT x 3/8” barbed male adapter if using 3/8” I.D. tubing.
MODEL EACH Suitable for ponds from 1/4 to 5 acres. Call for placement suggestions.
LPAC3-2 $1,007.00
Note: If used for summer aeration/destratification, switch to our
standard diffuser assembly (not included).
MODEL EACH
P418 $44.59
TECH TALK 56
De-Icing Lakes
Most of us are aware that aeration systems are primarily required in summer, when the oxygen consumption rate is highest and stratification is most severe. In
some lakes and ponds, winter fishkills are also quite common.
When ice covers a lake, oxygen transfer from the atmosphere is eliminated. If there is a significant accumulation of snow on top of the ice, the photosynthetic
oxygen production can also be virtually eliminated. If the ice and snow cover persists long enough and the oxygen consumption rate underneath the ice is great
enough, there will be a fishkill. Clean lakes—those with a low trophic state index—may not require winter aeration.
During the summer, thermal stratification occurs when warmer water floats above cooler, heavier water. Near freezing, the situation is reversed. As water
approaches the freezing point, it expands and floats on top of warmer water.
The oxygen consumption that takes place in a lake is the result of biological and chemical reactions. Since the rate of these reactions is related to temperature, the winter aeration system needs to be
only about 20% of the size of a summer aeration system.
If it is acceptable to have an open hole in the ice, the simplest way to prevent a winter fishkill is to keep a small area ice free, either by using air or an electric de-icer. The electric de-icer may work best
at the shoreline, perhaps mounted on a dock, while air-powered systems seem to be preferred where longer distances are involved.
When the air compressor is mounted on the shore, the air line is buried below the frost line into the lake and directed to the area that is to remain ice-free. Caution must be taken due to the hazards of
open water in the winter, where people or animals may be on the ice. Also, be careful not to open too large a hole in the ice, which can result in the loss of too much of the lake’s heat.
Experience is necessary when designing de-icing systems, so we recommend contacting the Pentair AES Lakes Department for assistance.
DE-ICERS FW SW
Kasco® De-Icers are designed to be suspended from a dock or boat, or attached
to an optional horizontal float or universal dock mount (sold separately).
Mounted either vertically or horizontally, the de-icer circulates water to the
surface, causing turbulence that reduces or eliminates ice formation. The
motor assembly is sealed in an oil bath for long life and has ball bearings for
smooth operation. The guard and motor case are made of stainless steel. Each
unit includes a motor, propeller, two 20’ suspension ropes, guard assembly,
zinc anode and low-temperature-rated power cable. ETL-approved to UL
standards. Two-year warranty.
Thermostat Control is an economical way to control the operation of your
De-Icer. It uses air temperature only to turn it on when the temperature drops
below as set point that you decide. One C10 Control will control one 120V De-Icer.
Time & Temperature Control is designed for maximum energy conservation.
Controls how long the De-Icer will operate when temperatures demand. By
utilizing both time and temperature features, you can save power by only having
the De-Icer running while it is cold enough and in set time intervals. One C20
Control will control one 120V De-Icer.
De-Icer C20 timer.
Universal Dock Mount allows the de-icer to be mounted in a vertical position or
several other angles. The de-icer can be adjusted to a maximum depth of 10’
from the above water mounting brackets and can be moved 360°. Ideal for
marina applications, gas piers, wharfs, water towers, water storage areas, or
areas where rope suspension is not an option, such as pilings or where boat
traffic may interfere with the ropes.
Industrial Dock Mount has all the same operating features of the Universal
Dock Mount but is constructed of heavier, stronger components including
stainless steel. It also allows for the option of longer than a 10’ pipe for deeper
applications.
Dock mount kit (KD) With D100. Horizontal float (HF) with D100 Horizontal Float Kit produces an elongated pattern of agitated water. Well
suited for shallow water or where water/ice levels may fluctuate, like tidal
waters, or where elongated open water areas are desired such as around long
docks. The De-Icer unit is mounted horizontally to the surface of the water, just
below the flotation block. The De-Icer can be angled in several positions;
horizontal and above and below horizontal.
Horizontal float (HF) with D100.
DE-ICERS
VOLTS THRUST TYPICAL OPEN AREA* WITH 25’ CORD WITH 50’ CORD WITH 100’ CORD
HP 60HZ AMPS (LBS) (DIA. CIRCLE) MODEL SHIP WT EACH MODEL SHIP WT EACH MODEL SHIP WT EACH
1/2 120 5.0 26 UP TO 50’ D100 28 $598.99 D100-50 29 $628.99 D100-100 35 $758.99
3/4 120 6.7 34 UP TO 75’ D101 32 668.99 D101-50 34 698.99 D101-100 37 798.99
3/4 240 3.4 34 UP TO 75’ — — — D102-50 34 708.99 — — —
1 120 11.2 52 UP TO 90’ D103 35 758.99 D103-50 37 798.99 D103-100 40 1,029.00
1 240 5.7 52 UP TO 90’ — — — D104-50 37 798.99 — — —
* Small bodies of water, the Great Lakes, and extreme northern climates may see less open water areas.
ACCESSORIES
MODEL SHIP WT (LBS) EACH
C10
THERMOSTAT CONTROLLER 2 $117.99
C20
TIME & TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER 3 194.99
KD UNIVERSAL DOCK MOUNT 11 229.99
KDI INDUSTRIAL DOCK MOUNT 15 343.99
HF HORIZONTAL FLOATATION KIT 19 238.49
REPLACEMENT PARTS
MODEL SHIP WT (LBS) EACH
T10
30 A MP TWIST LOCK ELECTRIC PLUG 1 $36.99
RP50
REPLACEMENT PROPELLER FOR 1/2HP DE-ICERS 1 28.99
RP75
REPLACEMENT PROPELLER FOR 3/4HP DE-ICERS 1 28.99
RP100
REPLACEMENT PROPELLER FOR 1HP DE-ICERS 1 78.99
Kasco® is a registered trademark of Kasco Marine, Inc.
Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788
AERATION 85
Fountains
FLOATING FOUNTAINS FW SW
These Kasco® fountains are built for larger ponds and more decorative applications. Look under
the pictures to see what nozzles are included with different models (except Cypress, which is 3/4-hp
only). Each fountain includes float with screens, power control center with GFCI and 50' mooring
ropes. 2-year warranty for 3/4 hp models, 3-year warranty for 2 hp and up. ETL-approved to UL and
CSA standards.
RUNNING CORD
MODEL HP VOLTAGE AMPS* LENGTH EACH
2400SF-100 ½ 115 6.6 - 7.3 100’ $1,394.00
LED3125-100 OPTIONAL 3-LIGHT LED KIT W/100’ CORD 692.99
* Depending on pattern
Kasco® and xStream™ are trademarks and/or registered trademarks of Kasco Marine, Inc.
Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788
86 AERATION
Fountains
RUNNING CORD
MODEL HP VOLTAGE AMPS LENGTH* DISPLAY DIMENSIONS EACH
KFX501-50 1/2 HP 115 5.6 50' 5.5' H X 15' W $1,085.00
KFX501-100 1/2 HP 115 5.6 100' 5' H X 15' W 1,191.00
KFX751-50 3/4 HP 115 7.3 50' 6' H X 21' W 1,174.00
KFX751-100 3/4 HP 115 7.3 100' 6' H X 21' W 1,285.00
KFX752-50 3/4 HP 230 3.7 50' 6' H X 21' W 2,062.00
KFX752-100 3/4 HP 230 3.7 100' 6' H X 21' W 2,133.00
4400VX-100 1 HP 115 11.3 100' 8' H X 26' W 1,886.00
4400VXH-100 1 HP 230 5.7 100' 8' H X 26' W 2,451.00
2-YEAR WARRANTY
*Other cord lengths available.
(1/2-1 HP MODELS)
Kasco is a registered trademark of Kasco Marine, Inc.
®
TECH TALK 36
Lake Aeration
It takes a lot more than bubbles to do it right...
It takes know-how and a properly-sized Great Lakes® aeration/destratification system.
Most lakes cover vast areas and contain millions of gallons of water with a biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) of 10 mg/l or less. So a few random air bubbles rising from the bottom just aren’t enough to
satisfy a lake’s need for oxygen. But, use that same small volume of air to induce a significant rising current, and you have an extremely efficient lake aerator!
Pentair AES synergistic airlift diffusers are designed to lift and circulate huge volumes of water, bringing life-giving oxygen from the surface to the bottom. These unique air diffusers were specifically
engineered to cause an upwelling current without turbulence or bottom erosion.
The 4-sq.ft. diffuser assembly creates a vertical current using the rising force of air, moving low oxygen water up from the bottom and eliminating stratification. Hundreds of man-hours have
gone into the development of this technique, including underwater dye-flow studies and destratification experiments.
The system is simple, safe and virtually maintenance free. It’s the most effective lake aerator made! As little as 3/4 horsepower can be used to properly aerate a eutrophic 10-acre lake!
Technically Speaking
• W hen oxygen levels are low, you can expect transfer performance of more than 10 lbs of dissolved oxygen per horsepower per hour! (Pumps, fountains and “air bubblers” are typically less than 2 lbs per
horsepower per hour.)
• Bubbles expand and spread out as they rise. The column of water entrained within the
bubbles from a synergistic diffuser rises at about a foot per second, moving 2,000 gpm from
the area above the diffuser (a drilled pipe diffuser with the same air volume would move only about 200 gpm).
• The surface boil—created by the kinetic energy of the rising water—rises approximately two inches above the surrounding water level. From there, the water rushes outward until its energy has dissipated,
sometimes traveling more than 100 feet, depending upon temperature, surface tension and wind.
• The lake surface tension is ruptured in the boil area. Supersaturated gases, including carbon dioxide and hydrogen sulfide, escape from the bottom water, and oxygen is absorbed.
• There’s no danger to swimmers, boaters or aquatic life—even a marking buoy is unnecessary. And, like hundreds of others, you’ll enjoy watching the surface “spring” boils. There is no electricity in the
water.
• It’s best to install the system prior to stratification. If the volume of anaerobic bottom water is greater than 1/6 of the lake’s total volume, contact Pentair AES for start-up instructions.
• Every lake is different. A Pentair AES aeration specialist will be happy to assist with equipment selection and system design. We’ll need to know the lake’s shape, size, depths, history, bottom type, water
source, flow, etc. Call for a sizing form or you’ll find one online at PentairAES.com.
FLOATING FOUNTAINS
The Evolution series fountain is shipped fully assembled and includes a ½ HP,
120V single phase floating fountain with suction screen, motor cord, float,
controller, 24 hour mechanical timer, photo sensor for optional lighting,
Tornado spray pattern, 100’ mooring rope and two mooring stakes. Optional
stainless steel LED light sets are .01 amp and includes four cool white bulbs.
CSA-listed controller is housed in a weatherproof enclosure, 15 amp Class A
Human Rated GFCI, 24 hour mechanical timer, photo sensor for optional
lighting. 15-amp circuit breaker is required for proper fountain operation.
• Simple plug-in and go operation
Height: 6’
Width: 21’ • Low operating costs
Arum • One person installation
• Operates in 20” of water
• Aerates up to ½ acre ponds
• Stainless steel motor is maintenance free
2-YEAR WARRANTY
Height: 6’
Width: 16’
Cluster Arch
½ HP, 120V FOUNTAINS
MODEL EACH
EV650 FOUNTAIN W/50’ CORD $1,376.00
EV6100 FOUNTAIN W/100’ CORD 1,486.00
EV6175 FOUNTAIN W/175’ CORD 1,759.00
REPLACEMENT BULBS
EV6RED RED 31.49
EV6BLU BLUE 31.49
EV6GRE GREEN 31.49
EV6YEL YELLOW 31.49
Height: 5.5’
Width: 18’
Spider & Arch
I must tell you, I deal with a lot of suppliers of pond and koi equipment, and you are by far the
most prompt in shipping and customer service.
TECH TALK 94
A balanced manifold with precise Platforms are lightweight for easy installation,
flow meters and individual valves positioning and maintenance.
allows for accurate, reliable adjust-
ments of each platform.
FLOW-METER
ASSEMBLIES
Flowmeter Manifold
Illustration shows twelve pens, with four diffusers per pen, and one manifold per pen.
(NOTE: Additional diffusers are deployed under walkways.)
Application Examples
• Parasite treatment
• Reduce harvesting cycles
• Continuous feeding during low D.O. events
• Oxygenation before havest/stimulate fish to feed (Improve feed conversion ratio)
Flowmeter Manifold
Illustration shows twelve pens, with four diffusers per pen, one manifold per
pen and three oxygen supply module with six oxygen generators
OXYGEN PLATFORM
Material of Construction Galvanized Steel
Diameter 6.4 ft/1.95 m
Diffuser Size 74 ft/22.6 m of porous diffuser hose
Characteristics 74 lpm
Height (hanging) 5 ft/1.5 m
Weight 33 lbs/15 kg
FILTRATION
PRODUCTS
93 Media
99 Screening
100 Filters Bags
102 Solids Removal Equipment
110 Bead Filters
112 Filtration Systems
113 Sand Filters
116 Chemical Media Filters
117 Cartridge Filters
118 Bag Filters
120 Reverse Osmosis Systems
122 Bioreactors
124 Gas Control & Treatment
131 Protein Skimmers
Close-up
BIO-BALLS
A compact polyethylene media. Round shape with positive buoyancy. These
balls, with their small void spaces, are popular for clean water applications like
tropical fish aquariums. Available as both floating and sinking models.
BIO BARRELS
A polypropylene media available in four sizes. Remember the importance of
void space with both heterotrophic fouling and degassing applications. Positive
in buoyancy.
These items are sold in large quantities for commercial purposes; most ship motor freight. Note the minimum order quantities.
SURFACE AREA
MODEL (SQ.FT/CU.FT.) FIBER DIA. (MM) EACH 5+
FM97 BLACK 62 1.65 $32.59 $29.33
FM96 GREEN 96 .81 33.59 30.23 FM96 (MEDIUM DENSITY)
Disposable Filter Media (PF8) Enkamat® Nylon (PF4/PF5) Carbon Filter Material (PF3)
• Fine polyester fiber material offers high quality • A matrix of semirigid nylon monofilaments fused • PF3 filter material features polyester fibers
at a low price at their intersections heavily coated with activated carbon
• It will sustain one or two cleanings before • The best reusable egg-laying material • Provides an ideal mechanical, chemical and
disposal • Useful for filter media support, biofiltration biological filtering media
• With no fire retardants or dyes, it is safe for fish material, soil erosion control, etc. • A fine pore material suitable for clear water
• PF4 has 0.020” dia. fibers, PF5 has 0.025” dia. applications.
fibers
SHIP WT
MODEL WIDTH LENGTH (LBS) EACH 2+
SM2 24” LINEAR YARD 3 $14.29 —
SM2R 24” 11 YARD ROLL 30 103.59 93.23
SM3 18” LINEAR YARD 3 11.49 —
SM3R 18” 11 YARD ROLL 30 81.39 73.25
MODEL EACH 6+
PF7 $51.89 $46.70
MODEL EACH
SPG1 $18.09
NYLON SCREENING
Nylon screening material is an excellent choice for many aquaculture and laboratory
uses, including filtration of unwanted organisms; brine shrimp culture; larval fish
and clam culture; pipe screens, filter bags and nets. Nylon is resistant to bacteria,
cleaners, acids and insects. This screening is 36" wide and is sold by the yard
length (1 yard = 36" = 91 cm). 1 linear yard = 9 ft2 = 1 yd2. Contains no UV inhibitors!
STANDARD BAGS
MODEL MICRON EACH
N2100A 100 $6.59
STANDARD
N2150A 150 6.69
N2200A 200 4.99
N2300A 300 4.59
N2600A 500 4.29
POLYWELD BAGS
MODEL MICRON EACH
N1025 25 12.79
N1055 55 10.89
N1100 100 10.49
N1200 200 8.89
WELDED-SEAM
NYLON MONOFILAMENT BAGS, 32" x 7" FELT BAGS, POLYPROPYLENE, 32" x 7"
MODEL MICRON EACH 10+ MODEL MICRON EACH 10+
Direct overflow back to tank in FB1N 1 $64.39 $57.96 FB1 1 $7.79 $7.01
case bag filter becomes clogged. FB5N 5 52.39 47.15 FB5 5 6.19 5.57
FB10N 10 53.49 48.14 FB10 10 6.59 5.93
FB20N 20 20.69 18.62 FB25 25 6.19 5.57
Adjust length FB40N 40 19.49 17.54 FB50 50 6.19 5.57
Water to
of pipe as necessary FB75 75 9.99 8.99 FB100 100 6.39 5.75
Be Filtered
to have filter bag at
correct water level. FB100N 100 8.79 7.91
FB200 200 9.29 8.36
Male ADAPTOR
Adapter FB300 300 8.89 8.00 MODEL EACH 10+
FB800 800 8.19 7.37 FBH FILTER BAG ADAPTER 25.69 23.12
Part FBH
Filter Bag
Adapter
Water Level
Felt Filter
Bag
MODEL EACH
AC412A 1.5-LB JAR $12.09
AC412 15-LB BUCKET 83.99
AC55 55-LB BAG 166.69
AC412A
Benefits
• Removes excess feed, and other organic matter.
•C
ontinuous filtering, even during backwashing.
• Low head gravity fed operation
•V
ery low operating cost and minimal backwash water consumption.
•S
uperior screen design for long service life.
Features Description of Operation
• Fiberglass enclosure or stainless steel frame mount, stainless steel Untreated water is gravity fed or pumped into the drum, which has fine screens
internals, and high-quality industrial drive components. mounted to its periphery. Water flows through the screens while the solids
adhere to the screen surface. The filtered water passes over a level control weir
• Injection molded, one-piece screen eliminates the potential for screen and then out of the filter by the use of gravity. As particles attach to the screen
delamination and allows for plugging of small holes without downtime. surface, the water level inside the drum rises. The rising water activates the
• Inlet seal maintains a continuous positive seat against the rotating drum. automatic drum rotation and backwash system. A pressurized spray is used to
clean the solids from the screen into an inclined trough. The solids flow by
• A ppropriate for corrosive environments. Metals passivated for gravity from the filter for disposal or recovery. The cleaned screens are rotated
saltwater applications. into the water, lowering the water level. The backwash system shuts down
automatically to save power and water.
Biosolids
Out
Water In
Removable Lid
Assembly Spraybar Nozzles
Motor Cover (lid panel removed
Spraybar Nozzles
Assembly to show detail)
(lid panel removed
to show detail)
Motor
Drive Shaft
Drum Assembly
Spraybar (screens removed Spraybar
for clarity)
Outlet
Sludge Trough
Water Level
Control Weir
(optional)
Solids Outlet Sludge Trough
Inlet Drum Assembly
Inlet (optional flanged)
Solids Outlet
(optional flanged)
Filter Enclosure Filter Frame
INLET/ WASTE
Inlet MODEL GPM DIMENSIONS OUTLET PORT EACH
2875 70 25" X 10" X 32" + FITTINGS 6” 4” $1,970.00
2873 150 25" X 20" X 32" + FITTINGS 6” 4” 2,338.00
Liquid
Waste
Stream
Outlet
2873 Liquids
Waste Port
Inside of 2873.
Liquids
Weir Cover
Deflector Solids
*Coanda effect: the tendency of a stream of fluid to follow a curved surface (if the angle is not too sharp)
Overflow rather than follow a straight line in the original direction of flow.
Inlet Protection
(Weir)
UV
Waste Skimmer
Stopper
Bottom
Drain
Water Level
Controller
MULTICYCLONE PRE-FILTER
Revolutionary design greatly reduces filter backwashing and maintenance by capturing particles before
they reach the filter. Easily installed on any existing filtration system—ideal as a pre-filter to extend the life
of your existing filter.
The MultiCyclone works on the basis of centrifugal water filtration. There are no moving parts to wear out
and no filter media to clean. Reduces backwash frequency for sand filters and extends media life. Also
reduces maintenance and extends the life of the cartridge in cartridge filtration systems. Traps sediments
between 10 to 100 microns. UV-resistant and corrosionproof. 2" unions, 1" purge valve.
2-YEAR WARRANTY
TECH TALK 95
Biofilter Sizing
Biofilters consist of surface-providing media for attachment of microorganisms that remove quality parameters. Mass balance analysis is essential for determining the biofilter load, if any,
wastes from the water. The media can be commercial products like Bio Barrels, Bio Balls, Bio for these “partial recirculating” and “flow-through” systems.
Strata, Bio-Fill™, Biofilm Carrier Elements and Siporax® among others. Sand, rock, shells and 2. Select the best kind of biofilter for the application. Many types of biofilters have been used in
other natural material can be used as biofilter media. The relative amount of usable surface area aquaculture, including rotating biological contactors (RBCs), trickling filters, submerged filters,
(square feet surface area/cubic foot of media) and their weight are important. fluidized beds, bead filters and low-space bioreactors (LSBs). One may be better than another
In aquaculture, biofilters are used to convert ammonia to nitrite, and ultimately nitrate, through an for a given application.
oxidation process called nitrification. The bacteria attach to the media surfaces where they use 3. C alibrate the biofilter standard nitrification rate to the field water quality conditions. These
ammonia and nitrite as energy sources and carbon dioxide as a carbon source. These bacteria are conditions include hydraulic loading rate, TAN concentration, oxygen availability and temperature.
aerobic, requiring oxygen for the conversion process. Poor solid waste pre-filtration will reduce biofilter performance and require a larger biofilter.
The biofilter sizing process can be roughly summarized as follows: 4. Calculate the biofilter size based on the biofilter surface area, projected field nitrification rate
1. Determine the maximum expected ammonia loading rate and the allowable total ammonia- and the maximum expected ammonia load.
nitrogen (TAN) concentration. Ammonia loading is a function of feed loading, protein content Biofilter surface area requirements can range from 3 to 30 square feet per lb of fish depending on
and digestion efficiency. The TAN limit is primarily a function of culture water pH and fish the biofilter type and the factors described above. For this reason, we recommend that the AES/B
tolerance for un-ionized ammonia (see Tech Talk 47). Numbers (lbs of fish supported, Tech Talk 106) as well as the feed and TAN limits listed in this
High water replacement rates dilute culture water ammonia while impacting pH and other water catalog be used for comparison purposes only and not for biofilter sizing.
MODEL EACH
AB1 FILTER BEAD MEDIA - 1.65 FT³, 55 LBS. $117.29
930135 1HP, 120V 60HZ BLOWER - FITS MODELS 930080 AND 930081 244.99
930142 NEW 1HP, 240V 50HZ BLOWER - FITS MODELS 930146 AND 930147 244.99
930137 1.5HP, 120V 60HZ BLOWER - FITS MODELS 930082 AND 930083 279.99
930143 NEW 1.5HP, 240V 50HZ BLOWER - FITS MODELS 930148 AND 930149 279.99
930019 - 30 GPM Bag Filter System 930054 - 60 GPM Cartridge Filter System 930070 - 100 GPM Sand Filter System
SPARUS W/CFT SPARUS 60HZ 1PH SPARUS 60HZ 3PH SPARUS 50HZ 1PH SPARUS 50HZ 3PH
230V 50/60HZ 1PH TEFC 115/208-230V TEFC 208-230/460V TEFC 220-240V TEFC 380-420V TEFC
CSK FILTRATION SYSTEMS MODEL EACH MODEL EACH MODEL EACH MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
30GPM, BAG FILTER¹ 930019
$5,565.00 930020 $5,198.00 930021 $5,198.00 930022
$5,198.00 930023
$5,198.00
30GPM, CARTRIDGE FILTER² 930024 5,565.00 930025 5,198.00 930026 5,198.00 930027 5,198.00 930028 5,198.00
30GPM, SAND FILTER³ 930029 5,565.00 930030 5,198.00 930031 5,198.00 930032 5,198.00 930033 5,198.00
45GPM, BAG FILTER¹ 930034 5,849.00 930035 5,481.00 930036 5,481.00 930037 5,481.00 930038 5,481.00
45GPM, CARTRIDGE FILTER² 930039 5,849.00 930040 5,481.00 930041 5,481.00 930042 5,481.00 930043 5,481.00
45GPM, SAND FILTER³ 930044 5,849.00 930045 5,481.00 930046 5,481.00 930047 5,481.00 930048 5,481.00
60GPM, BAG FILTER¹ 930049 6,216.00 930050 5,849.00 930051 5,849.00 930052 5,849.00 930053 5,849.00
60GPM, CARTRIDGE FILTER² 930054 6,216.00 930055 5,849.00 930056 5,849.00 930057 5,849.00 930058 5,849.00
60GPM, SAND FILTER³ 930059 6,216.00 930060 5,849.00 930061 5,849.00 930062 5,849.00 930063 5,849.00
100GPM, BAG FILTER¹ 930064 6,657.00 930065* 6,290.00 930066 6,290.00 — — — —
100GPM, CARTRIDGE FILTER² 930067 6,657.00 930068* 6,290.00 930069 6,290.00 — — — —
100GPM, SAND FILTER³ 930070 6,657.00 930071* 6,290.00 930072 6,290.00 — — — —
* 208-230V 60HZ 1PH TEFC. ¹ See page 100 for filter bags. ² See page 117 for replacement cartridges. ³ See page 98 for sand media.
Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788
MECHANICAL FILTRATION 113
Sand Filters
A4000-40-AQ
TECH TALK 46
Iron Removal
If iron is in your water, you can either move to another location or spend some effort to remove it. To remove iron that precipitates readily, simply aerate or spray water into the air using the well
The presence of iron above .1 ppm is considered detrimental to most freshwater fish-keeping pump’s pressure. Hold the water in a settling basin, followed by a slow rate sand filter of about
(.5 is lethal). Iron-bearing water, when fresh out of the ground, is usually clear because iron is in two gallons per square foot per minute.
the soluble ferrous iron form. As soon as it reacts with a little oxygen (.14 ppm per part of iron),
For removing more difficult iron, the aerated water may be passed over coarse contact media
the iron is changed to the ferric state and turns brown or orange. Then, it either drops out
(lava, stones, coke, etc.) in a multilevel tray. The media soon becomes coated with iron hydroxide,
(precipitates) or remains suspended as a colloid.
which promotes catalytic precipitation of iron and manganese from the water.
There are three general classes of iron-bearing ground water:
All three classes of iron can be removed by the lime-softening process and/or the zeolite process,
• Those that precipitate immediately after aeration. sometimes called greensand.
• Those that do not precipitate (acid waters)
• Those that precipitate only part of the iron.
A6000-60-AQ
TECH TALK 43
Filter, Valve,
and Fittings
Sold Separately
10 YEAR TANK
WARRANTY
SMV2 271092-AQ
EFFECTIVE MAX PEA GRAVEL SAND FILTER MEDIA
FILTRATION FLOW RATE PRESSURE REQUIRED REQUIRED ALL SAND DIMENSIONS SHIP WT
MODEL AREA (FT 2) (GPM)1 (PSI) (LBS) (LBS) REQUIRED (LBS) A B C D E (LBS) EACH
A8000-100-AQ 4.91 98 50 150 450 600 39.75” 30.5” 16.50” 43.75” 7.5” 70 $767.09
A8000-140-AQ 7.06 141 50 275 650 925 45.25” 36.5” 18.75” 49.25” 7.5” 82 1,118.00
Based on 20 gpm per ft 2.
1
OPTIONAL VALVE
SMV2 MULTIPORT VALVE, 2” FNPT ON THE VALVE ITSELF, SIDE MOUNTED 157.49
LIVE CHAT
Available for your convenience:
• General technical support & customer service
• Online discussion with technician
• Order questions & tracking
• Multilingual chat options available
• Billing & shipping questions
20 Micron
S1000-100-AQ S1000-75-AQ S1000-50-AQ Replacement
Cartridge
VF11R VF2
TECH TALK 65
In the world of aquaculture, mechanical filtration and biofiltration are very distinct and Suspended solids can also be removed by mechanical means such as bag filters, drum filters
separate entities, and they must be treated as such. Filtration is the removal of solid waste, and vegetative filters.
whereas biofiltration is the biological process that converts toxic nitrogenous wastes to
Biofiltration is the aerobic (with oxygen) breakdown of dissolved nitrogenous fish waste. The
non-toxic nitrate.
process is accomplished by two or more strains of autotrophic bacteria. These bacteria are
Solid waste is typically categorized by its size and specific gravity. Settleable solids are those naturally occurring and will ultimately colonize the bio-media in the biofilter as well as the tank
solids which have a relatively high specific gravity compared to the water in which they exist. and pipe walls. The speed of this process is dependent on temperature, pH, salinity, surface
They will settle to the bottom. Suspended solids are those in a category that have a specific area, flow rate, etc.
gravity the same as, or slightly higher than, the water. They tend to stay in suspension and will
The autotrophic bacteria use oxygen in a two-step process to first convert the toxic ammonia
only “drop-out” over a long period of time. Dissolved solids are those which actually become a
(NH3 or NH4+) to nitrite (NO2-). Another strain of bacteria converts nitrite (NO2-) to nitrate
part of the water. The dissolved solids are eliminated by reverse osmosis, anion and cation
(NO3-). Nitrate is much less toxic and typically tolerated by most cultured species until it
resins, activated carbon, etc.
reaches very high levels. Controlling nitrate is accomplished by diluting with clean water or by
One method of removing solid waste from a round fish tank is to use a double drain. It using a denitrification chamber that converts nitrate into nitrogen gas (this is an anaerobic
will direct the settled solids to a separate area from the main flow. The settled solids can process that uses a group of heterotrophic bacteria). A third method to keep nitrate levels in
be directed into a small clarifier, much smaller than one sized to handle the entire flow check is the use of plants. You can have a green water system (using algae), a vegetative filter
of recirculating water. The other drain takes the suspended solids along with the or even use a hydroponic plant system to remove nitrate.
nitrogenous waste.
Regardless of which type of filtering equipment you decide to use, the one thing to keep in mind
Suspended solids can be removed by several methods. One is the bead filter, which incorporates is to stage the filtration. It is a common mistake to design a system that relies too heavily on a
the use of small polyethylene beads that have a positive electrostatic charge. These beads single filtering device to provide all of the filtering requirements of a recirculating system. By
have an affinity for the negatively charged suspended solids. As the particles pass these beads, staging filtration components, the system will perform at or near its peak.
they are “statically” drawn to them. When the beads are loaded with solids, it is time to
backwash them.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
FV1S LID O-RING 8.59 7.73/6+
FVV1L THREADED LID 85.09 76.58/6+
36002 INTERNAL BASKET 91.19 82.07/6+
FV1F LEGS (2) 38.69 34.82/6+
VB1 BAG FILTER (FELT), 1Μ 7.19 6.47/10+
VB5 BAG FILTER (FELT), 5Μ 7.19 6.47/10+
VB10 BAG FILTER (FELT), 10Μ 7.19 6.47/10+
VB25 BAG FILTER (FELT), 25Μ 7.19 6.47/10+
VB50 BAG FILTER (FELT), 50Μ 7.19 6.47/10+
FV1 w/Optional Conical Base VB100 BAG FILTER (FELT), 100Μ 7.19 6.47/10+
(36049) and Pressure Gauge VB200 BAG FILTER (MESH), 200Μ 7.19 6.47/10+
VB300 BAG FILTER (MESH), 300Μ 7.19 6.47/10+
VB600 BAG FILTER (MESH), 600Μ 7.19 6.47/10+
VB800 BAG FILTER (MESH), 800Μ 7.19 6.47/10+
36002
Internal Basket
w/Bag Filter
AquaFX the Leaders in Reverse Osmosis® is a registered trademark of Aqua Engineering & Equipment, Inc.
Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788
CHEMICAL FILTRATION 12108
Reverse Osmosis Accessories
FILTERS, 10”
Our FXC filter housing tops are made of polypropylene with 3/4” FNPT ports and feature acrylonitrile,
shatter-resistant filter housings. FXB has a unique bypass valve built into its top, which allows the
cartridge to be changed without interrupting the flow. Both models are rated to 150 psi, accept all
standard 10” filter cartridges and weigh 5 lbs each.
The canister cartridge (FX6) is sold empty for filling with your own media (zeolite, resin or carbon, etc.)
and includes gaskets, pre-filter and post-filter.
BP8800
MODEL EACH 6+
FXC 10” FILTER HOUSING, 3/4” FNPT WITH ADAPTERS AND GASKETS $31.49 $28.34
FX6 CANISTER, EMPTY, 10” 9.79 8.81
FXB BYPASS FILTER HOUSING 47.59 42.83
AquaFX the Leaders in Reverse Osmosis® is a registered trademark of Aqua Engineering & Equipment, Inc.
Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788
122 BIOLOGICAL
SECTION FILTRATION
Products / Products
Low-Space Bioreactor/ Products
MEDIA WITH NO FLOW MEDIA WITH WATER FLOW MEDIA IN BIOREACTOR BF150A
CYCLONIC BIOREACTOR
The Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Cyclonic BioReactor (CBR) is a Fluidized Sand
BioReactor (FSB) otherwise known as a Fluidized Sand Bio-Filter. The purpose
of the CBR is to provide a vehicle for the Nitrification of Ammonia by fluidizing
(or suspending in water) silica sand media. This is a two stage process where
the Nitrifying Bacteria form a biofilm on the surface of the silica sand media
that oxidizes Ammonia into Nitrite (Nitrosomonas) and Nitrite into Nitrate (Nitrobacter).
Features:
• Designed to maintain the highest level of system water quality with the lowest
operating and maintenance cost
• A small footprint, ideal for confined spaces
• Available in many sizes for various flow requirement
• Diameters up through 84” (2134 mm) designed for containerized shipping
anywhere in the world
• Multiple units can be connected in parallel for a larger flow rate
CBR-096-234
CBR-012-084
CBR-018-096
CBR-036-144
CBR-048-159
CBR-030-120
CBR-060-162
CBR-084-192
CBR-042-156
CBR-072-168
Diameter Ø in 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 60 72 84 96
mm 305 457 610 762 914 1,067 1,219 1,524 1,829 2,134 2,438
Overall Height in 84 96 96 120 144 156 159 162 168 192 234
mm 2,134 2,438 2,438 3,048 3,658 3,962 4,039 4,115 4,267 4,877 5,944
Tangential Inlet Ø in 1.5 2.0 3.0 3.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 8.0
mm 38 51 76 76 102 102 102 152 152 152 203
Outlet Configuration Coupling Coupling Coupling Coupling Coupling Coupling Coupling Coupling Trough Trough Trough
Width in — — — — — — — — 36 36 42
Height in — — — — — — — — 12 12 12
Outlet Ø in 2 3 3 4 4 6 6 8 — — —
mm 51 76 76 102 102 152 152 203 — — —
HYDRAULIC PROPERTIES OF THE CBR WITH 0.19 MM SAND
Flow @ 10 gpm/sf gpm 7.9 17.7 31.4 49.1 70.7 96.2 125.7 196.3 282.7 384.8 502.7
l/min 29.7 66.9 118.9 185.8 267.6 364.2 475.7 743.3 1,070 1,457 1,903
Flow @ 15 gpm/sf gpm 11.8 26.5 47.1 73.6 106.0 144.3 188.5 294.5 424.1 577.3 754.0
l/min 44.6 100.3 178.4 278.7 401.4 546.3 713.5 1,115 1,605 2,185 2,854
MEDIA REQUIREMENTS
Sand Static Bed Height in 28 32 32 40 48 52 53 54 56 64 78
Volume ft3 1.8 4.7 8.3 16.2 28.1 41.3 55.0 87.3 130.1 202.3 322.6
WEIGHTS & LOADINGS*
Shipping lbs 165 237 311 441 566 795 924 1,311 1,640 2,320 2,726
Floor Load lbs/sf 754 782 754 912 1,070 1,155 1,166 1,181 1,215 1,384 1,670
*Shipping weights are based on 25psi design thickness. Weights will change at other design pressures.
Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788
124 DEGASSING
Gas Control Column
Features:
• Designed to maintain the highest level of system water quality with the lowest
operating and maintenance costs
• Customized configurations with optional components available to meet
specific site requirements
• Easy access for cleaning and maintenance
(Fan Sold Separately)
• Designed for containerized shipping anywhere in the world
HEIGHT SHIP WT
MODEL GPM (IN.) (LBS) EACH
GCC-024-018 157 156 754 $7,405.00
GCC-030-024 245 159 888 8,448.00
GCC-036-030 353 162 1029 9,593.00
GCC-042-036 421 168 1179 10,809.00
GCC-048-042 628 192 1499 12,694.00
GCC-060-048 982 234 1891 15,404.00
GCC-072-054 1,414 234 2463 17,665.00
GCC-084-060 1,924 264 2914 21,270.00
TECH TALK 34
Features
• Designed to maintain the highest level of system water quality with the lowest
operating and maintenance costs (Fan Sold Separately)
• Customized configurations with optional components available to meet
specific site requirements
• Easy access for cleaning and maintenance
• Designed for containerized shipping anywhere in the world
HEIGHT SHIP WT
MODEL GPM (IN.) (LBS) EACH
GCT-024-018 200 159 827 $11,415.00
GCT-030-024 313 162 987 13,061.00
GCT-036-029 450 168 1131 14,707.00
GCT-042-033 613 192 1498 16,180.00
GCT-048-039 800 234 1865 19,523.00
GCT-060-048 1250 234 2304 24,813.00
GCT-072-054 1800 264 2916 31,197.00
GCT-084-060 2450 264 3335 35,523.00
BIO STRATA
Black PVC sheets glued in a block form 12” x 12” x 48” long (longer when
ordered in 96+ ft3 quantities). It is negatively buoyant and preferred where
loose media is not acceptable.
• Low cost
• Submerged or trickling applications
• Degassing applications
Key Advantages
• Combines carbon dioxide removal and oxygenation into one space-saving,
energy-efficient unit
• Lowers energy costs by reducing pumping requirements
• Reuses 50 to 70% of water within a tank system
• Increases fish production without increasing water consumption
• Improves fish health by optimizing water quality
• Installs easily into raceways or tank culture systems
• Allows conversion of a flow-through system into a partial reuse system to
significantly reduce water usage
• Treats flows of 100 to 2,000 gpm—seven models available
• Provides durability—aluminum construction
• Offers improved security with built-in blower redundancy
• Integrates with optional components for complete reuse packages
VACUUM DEGASSERS
The PR Aqua Vacuum Degasser is an open bottom column designed to be
installed in a header tank containing water to a required depth. Water enters
the vessel through a sealed top and cascades down into the vessel. A vacuum
pump or blower creates lower pressure within the vessel thereby releasing
gases from the water into the atmosphere. Stripped water is discharged into a
header tank and is ready for further treatment if required.
Key Advantages
• Reduces TGP to below saturation
• Simplifies operation and maintenance
• Installs easily into a retrofit or into a new system
• Removes potentially harmful gases like hydrogen sulfide
• Offers rugged construction—stainless steel, aluminum, fiberglass or
concrete with metal fittings
• Allows for addition of oxygen
• Includes sight tube for easy measurement of vacuum level within vessel
Key Advantages
• Uses forced air to strip elevated carbon dioxide from culture water
• Reduces total gas pressure (TGP) when necessary
• Can use excess elevation from biofilter, which reduces pumping requirements
• Includes built-in blower redundancy
Key Advantages
• Minimizes overall water consumption
• Installs easily into raceways, header tanks, or centralized treatment modules
• Efficiently distributes oxygen by using internal baffle design
• Requires minimal maintenance
• Uses gravity fed supply water to allow for low head requirement—no high
pressure pumps
• Achieves up to 200% oxygen saturation with low pressure oxygen supply (less
than 5 psi when using an oxygen generator)
• Offers durability—aluminum or stainless steel construction
• Uses either bulk or generated oxygen and can be used to dissolve ozone
into water
• Allows for adjustment of burp tube depth to suit hydraulic loading rate
DEGASSING COLUMNS
Nitrogen gas can kill fish at only 3% above saturation!
Degassing columns are used for removing nitrogen, hydrogen sulfide, carbon dioxide or other gases
from water. They also add oxygen to undersaturated water. In most areas, well water (ground water) is
low in oxygen and too high in nitrogen, hydrogen sulfide and carbon dioxide.
Each segment is made of heavy-duty, UV-resistant polyethylene for outdoor use. They are engineered
to produce the ideal flow pattern to prevent wall channelization while exchanging air at each segment.
Install just the number of segments to give the water quality needed. Each segment can receive as
much as 150 gpm with excellent aeration and gas stripping results.
Each segment (16” D x 18” H) has a molded bracket that fits onto an optional hanger. The 6’ H x 4” W
hanger is a fiberglass I-beam, predrilled for 4 segments (bolts included). Snap the segments onto the
hanger and either hang it from the ceiling, attach it to the tank wall, or to a post, so the water goes in
the top and exits directly into the tank. Each segment should be filled with 0.6 cubic feet of biomedia
(sold separately, see Index). We recommend BF44A.
SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS) EACH 6+
AB12 PACKED COLUMN SEGMENT 5 $61.09 $54.98
AB12A OPTIONAL HANGER 15 157.39 —
% Oxygen % Nitrogen
Inlet Water 57 110
% refers to % of saturation. Nitrogen varies with season, so we suggest designing for the worst case.
As low as 103% nitrogen can kill fish. AB12 results are from a formal study conducted by the Canadian
government.
EV180
EV240
EV120
OUTLET
HOSE GATE TANKS DIMENSIONS FLOW @ 2 PSI SHIP WT SKIMMER OPTIONAL PUMP
MODEL INLET VALVE SIZE (GAL) L X W X H (GPM) (LBS) EACH MODEL EACH
EV120 3/4" 1” 40–150 8.5" X 5" X 18" 5 10 $340.19 MD5 $78.99
EV180 3/4" 1” 60–200 9" X 6" X 20" 7 11 392.69 MD7 94.99
EV240 3/4" 1 1/2” 80–350 11" X 7" X 26" 12 16 450.49 MD12 160.99
EV400 3/4" 1 1/2” 100–450 11" X 7" X 32" 16 18 523.99 PM26 359.79
EV1000 1" 1 1/2” 300–1,000 12" X 9" X 32" 24 28 733.99 PM27 396.09
EV2000 1" 1 1/2” 500–2,000 12" X 9" X 42" 34 32 883.29 PM28 487.49
TECH TALK 78
How does UV Sterilize the Organisms in my water? So, How Does a UV System Work?
When you hear “UV”, tanning on the beach may come to mind, but the UV light that water The lamps used for disinfection are very similar to the lamps used in the fluorescent fixtures in
treatment systems emit is not the same UV that turns your skin to that golden brown, or red! your home. The primary difference is that the lamps in your home convert ALL of the UV-C
Light is divided into wavelengths; for example red light and blue light are emitted at different generated by the lamp into visible light. The UV lamps in your water treatment system have no
wavelengths. Similarly there are 3 principal bands or wavelengths of UV that are of interest here. visible light converting phosphor (that white stuff on the inside of the fluorescent lamps), and
The three bands are called UV-A (long wavelength), UV-B, (mid wavelength) and UV-C (short special quartz envelopes that allow the UV-C to transmit outside of the bulb. The lamps in your
wavelength). Sunlight that reaches the surface of the earth is comprised primarily of UV-A and home use a special glass envelope that totally blocks UV at any wavelength be it UV-A, UV-B, or
has some UV-B. These wavelengths are what reach your skin when you go outside on a sunny day. UV-C.
UV-C is emitted by our sun, but is blocked by our atmosphere. UV-C is very natural! UV treatment systems are comprised of a highly efficient UV lamp that is situated within a high
UV-C is emitted at a wavelength range of 200nm (or nanometers) to 280nm. quality UV-C transmitting quartz sleeve, and in turn that lamp and sleeve are placed within a flow
chamber or vessel. The quartz sleeve is the boundary between the water and the lamp; we don’t
want our lamps to get wet!
Water flows through the chamber, and around the lamp/sleeve assembly. The UV-C generated by
the lamp emits through the water, hits the organisms we want sterilized, and does its job.
As the water UVT drops, UV systems need more lamp power to reach the same
target dose!
Did you know that a system for 90% UVT water can sometimes require as much as 20% to 30%
more lamp power than that of a system for water with a 95% UVT, even though they have the same
flow rates and dose level requirements? UVT is very important! If you were to use 95% UVT as
your criteria when you purchased your system, and your water was actually 90% UVT, your system
would not treat your water appropriately; it would be undersized, and perhaps drastically
undersized! This is a reason many people have trouble getting UV to work for them. They don’t
take the actual UVT of their water into account. If you need assistance calculating your UVT
please do not hesitate to contact a Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems representative today!
System Features
• Reduces microorganisms through ultraviolet light.
• Basic Control Package included (optional PLC package shown). See pg. 139 for additional info.
• Control Package available with NEMA12 or NEMA4X enclosure.
• Enhanced, state-of-the-art electronic ballast ensures optimal UV-C output and maximum
useful-lamp-life.
• Compact footprint: reduces required operating space.
• Schedule-80 Modified PVC plastic construction*1 is NSF-50 Certified for pressures higher than
comparable polypropylene and HDPE models.
• Single-End UV lamp and quartz sleeve access for easy servicing.
• Watertight design protects all electrical hardware from water damage.
• Highest-Quality American-Made Low-Pressure Amalgam UV lamps*2 offer 12,000 hours of
continuous operation (80% efficient after 12,000 hours).
• Saltwater compatible.
• Power Supply is 50/60 Hz capable.
• 20-foot lamp cables. CALL FOR MORE INFORMATION AND PRICING.
DISPLAY
Lamp Status ü ü
Lamp Hours ü ü
UV Intensity ü ü
UV Intensity Chart ü ü
Alarm Logging ü ü
Flow Rate — ü
Ballast Output — ü
INPUTS
Basic PLC
Max. Lamps 8 13
UV Intensity ü ü
Vessel Water Temperature ü ü
Safety Cap Input ü ü
Remote On/Off ü ü
Enclosure Temperature ü ü
Flow Sensor Input — ü
(PULSE)
OUTPUTS
Alarm Output Relay ü ü
(1 ALARM) (7 INDIVIDUAL ALARMS)
4-20 mA Output — ü
(UV INTENSITY)
Dimmable Ballasts — ü
Advanced PLC COMMUNICATION
Ethernet Port (Modbus) — ü
Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788
140 DISINFECTION
HOSS Series UV Systems
POWER
UV-C UV VESSEL ENCLOSURE AVAILABLE AMPS
LAMPS/ OUTPUT DIMENSIONS DIMENSIONS INLET/OUTLET MAX LOAD MAX 30 MJ/CM2 *3 180 MJ/CM2 *4 316L-EP
MODEL WATTS WATTS (H X D) (H X W X D) PORTS (FLANGE) @ 115/230 VAC PSI/BAR GPM/LPM GPM/LPM EACH
COM480HOSS 1/80 27 42” X 11” 12.5” X 10.5” X 7.7” 2“ MNPT 1.25/0.75 50/3.4 47/182 8/30 $4,311.00
COM4160HOSS 2/80 54 42” X 11” 12.5” X 10.5” X 7.7” 2“ MNPT 2.5/1.25 50/3.4 75/290 12/48 4,811.00
COM4240HOSS 3/80 81 42” X 11” 12.5” X 10.5” X 7.7” 2“ MNPT 3.5/1.75 50/3.4 112/434 18/72 3,524.00
COM4320HOSS 4/80 108 42” X 11” 12.5” X 10.5” X 7.7” 2“ MNPT 5.0/2.5 50/3.4 146/566 27/94 5,868.00
*1
Limited 3 Year Warranty
*2
90-day warranty on all lamps
*3
Recommended dose for algae and bacteria.
*4
Typical maximum dose required in aquaculture applications.
Call to determine the dose required for your application
WARNING
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems does not recommend using 316L stainless steel in corrosive
environments that include, but are not limited to, saltwater aquaculture (includes aquaria)
and other corrosive applications. 316L stainless steel is subject to pitting and crevice
corrosion in warm chloride (salts) environments, and to stress corrosion cracking with
water temperatures above 60°C, approximately.
Research facility staff and other aquatic husbandry personnel will find our
SMART UV HO Multi-Lamp UV Systems are easy to install, operate and
maintain. Single-end access allows for time saving serviceability of the lamp
and quartz sleeve. Highest-Quality UV lamps offer 12,000 hours of continuous
operation at or above the minimum required UV-C intensity levels required to
meet your dose target. One-year warranty on ballasts.
System Specifications:
• Reduces microorganisms through ultraviolet light.
• Housing Material*1: Heavy-Wall UV Resistant High-Density Polymer
• Housing Size: Refer to Chart Below (UV Vessel Dimensions)
• UV Lamp(s)*2: Low-Pressure High-Output, T6-style
• Each lamp will require its own outlet
• 115V/60 Hz and 240V 50/60 Hz versions available
AMPS UV VESSEL
LAMPS/ INLET/OUTLET MAX LOAD MAX DIMENSIONS 30 MJ/CM2 * 180 MJ/CM2 *
MODEL WATTS PORT(S) @ 120/240 VAC PSI/BAR (L X D) GPM/LPM GPM/LPM EACH
0250100 2/50 3” UNION 1.15/0.57 100/6.89 35” X 6” 43/162 7/26 $3,446.00
0250160 2/80 3” UNION 1.15/0.57 100/6.89 50” X 6” 81/306 14/52 3,608.00
0250240 2/120 3” UNION 2.0/1.0 100/6.89 62” X 6” 110/416 18/68 3,678.00
0250300 2/150 3” UNION 2.6/1.3 100/6.89 76” X 6” 174/658 29/109 4,077.00
*
Calculated using UVT factors of 90% transmittance and UV lamps at the end of their useful lamp life.
Note: Models using 150 Watt Lamps can be ordered in 120 or 240 VAC 50/60 Hz.
®
SMART UV HIGH-OUTPUT STERILIZERS
UV vessels are built of a UV-resistant, high density polymer with a removable
end cap to provide easy access. Internal viewing ports allow visual indication of
lamp status. Units have 2” slip unions and 6” diameter housings. 10’ cable to
ballast and 6’ cord to plug. 115V/60 Hz and 240V 50/60 Hz options available.
Models include an in-line, sealed watertight power supply for wet applications.
One-year warranty on ballasts, limited lifetime warranty on the housing and
90-day warranty on lamps.
System Features
• Reduces microorganisms through ultraviolet light
• Housing Material: Heavy-Wall UV Resistant High-Density Polymer
• Housing Pressure (Max.): 20 psi / 1.378 bar
• Housing Inlet/Outlet Port Size: 2” Union
• UV Lamp(s): Low-Pressure High-Output, T6-style
AMPS UV VESSEL
LAMPS/ INLET/OUTLET MAX LOAD MAX DIMENSIONS 30 MJ/CM2 * 180 MJ/CM2 * WITHOUT WIPER WITH WIPER
WATTS PORT(S) @ 120/240 VAC PSI/BAR (L X D) GPM/LPM GPM/LPM MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
1/50 2” UNION 1.15/0.57 50/3.44 30” X 6” 25/94 4/15 E50S $724.99 E50S-W $968.59
1/80 2” UNION 1.15/0.57 50/3.44 45” X 6” 45/170 7/26 E80S 766.99 E80S-W 1,012.00
1/120 2” UNION 1.15/0.57 50/3.44 57” X 6” 64/242 10/38 E120S 823.99 E120S-W 1,085.00
1/150 2” UNION 1.85/0.85 50/3.44 71” X 6” 100/378 10/64 E150S 999.99 E150S-W 1,201.00
*
Calculated using UVT factors of 90% transmittance and UV lamps at the end of their useful lamp life.
Note: Models using 150 Watt Lamps can be ordered in 120 or 240 VAC 50/60 Hz.
AMPS UV VESSEL
LAMPS/ INLET/OUTLET MAX LOAD MAX DIMENSIONS 30 MJ/CM2 * 180 MJ/CM2 * WITHOUT WIPER WITH WIPER
WATTS PORT(S) @ 120/240 VAC PSI/BAR (L X D) GPM/LPM GPM/LPM MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
1/18 1.5” UNION 0.34/0.17 50/3.44 23” X 4” 6/22 0.8/2.8 EU18-U $348.49 EU18P-W $425.59
1/25 1.5” UNION 0.40/0.20 50/3.44 29” X 4” 9.5/35 1.0/3.7 EU25-U 383.29 EU25P-W 461.99
1/40 1.5” UNION 0.44/0.22 50/3.44 44” X 4” 15.5/58 2.8/10 EU40 416.89 EU40P-W 483.09
1/65 1.5” UNION 0.46/0.23 50/3.44 71” X 4” 26/98 5.3/20 EU65P 535.49 EU65P-W 659.59
*
Calculated using UVT factors of 90% transmittance and UV lamps at the end of their useful lamp life.
Note: Models using 150 Watt Lamps can be ordered in 120 or 240 VAC 50/60 Hz.
SIZED FOR YOUR APPLICATION Thanks for helping me with my UV light problem. My pond has never been so beautiful,
Did you know: and I have shared my news with friends and relatives. You have one grateful and very
The flow rate at which the water passes through a UV system, and the UV-C Intensity satisfied customer.
establishes the “UV Dose”. All waterborne microorganisms require their own specific UV
Dose for successful disinfection. For more information on the SMART UV Sterilizer and Vanna Wu
other UV-C water treatment products, please visit us online at PentairAES.com.
Lihue, HI
TECH TALK 5
“Why Watts”
You know how you can tell what people know by the questions they ask? Well, we know that most involve inductance magnetic devices such as motor windings, solenoids, transformers, lamp
people don’t know about watts. They ask, “How many amps does this motor use?” instead of, “How ballasts, etc., the formula for single-phase loads is volts x amps x power factor = watts.
many watts does this motor use?” Watts are what you pay for, not amps (amps are used to size
In many cases, especially with linear air compressors and mag drive pumps, the actual watts used
breakers, etc.).
are significantly less than what is calculated by multiplying volts x amps. The only way to
The direct current formula we all learned (volts x amps = watts) is correct for incandescent light determine the watt consumption of a motor is to test it using a wattmeter.
bulbs and electric heaters, but it is not correct for motors. When dealing with power loads that
Lamp
Quartz Sleeve
Ballast
®
SMART UV HIGH-OUTPUT STERILIZER REPLACEMENT PARTS
QUARTZ BALLAST 4-PIN LAMP
WATTS LAMP EACH 4 + SLEEVE EACH SEAL KITS EACH (120-230V) EACH CONNECTOR EACH
50 FL-2538-IP
$69.99 $62.99 FL-QZ175-IP $39.99 20375-2 $28.59 20105-MV $132.29 709-1S $7.39
80 FL-2997-IP
79.99 71.99 FL-QZ176-IP 44.99 20375-2 28.59 20105-MV 132.29 709-1S 7.39
120 FL-2998-IP
89.99 80.99 FL-QZ165 59.99
20375-2 28.59 20105-MV 132.29 709-1S 7.39
150 FL-2999 99.99 89.99 FL-QZ167 49.99
20375-2 28.59 202150-1* 259.99
709-1S 7.39
*model is 120V
QUARTZ
WATTS LAMP EACH 4 + SLEEVE EACH 4+
18 FL-2536-IP $57.99 $52.19 FL-QZ173-IP $29.99 $26.99
25 FL-2542-IP 61.99 55.80 FL-QZ175-IP 39.99 35.99
40 FL-1957-IP 62.99 56.70 FL-QZ176-IP 39.99 35.99
65 FL-2529 74.99 67.49 FL-QZ167 49.99 44.99
80 FL-1957-IP x 2* 62.99 56.70 FL-QZ176-IP x 2* 39.99 35.99
130 FL-2529 x 2* 74.99 67.49 FL-QZ167 x 2* 49.99 44.99
*Requires 2 EA
QUARTZ
WATTS LAMP EACH 4 + SLEEVE EACH 4+
18 FL-2536-IP $57.99 $52.19 FL-QZ173-IP $29.99 $26.99
25 FL-2542-IP 61.99 55.80 FL-QZ175-IP 39.99 35.99
40 FL-1957-IP 62.99 56.70 FL-QZ176-IP 39.99 35.99
80 FL-1957-IP x 2* 62.99 56.70 FL-QZ176-IP x 2* 39.99 35.99
*Requires 2 EA
Measuring Organics
UV254 provides an indication of the amount of natural organic matter (NOM) in
water and wastewater. More specifically, UV254 is the best detector of aromatic
organics or reactive NOM.
Aromatic organics are problematic, having several negative effects. For 2-YEAR WARRANTY
example, when combined with chlorine, aromatic organics readily form
disinfection by-products (DBPs).
The Real UVT field meter is the ideal solution for testing UV254 anywhere, REAL UVT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
anytime. The Real UVT can also be used as a practical alternative or
supplement to measuring other more expensive and complicated organic test UV WAVELENGTH 253.7 nm
parameters such as TOC, DOC, BOD and COD.
SOURCE Low pressure germicidal UV lamp
System Features RANGE 5 - 100 % Transmittance, 0 – 1.3 Absorbance
• Memory calibration—no field zeroing needed ACCURACY 0.5% UV Transmittance
• Performs both UV Transmittance and UV Absorbance measurements
RESOLUTION 0.1% Transmittance, 0.001 Absorbance
• Portable and easy to use
UNITS OF MEASUREMENT UV Percent Transmittance (%), UV Absorbance per cm (cm-1)
• Battery powered option
• 1 minute warm-up time
BUILT-IN FAULT DETECTION SYSTEM Notication of a system failure
• Extreme accuracy DISPLAY 32 character back-lit LCD digital display provides easy on
screen instructions and system messages
CALIBRATION MEMORY Calibration memory technology. Calibration with DI water
MODEL EACH required only periodically.
P200UV254 REAL TECH P200 UV254 METER $1,937.00 RESPONSE TIME Warm-up Time ~ 1 minute, Calibration ~ 2 seconds,
1UVT060020 REPLACEMENT LAMP, P SERIES 141.49 Computation ~ 2 seconds
1UVT045010 REPLACEMENT CUVETTE. QUARTZ, 10 MM 262.89 OPERATING TEMPERATURES 0 – 45 °C (32 – 133 °F)
CASE Rugged, Compact, Watertight, and Dustproof with
convenient carrying handle
SAMPLE CELL 10 mm x 10 mm quartz cuvette
PATH LENGTH 1 cm
POWER SUPPLY • Wall Adapter – 110 VAC (UL approved) or 220 VAC,
Car Adapter – 12 VDC
• Battery power pack option
DIMENSIONS 8.7” L x 7.5” W x 3.9” H (254 cu in)
WEIGHT 4 lbs
UV Light Transmittance
UV transmittance (UVT) is not turbidity! The water’s clarity is not an effective indicator, because both solid and dissolved material can absorb UV light. For
example: metals (iron) in water are not visible to the human eye but absorb UV light and have a negative impact on UVT.
UVT is the transmission of UV-C light (at 254 nm) through water. Regarding Aquaculture applications, flow-through fish-culture systems requiring influent
disinfection typically test at 90-95% UVT. In contrast, RAS recirculating aquaculture systems typically test lower at 70-85%T. Application conditions vary and,
therefore, must be evaluated individually.
UVT must be considered when sizing any UV system. Using a meter is the only method of determining an application’s true %T.
SYSTEM INCLUDES:
OZ8 Ozone Generator
Variable output, 0-8 grams per hour of ozone. Manual output control with
reference meter. Air cooled.
TECH TALK 72
Ozone Sizing:
OWS10 Know Your
4.2 SCFH, Goal @ 5%
10G/HR $8,884.62
In sizing an8.5
OWS20
ozone system the most important design factor is getting the correct ozone Air diffusers and pressurized injectors are also sometimes used but have lower transfer
SCFH, 20 G/HR @ 5% 9,815.38
dose for your specific application. Ozone is used mainly to achieve two different goals: efficiencies. The real advantage in using a venturi from a safety standpoint is that with
OWS30
sterilization/oxidation
15 SCFH, 30 and G/HR
microflocculation.
@ 5% Maximizing
10,746.15mass transfer (getting the positive pressure ozone delivery systems (where the ozone is pumped into the system
ozone from the gas phase into the water) is of primary importance for both. The most under pressure) a leak in the delivery hoses or piping can let ozone leak into the
efficient method of dissolving ozone (or any gas) is achieved by using a venturi educator, environment. With a properly sized venturi, if a leak occurs under vacuum, surrounding
a device that passively pulls in ozone under a vacuum using the physical (motive) force of (ambient) air will be drawn into the delivery tubing, so there’s no chance of affecting
the water flowing in a pipe. The water enters the venturi where the velocity rapidly nearby people with ozone.
increases due to a cone-shaped restriction in the venturi throat. This increase in velocity
Ozone has long been known to be a very efficient oxidant. In typical aquarium/aquaculture
causes a low pressure area to form at the point of maximum restriction (see diagram
applications ozone can greatly reduce total organic carbon (TOC) levels by direct oxidation
below), generating suction that pulls the ozone into the water stream. The venturi then
of the organics or indirect oxidation by other powerful oxidants that naturally occurs when
rapidly expands in diameter, slowing the water down instantaneously, causing the water
ozone reacts with water (free radical oxidation). Applied ozone doses for oxidation and
and gas to crash into each other at very high velocity and driving the gas into solution.
disinfection are similar and fall within .1 to 1.0 mg/L. Another rule of thumb for ozone
The higher the pressure in the venturi and downstream piping, the more gas can be driven
sizing for oxidation is based on food loading. An ozone dose of 15–20 grams of ozone per
into solution.
kg of food fed is recommended by Doctors Timmons and Ebling for aquaculture systems.
The other use of ozone not nearly as well known in aquatic systems is as a
Water microflocculent. When dosed at rates roughly 1/10 of the oxidation dose (.01–.1 mg/L),
Flow ozone can act as a flocculent, causing very small particulates that normally pass through
mechanical filters to clump into larger particles that mechanical filters can capture. The
ozone does this by causing electrical charges on the surface of the particles so that they
become attracted to each other like microscopic magnets. This type of ozone dose is
typically used in foam fractionators (protein skimmers), so the flocculated particulates
Suction
are carried out of the system water in the foam column.
Features
• Air-Cooled Ceramic and Titanium Reactor Cell
• Feed Gas Pressure Regulator
• Door Safety Switch
• Over-Temperature Protection
• Feed Gas Flow Switch
• Stainless Steel Ozone Fittings
Controls
• 4-20 mA or 0-10 VDC Input
• Variable Output Control
• Power Feed Back Reference Meter
• Reactor Pressure Control
• Reactor Pressure Gauge
• Feed Gas Flow Control
• Remote On/Off Control
• LED Visual Ozone Indicator
Features
• A Redundant Modular Ozone Chassis Design
• Stainless Steel Floor-Mount Enclosure
• Air-Cooled Ceramic and Titanium Reactor Cell
• Over-Temperature & Over Voltage Protection
• Outlet Isolation Valve & Inlet Isolation Valve Package
970024 970026
• Feed Gas Flow Switch
• CSA/UL Available
Controls
• 4-20 mA or 0-10 VDC Input
• Auto sequencing – SSR Control w/Gas prep and auto purge
• Variable Output Control
• Programmable PID Controller
• Reactor Pressure Control
• Reactor Pressure Gauge
• Feed Gas Flow Control
• Remote On/Off Control
E-STOP
970028
OZONE GENERATORS
The DEL OZONE Next Generation Eclipse Ozone Systems are compact and
provide dependable, low- maintenance operation. Cabinets are made of
extruded aluminum with molded plastic end caps and are wall-mountable.
Electrodes are rated for 15,000 hours of operation at over 80% capacity. Power
supplies are rated to operate for the life of the generator under normal
conditions. Generators may be operated in a vacuum or with positive pressure.
When using O2 as feed gas, you can expect approximately twice the
concentration than with air as feed gas. Air compressor not included. All
models require .25 cfm feed gas (air or oxygen). 1/4” hose inlet and outlet. UL-
and cUL-listed. 115V/60 Hz. One-year warranty.
• Improved water quality and clarity
• Kills up to 99.99% of harmful microorganisms
• Minimized operating and maintenance cost
• No unpleasant chemical odors
• High ozone output, low energy cost
• No Air Dryer required
PTFE TUBING
Ozone resistance is the reason most people select PTFE tubing. It is a flexible
thermoplastic, highly resistant to oxidizing agents. A nearly complete resistance
to alcohols, acids, bases and chlorinated solvents makes it excellent for the
delivery of ozone. It remains flexible at extreme temperatures and is nontoxic.
We recommend using brass or stainless steel fittings with this tubing.
8069
INSIDE OUTSIDE SOLD PER FOOT SOLD PER 50’ ROLL
DIA. DIA. MODEL EACH MODEL LENGTH EACH
1/4" 5/16" 8069 $3.89 8069R 50' $144.09
1/2" 5/8" 8135 20.39 8135R 50' 854.59
OZONE TUBING
This ozone-resistant plastic tubing will not crack or harden and is much
more flexible than PVDF tubing and PTFE.
DESICCANT
When stored, desiccant media should be placed in an airtight container. It
changes color from blue to pink when regeneration is due. To recharge, simply
place desiccant on a baking sheet and heat at 350ºF (176º C) for approximately
20 minutes. Replace after 25 rechargings.
PUMPS
PRODUCTS
152 Sparus Pump with Constant Flow
Technology
156 Centrifugal Pumps
160 Verus Pump with Constant Flow
Technology
162 Centrifugal Pumps
166 Self-Priming Pumps
167 Vertical Multi-Stage Pumps
168 Submersible Pumps
171 Magnetic Drive Pumps
176 Peristaltic/Metering/Dosing Pumps
177 Flow Meters
178 Float Switches/Alarms
Under typical operating conditions, Sparus Pump with Constant Flow The law of physics known as the Affinity Law states that there is a cubic
Technology offers the highest water flow rate of any high performance relationship between the speed of an electric motor and its power consumption.
pump—with the lowest electricity consumption. Thanks to its integrated By decreasing the speed of a motor by only 10%, you’ll reap up to 33% in
on-board variable frequency drive, this pump automatically calculates and electrical energy savings while still achieving the exact flow rate that your
self-adjusts to provide the exact operational speed needed to deliver the application requires. With conventional pumps, the motor is often operating
exact flow rate you establish. As system conditions change, it self-adjusts to at a speed that is needlessly high for the application. Users of conventional
achieve a constant user-specified flow rate. The result of this breakthrough single-speed pumps often find that their only option to decrease their flow
technology is that you achieve the absolute minimum energy usage required rate is to partially close a valve to “throttle” the flow rate. The Sparus Pump
to deliver any given flow rate! This high level of efficiency can save you with Constant Flow Technology takes that paradigm and turns it on its head!
thousands of dollars per year in pump operating costs. The intelligence built into this pump means that you establish the desired flow
No more closing valves to decrease flow rate or making manual adjustments. rate and leave the decision-making to the pump.
Simply select the flow rate you require and the Sparus Pump with Constant
Flow Technology delivers. As system conditions change, the flow rate remains
constant. Need a higher or lower flow rate? Simply adjust the desired flow rate
by using the simple keypad. No matter what flow rate you select, you’ll rest
assured that your desired flow rate remains constant.
Pump Features:
• Fully-programmable for any flow rate from 20–140 gpm
• On-board keypad for simple programming of desired flow rate
• 3 hp rating. 230V, single-phase, 50hz/60hz
• Ultra efficient permanent magnet TEFC motor
• 2” internally threaded NPT inlet/outlet ports and anti-blocking strainer
basket ensure maximum flow and efficiency
• Easy installation and trouble-free servicing
• IP55-rated enclosure for wet locations and harsh conditions
3,45 The Sparus™ Pump with Constant Flow Technology™ Cost Calculator
70 0 RPM
20 Tool calculates the savings an operator will realize when switching
60
from a standard pump to the Sparus with Constant Flow Technology.
15 50 It’s simple and easy to use. Just enter in the operational, hydraulic,
40 and head loss characteristics of your system and the cost savings, per
10 30
day and per year, will be instantly calculated for you.
20
5
10
0 0
400 RPM Visit PentairAES.com/CFT-Calculator to determine your savings!
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 gpm
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 m3/h
CAPACITY
PLC MC3-6066
DISPLAY 3.5” Color Touch
ANALOG INPUT
6
(Continuous read sensors) SPARUS PUMP
ANALOG OUTPUT WITH CONSTANT FLOW TECHNOLOGY
—
(VFD Pumps)
DIGITAL INPUT
6
(Buttons/Switches)
DIGITAL OUTPUT
6
(lights/valves)
LOCAL ALARM Aud. & Visual
EMAIL/TEXT ALARM* Minor & Critical
PHONE ALARM** 1
DISPLAY TANK REMOTE ACCESS* Available
WEB DASHBOARD* Available
*Internet access required. **AutoDialer required.
1 Flow Rate
If water level is low then increase
FLOW METER speed of Pump 1.
2 Guided Wave Radar SYSTEM SUMP
If water level is low then decrease SPARUS PUMP
speed of Pump 2. WITH CONSTANT FLOW TECHNOLOGY
Each Sparus with CFT pump features a digital communication port that
allows for monitoring/control by programmable logic control (PLC) systems.
The integration of a Point Four programmable logic controller (PLC) and
Sparus Pump with Constant Flow Technology delivers a state-of-the art
package capable of solving a variety of challenges facing aquatic facilities
around the world. Custom options and other integration possibilities
available, for more information please contact Pentair AES.
For more information about educational courses offered by Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems,
please email PAES.General@Pentair.com.
Web: PentairAES.com/workshops
Email: PAES.General@Pentair.com
2395 Apopka Blvd., Apopka, FL 32703
55
16
50
14 45 2.0 • IP55 rated, UL approved
12 40 1 0H
10 35 1.0 .50 HP P
30 0.75 0H 50HZ Models
8 25 HP P
6 20
4 15
Available for shipment from our North American or European distribution centers.
10
2 5 • 1 and 3-Phase models with TEFC Pentair motors
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 gpm • IP55 rated, CE approved
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 m3/h • Unions included for both 50mm connections
CAPACITY
DIMENSIONS SHIP WT
60 HZ MODELS HP VOLTAGE HZ PHASE FL AMPS MOTOR L W H (LBS) EACH
TAET-2-AQ 1/2 115/208-230 60 1 10.5/5.8-5.4 TEFC 25” 10 ⅞” 10 ¾” 38 $371.49
TAET-3-AQ 3/4 115/208-230 60 1 13.2/7.3-6.7 TEFC 25” 10 ⅞” 10 ¾” 38 408.99
TAET-4-AQ 1 115/208-230 60 1 15.1/8.5-7.7 TEFC 25” 10 ⅞” 10 ¾” 38 438.99
TAET-6-AQ 1 ½ 208-230 60 1 9.6-8.4 TEFC 25” 10 ⅞” 10 ¾” 40 495.99
TAET-8-AQ 2 208-230 60 1 11.1-9.5 TEFC 25” 10 ⅞” 10 ¾” 48 554.79
79137800-AQ OPTIONAL 3-FT, 115V, 20AMP POWER CORD FOR 115V TAURUS AND SPARUS PUMPS 14.59
DIMENSIONS SHIP WT
50 HZ MODELS HP/KW VOLTAGE HZ PHASE AMPS MOTOR L W H (LBS) EACH
P-TRS-051-AQ 0.50/0.37 230 50 1 3.3 TEFC 21” 12” 11” 30 $371.49
P-TRS-071-AQ 0.75/0.55 230 50 1 4.2 TEFC 21” 12” 11” 31 408.99
P-TRS-073-AQ 0.75/0.55 400 50 3 1.8 TEFC 21” 12” 11” 28 408.99
P-TRS-101-AQ 1.00/0.75 230 50 1 5.2 TEFC 23” 12” 11” 32 438.99
P-TRS-103E2-AQ 1.00/0.75 400 50 3 2.0 TEFC 21” 12” 11” 31 438.99
P-TRS-151-AQ 1.50/1.10 230 50 1 7.4 TEFC 23” 12” 11” 34 495.99
P-TRS-153E2-AQ 1.50/1.10 400 50 3 3.2 TEFC 22” 12” 11” 49 495.99
P-TRS-201-AQ 2.00/1.50 230 50 1 9.6 TEFC 22” 12” 11” 38 554.79
P-TRS-203E2-AQ 2.00/1.50 400 50 3 3.6 TEFC 22” 12” 11” 53 554.79
P-TRS-301-AQ 3.00/2.20 230 50 1 10.2 TEFC 23⅛” 12” 11” 51 674.99
P-TRS-303E2-AQ 3.00/2.20 400 50 3 4.3 TEFC 23⅛” 12” 11” 66 674.99
50HZ MODELS HP/KW VOLTAGE HZ PHASE AMPS MOTOR L W H SHIP WT (LBS) EACH
P-SPR-071-AQ 0.75/0.55 230 50 1 4.2 TEFC 21 ¼” 11 ⅞” 12 ½” 32 572.59
P-SPR-073-AQ 0.75/0.55 400 50 3 1.8 TEFC 21 ¼” 11 ⅞” 12 ½” 28 572.59
P-SPR-101-AQ 1.00 /0.75 230 50 1 5.2 TEFC 21 ¼” 11 ⅞” 12 ½” 30 614.59
P-SPR-103E2-AQ 1.00 /0.75 400 50 3 2.0 TEFC 21 ¼” 11 ⅞” 12 ½” 32 614.59
P-SPR-151-AQ 1.50 /1.10 230 50 1 7.4 TEFC 22” 11 ⅞” 12 ½” 34 694.39
P-SPR-153E2-AQ 1.50 /1.10 400 50 3 3.2 TEFC 22” 11 ⅞” 12 ½” 49 694.39
P-SPR-201-AQ 2.00 /1.50 230 50 1 9.6 TEFC 22” 11 ⅞” 12 ½” 37 776.69
P-SPR-203E2-AQ 2.00 /1.50 400 50 3 3.6 TEFC 22” 11 ⅞” 12 ½” 53 776.69
P-SPR-301-AQ 3.00 /2.20 230 50 1 10.2 TEFC 23 ¼” 11 ⅞” 12 ½” 51 968.99
P-SPR-303E2-AQ 3.00 /2.20 400 50 3 4.3 TEFC 23 ¼” 11 ⅞” 12 ½” 67 968.99
L3-Plus
25 80 7
70 20
70 4 HP 6 20
20 60
60 3 HP 5
15 50 5H 15 50 15
L3-
2 3 P 40
4 160
-AQ
L3
40
L3 AQ
10 30 3 10
-10
HP
10 30
-12
HP
0-
2
0-A
20
5 20 5 5
Q
10 10 1
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 gpm 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 gpm 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 140 160 gpm
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 m3/h 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 m3/h 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 m3/h
CAPACITY CAPACITY CAPACITY
L3-PLUS SERIES™
NOMINAL FLOW RATE FULL LOAD SHIP WT
MODEL (GPM) VOLTAGE HZ PHASE AMPS MOTOR L W H (LBS) EACH
L3-100-AQ 100 115/230 60 1 8.0/4.0 ODP 26¼" 11⅜" 14" 50.5 $860.99
L3-120-AQ 120 115/230 60 1 8.4/4.2 ODP 26¼" 11⅜" 14" 50.5 871.49
L3-160-AQ 160 115/230 60 1 9.6/4.8 ODP 26¼" 11⅜" 14" 50.5 881.99
Features:
• Close-coupled for quiet, stable flow operation
• Lightweight for easy installation
• Cam and Ramp™ locking ring design with clear lid for added service convenience
• 6” suction and 4” discharge with strainer pot
• Closed impeller for long life and durability
• Available in single- and three-phase models
• Self-priming with use of strainer pot assembly, sold separately
• UL778 listing (for aquaculture). Not certified for use on swimming pools.
Optional Strainer Pot • TEFC motors are IP55 rated for wet locations and harsh conditions
10
VRE-30-AQ 7.5 230 60 1 30.4 ODP 202 3,413.00 60 HP
HP
15
5H
VREKT-30-AQ 7.5 208-230/460 60 3 20.4-18.2/9.1 TEFC 122 3,491.00 40
P
10
90
VREK5-40-AQ 10 230/400 50 3 24.0/13.7 ODP 152 3,806.00 25 80
20 70 7.5 15
*2875 RPM 60 HP
HP
575V Models 15 50
10
40
HP
5H
10 30
P
Suction/Influent
Verus Pump
70 70
20 3,6 20 00
60 00 60 RP
RP 15 50 M
15 50 M
40
40 10 30
10 30
20
20 5
5 10 1,000 RPM
10 1,000 RPM 0 0
0 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 gpm
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 gpm
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 m3/h
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 m3/h CAPACITY
CAPACITY
30 100
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
30 100
90 3,6 90 3,60
25 80 00 25 80 0R
RP PM
20
70 M 20
70
60 60
15 50 15 50
40 40
10 30 10 30
5 20 1,000 RPM 5 20 1,000 RPM
10 10
0 0 0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 gpm 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 gpm
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 m /h
3 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 m3/h
CAPACITY CAPACITY
MODEL HP VOLTAGE PIPE DIA. EACH MODEL HP VOLTAGE PIPE DIA. EACH
VERUSCFT-230-5-4 5 230 4” $4,746.00 VERUSCFT-230-7.5-4 7½ 230 4” $5,166.00
VERUSCFT-230-5-6 5 230 6” 4,746.00 VERUSCFT-230-7.5-6 7½ 230 6” 5,166.00
VERUSCFT-460-5-4 5 460 4” 4,746.00 VERUSCFT-460-7.5-4 7½ 460 4” 5,166.00
VERUSCFT-460-5-6 5 460 6” 4,746.00 VERUSCFT-460-7.5-6 7½ 460 6” 5,166.00
VERUSCFT-230-10-4 10 230 4” 5,586.00 VERUSCFT-230-15-4 15 230 4” 6,006.00
VERUSCFT-230-10-6 10 230 6” 5,586.00 VERUSCFT-230-15-6 15 230 6” 6,006.00
VERUSCFT-460-10-4 10 460 4” 5,586.00 VERUSCFT-460-15-4 15 460 4” 6,006.00
VERUSCFT-460-10-6 10 460 6” 5,586.00 VERUSCFT-460-15-6 15 460 6” 6,006.00
m ft 60 Hz Performance m ft 50 Hz Performance
80 80
70 70
25 25
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
60 60
20 50 20 50 30
30 HP
HP 25
15 40 20 15 40 HP
15 H HP 25 20
30 P HP 30 HP
10 10 15
20 20 H
P
5 5
10 10
0 0 0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1,000 1,200 1,400 1,600 1,800 gpm 0 200 400 600 800 1,000 1,200 1,400 1,600 1,800 2,000 gpm
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 m3/h 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 m3/h
CAPACITY CAPACITY
MODEL HP VOLTAGE HZ PHASE FULL LOAD AMPS* MOTOR L W H (LBS) EACH
60HZ Models
VERPL6-60-AQ 15 230/460 60 3 38.8/19.4 TEFC 39¾” 28⅜” 29¼” 452 $4,663.00
VERPL6-80-AQ 20 230/460 60 3 51.4/25.7 TEFC 39¾” 28⅜” 29¼” 478 5,257.00
VERPL6-100-AQ 25 230/460 60 3 54.4/27.2 TEFC 42¾” 28⅜” 29¼” 539 5,678.00
VERPL6-120-AQ 30 230/460 60 3 65.8/32.9 TEFC 42¾” 28⅜” 29¼” 557 6,344.00
*This value may vary slightly depending upon motor manufacturer and motor design type.
50 HZ Models
VERPL5-60-AQ 15 380/660 50 3 22.5/13.0 TEFC 39¾” 28⅜” 29¼” 452 4,133.00
VERPL5-80-AQ 20 380/660 50 3 29.8/17.2 TEFC 39¾” 28⅜” 29¼” 478 4,665.00
VERPL5-100-AQ 25 380/660 50 3 36.5/21.0 TEFC 42¾” 28⅜” 29¼” 539 5,046.00
VERPL5-120-AQ 30 380/660 50 3 44.5/25.7 TEFC 42¾” 28⅜” 29¼” 557 5,647.00
m ft m ft
60 Hz Performance 50 Hz Performance
110 110
30 100 30 100
90 50 H 90
P
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
25 60 25
80 HP 80
40 H 50 H 60
20 70 P 20 70 P HP
20 60 20 60 40 H
P
50 50
15 40 15 40
10 30 10 30
20 20
5 5
10 10
0 0 0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1,000 1,200 1,400 1,600 1,800 2,000 2,200 gpm 0 200 400 600 800 1,000 1,200 1,400 1,600 1,800 2,000 2,200 gpm
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 m3/h 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 m3/h
CAPACITY CAPACITY
SHIP WT
L* W H (W/O STRAINER)
MODEL HP VOLTAGE PHASE FULL LOAD AMPS* (IN/MM) (IN/MM) (IN/MM) (LBS/KG) EACH
60 HZ MODELS
VERMX6-160-AQ 40 230/460 3 94/47 58/1474 31/788 38/960 690/313 $8,434.00
VERMX6-200-AQ 50 230/460 3 124/62 59/1504 31/788 38/960 860/390 9,102.00
VERMX6-240-AQ 60 230/460 3 142.2/71.1 59/1504 31/788 38/960 904/410 9,820.00
50 HZ MODELS
VERMX5-160-AQ 40 400/690 3 55.7 58/1474 31/788 38/960 690/313 6,791.00
VERMX5-200-AQ 50 400/690 3 69 59/1504 31/788 38/960 860/390 7,338.00
VERMX5-240-AQ 60 400/690 3 83.3 59/1504 31/788 38/960 904/410 7,928.00
*This value may vary slightly depending upon motor manufacturer and motor design type.
HE
3 10
SH
SH
BRAND GPM @ 10’ HEAD WATTS COST PER YEAR @10¢/KWH
1.7
E2
E2
2 .9
.4
SHE2.9 70 290 $254 5
1
TYPICAL PUMP 70 900 788
0 0
Our pump saved over $500/year. Which one is the bargain? 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 gpm
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 m3/h
CAPACITY
TECH TALK 75
Our pump cost about $100 more but saved over $500/year. Which one is the
Water Pump Efficiency and Redundancy
bargain? will save electricity, as they can be individually turned on or off as needed (installing a check valve on
We know what you’re thinking ... here they go again, talking about efficiency. Yes, and we’ll keep doing each pump will prevent water from flowing back when that pump is not in use). Also, multiple pumps
it. The problem is that, in the US, electricity is so cheap, we all but ignore it. Then, when we get the may be preferred, as then only a portion of the total water flow would be lost when one pump fails. The
power bill, we complain about how high it is! cost of having a small pump on hand for backup is much less than a large one. For a “ready-to-go”
backup, extra pumps could be plumbed into the main line (put the pumps on separate circuit breakers)
Sound familiar? so that the reserve pump is ready when needed. Alternate the use of the pumps to keep them exercised.
Here is a note on energy efficiency from our 1981 Aeration Handbook and Catalog: “... one kilowatt-hour Simplify the backup and spare parts inventory at your facility by using multiples of the same pump
is equivalent to about two days of hard work by one man.” A man’s labor for 5¢ per day–that’s cheap! instead of several single-purpose pumps. Similar multiple redundancy can be used with air blowers,
As efficiency relates to aquaculture, pumping and aeration are the two biggest consumers of electricity. heaters, chillers, filters, etc.
After feed costs and labor, electricity is probably the next highest overhead expense. Be careful when In
selecting a pump. Do not compare them by horsepower alone. Often, a cheap pump has an undersized
motor that must work very hard to do the job. This may be an appropriate pump selection for temporary
or noncritical applications, but not where the lives of your animals are concerned. Often, pool type
pumps, when used for low-pressure aquaculture applications; keep the motor in a continuous overload Two smaller pumps can be Shut-off valve
condition. utilized in place of one large
Operating an undersized motor in the duty range of its service factor is acceptable from the pump pump.
Check valves shown on
manufacturer’s point of view, but not a fish farmer’s point of view. It lowers the pump’s cost (which
inlet but may be located
looks good when you are comparing pumps), but increases energy consumption and operating
on outlet.
temperature. Higher operating temperature shortens motor life.
We’ve painstakingly selected and tested all of our pumps for power consumption. We’ve illustrated
ratings, specifications and power consumption clearly. We use the term “aquaculture duty,” to indicate
long-term reliability and efficiency in humid, industrial applications.
With proper valve
Multiple water pumps provide redundancy. Vs and union locations,
Bigger may not be better when it comes to pumping water. For example, to pump 300 gallons per minute one pump can be replaced
(gpm) to a height of 20’, you could use one large 300-gpm pump, two 150-gpm pumps, three 100-gpm with little
pumps, four 75-gpm pumps, five 60-gpm pumps, etc. To determine which is best for your application, or no interuption to
consider the following options. the system.
Large pumps may only be available with 3-phase motors. If 3-phase power is not available, an
expensive, power-robbing phase converter must be used, or multiple single-phase pumps. Even if one
large pump can be used, another one must be available as a backup, if the pumping need is critical.
Consider multiple pumps. If one pump moves 100 gpm, two of the same pumps together will move 200 Single Large Pump Two Smaller Pumps
gpm, three will move 300 gpm, and so on. If less than 300 gpm is ever needed, multiple smaller pumps Utilizing two smaller pumps provides redundancy and allows continuous operation should one pump fail.
20
5H
5
0H
10
P
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 gpm
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 m3/h
CAPACITY
PUMP TRAPS
Here is a pump trap (also known as priming pot) at a very reasonable price.
Ideal for garden ponds, recirculating systems, and many other applications.
All-plastic trap has a 11/2” FNPT inlet, 11/2” MNPT outlet and weighs 2 lbs.
Measures 11” H x 7” D x 71/2” L. One-year warranty.
MODEL EACH
340088-AQ PUMP TRAP ASSEMBLY $68.99
355667-AQ REPL. BASKET 18.99
354531-AQ REPL. COVER 15.99
354533-AQ REPL. O-RING 8.99
U178-920P-AQ REPL. DRAIN PLUG ASSEMBLY 8.99
340088-AQ
Inlet Strainers
Pump inlets can become quickly clogged by just a few leaves, a plastic bag, a small amount of debris or even a dead fish. Inlet strainers are devices that keep debris out of a pump that might otherwise
damage or clog it. They generally are not designed to be water filters (requiring frequent cleaning), but rather pump protectors. A pump's performance is greatly diminished when its inlet is restricted. To
avoid flow reduction or stoppage, you will need an inlet strainer with a large enough surface area to not impede water flow, even when partially clogged. Another reason you need a large surface area strainer is
to reduce the water velocity at the strainer inlets, so that debris, small fish and animals do not become stuck. To prevent this blockage, we recommend that the strainer screen surface area be a
minimum of one square foot for every ten gallons per minute pumped.
The strainer opening should be small enough to keep out anything that will clog the pump, the pump's strainer and the orifices of any valves, etc., after the pump. Your water filtering device, such as
sand filters, bead filters, cartridge filters, etc., should be located just after the pump. Stringy materials can be a problem because they can go through small strainer openings and wrap themselves on
the pump's impeller. To prevent this, use a very large surface area with a strainer inlet that creates a tortuous path. Spun polypropylene, open cell foam and even multiple wraps of window screen over a
strainer can be used for this purpose.
A check valve (also known as a foot valve) can be attached to the inlet strainer in applications where the pump will lose its prime when shut off. The check valve's orientation is important for rapid and
positive closure.
SELF-PRIMING PUMPS FW SW
These Berkeley BPD Series Pumps feature lightweight, corrosion-resistant
construction in a self-priming design. Constructed of fiberglass reinforced
thermoplastic body with reinforced ribs, 300 stainless steel motor shaft,
engineered polymer impeller, polypropylene diffuser, and 2” suction. Applications
include drawing fresh or salt water from tanks, wells, lakes, and off of docks. One
year warranty.
Features
• 25’ max suction lift
• Fiberglass-reinforced thermoplastic provides total corrosion resistance and
m ft 60 Hz Performance high resistance to sandy water
160
45
140
• Composite impeller precision molded for perfect balance, performance and efficiency
40
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
35 120
• Normal wear parts are easily accessible for service or replacement without
30 100 disturbing piping or mounting
25 80 • Dustproof cover protects electrical components from dust and insects
20 2.5
1.5 2.0 H HP • Heavy-duty motors with stainless steel shafts designed for continuous operation
60
15 1.
40 HP P
10 • Lightweight design makes these pumps more portable than conventional cast
0H
P
20
5
iron pumps
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 gpm • Simple, easy-to-change voltage settings
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 m3/h
CAPACITY
FULL LOAD INLET OUTLET MAX FLOW L W H SHIP WT
MODEL HP VOLTAGE* HZ AMPS (FNPT) (FNPT) GPM (IN.) (IN.) (IN.) (LBS) EACH
BPDH10-AQ 1 115/230 60 14.8/7.4 2“ 1 1/2” 50 18 5/8 10 ½ 11 13/16 29 $397.99
BPDH15-AQ 1 1/2 115/230 60 19.9/9.95 2” 1 1/2” 65 19 3/4 10 ½ 11 13/16 36 418.99
BPDH20-AQ 2 115/230 60 24/12 2” 2” 70 21 10 ½ 12 3/8 42 544.99
BPDH25-AQ 2 1/2 115/230 60 24/12 2” 2” 80 21 10 ½ 12 3/8 43 607.99
*All motors shipped at 230V setting.
• N ylon impellers constructed for improved strength can handle solid 35 120 25 80
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
50 HZ MODELS*
340904 5 1 120/454 32/2.2 2” NPT INLET & OUTLET 110/50 5/16” OR M8 220 14 2,390.00
340905 5 3 120/454 32/2.2 2” NPT INLET & OUTLET 90/41 5/16” OR M8 190/380 11.4/5.7 2,079.00
340906 7.5 3 160/606 37/2.6 2” NPT INLET & OUTLET 90/41 5/16” OR M8 190/380 14.4/7.2 2,377.00
*Pump is suitable for 50Hz and 60 Hz input power. Note alternate performance curves.
Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788
SECTION SECTION
PUMPS 167
Products / Products / Products Products /Vertical
ProductsMulti-Stage
/ Products
1000
400
900
800
600
Head Feet
PSI
500
200 Flow
400 Models Series HP Range GPM
BVM2 BVM4 BVM8 BVM16 BVM32
300 BVM/BVMI 2 1/2 –5 1–20
100 BVM/BVMI 4 1/2 –7.5 3–40
200 BVM/BVMI 8 3/4–15 5–65
BVM/BVMI 16 5–25 8–105
100
BVM 32 3–40 15–210
0 0
BVM—Cast Iron
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 200 230
BVMI—304 Stainless Steel
Capacity - Gallons Per Minute
PUMP PERFORMANCE
LIQUID
MINIMUM TEMPERATURE PUMPS
Float switch and two discharge port adaptors included MODEL CIRCUIT REQ. RANGE DOWN TO
PCD-1000-AQ 15 AMPS 32/130° F, 0/54° C 1 3⁄8” (3.5 CM)
SEE OUR CHANNEL TO LEARN MORE! PUMP PERFORMANCE TDH/GPM SHUT OFF HEAD
TDH 5’ 10’ 15’ 20’ 26.2’
GPM 45.5 34.0 21.5 12.0 N/A
outlet piping. All pumps will handle 5/16” solids. PAB4 comes with a 16’ power 3 10
cord, PAB5-4 and PAB6 do not come with power cords. Two-year warranty. 8
2 2.0
6 HP
1.0
VOLTS SHIP WT
0.5
HP
1
PAB4 1/2 1 115 7.9 4” MPT 10” X 19” 40 $1010.00 2
0 0
PAB5-4 1 3 208/230/460 5.7 4” MPT 10” X 19” 68 1,238.00
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 gpm
PAB6 2 3 208/230/460 10.7 6” FPT 11” X 23” 97 2,053.00 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 m3/h
PAB4
CAPACITY
®
Tsurumi Pump is a registered trademark of Tsurumi Manufacturing Co., Ltd.
2-YEAR WARRANTY 200 GPM WITH ONLY 7.9 AMPS!
SUBMERSIBLE PUMP FW
Medium head
The Tsurumi Pump® top discharge pump is built for long life, high performance,
and maximum motor cooling efficiency for continuous duty operation. Motors
have thermal overload protection. 1HP model has cast iron impeller. Pumps
down to 3½”. Double mechanical seal w/silicon faces. Multidirectional
discharge connector allows easy switching from vertical to horizontal discharge.
2” MPT outlets and 32’ power cord (50’ on 1HP model).
m ft
PLB2400 18 60
60 Hz Performance
14
• Aluminum motor frame
12 40
1.00
• Synthetic rubber casing 10 HP
30
• Suction cover and wear ring 8 0.67
HP
6 20
PLB2750 4
10
2
• Galvanized steel housing
0 0
• Cast iron impeller 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 gpm
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 m3/h
CAPACITY
SHIP WT
PLB2400 PLB2750
MODEL HP VOLTS HZ PHASE AMPS DIA. H (LBS) EACH
2-YEAR WARRANTY
PLB2400 2/3 115 60 1 6.1 7⅜” 11¼” 28 $366.49
PLB2750 1 115/230 60 1 9.6 7⅜” 13-7/16” 35 544.99
14
12 40 submersible pumps, these should have their motors underwater (for cooling)
1.0 when in continuous duty applications.
10
30 HP
0.5
8 HP SHIP WT
6 20
MODEL HP VOLTS HZ PHASE AMPS* DIA. H (LBS) EACH
4
10
2 4TM 1/2 115 60 1 5.8 9⅝” 14¼” 18 $1,083.00
0 0
8TMT 1 230 60 3 3.1 9⅝” 14¼” 20 1,154.00
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 gpm
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 m /h3
FLAT DIMENSIONS
MODEL MESH W X L COLOR EACH
PFB101 LIGHTWEIGHT 1/32” 15” X 24” GREEN $24.89
PFB102 LIGHTWEIGHT 1/8” 15” X 24” BLUE 24.89
PB1A MEDIUM 1/16” 12” X 22” BLACK 24.89
PB2A HEAV YWEIGHT 3/16” 20” X 39” BLACK 24.89
PB38 HEAV YWEIGHT 3/8” 17” X 39” BLACK 24.89 PFB101 PFB102 PB1A
for continuous duty operation. Unique 304 stainless steel and poly amide fiber
reinforced resin housing provides superior corrosion resistance. Stainless steel
shaft. Cast aluminum bearing housing provides superior heat dissipation and
structural integrity. Dual mechanical shaft seals protect motor from water entry.
Thermal overload protection prevents motor from overheating due to locked rotor or
under voltage. 2” FNPT discharge outlet. 32’ PVC power cord (20’ on 1/5HP model).
ETL Listed.
• Class E insulated motor for long life and low operating cost
• Anti-vibration bearing technology
2-YEAR WARRANTY
• Handles solids up to 1¼”
• Vortex impeller design to handle fibrous and stringy materials –means less cleaning NORUS414
• Lightweight design for easy installation m ft 60 Hz Performance
6 20
Note: Pumps need to be submerged at all times.
5
1.0
MODEL HP VOLTS HZ PHASE AMPS WATTS MAX LIFT DIA. H (LBS) EACH
HP
0.5
3 10
0.3
NORUS328 1/5 115 60 1 3.0 328 19’ 8.1” 15.5” 16 $366.49
HP
HP
2
0.2
NORUS414 1/3 115 60 1 4.4 414 27’ 9.45” 15.5” 20 481.99 5
HP
1
NORUS567 1/2 115 60 1 5.5 567 37’ 9.45” 15.5 24 586.99
0 0
NORUS1088 1 115 60 1 10.0 1088 48’ 9.45” 15.5” 25 712.99 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 gpm
0 5 10 15 20 25 m3/h
ShinMaywa® and Norus® are registered trademarks of ShinMaywa Industries, Ltd.
CAPACITY
SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS FW
m ft 60 Hz Performance
9 30 These Leader Ecovort submersible pumps are safe, reliable and of
8 high-quality construction. They can handle dirty water and solids up to 1”
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
5
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
15
4 0.5
HP
3 10
2
5
1
0 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 gpm
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 m3/h
CAPACITY 3-YEAR WARRANTY
Pondmaster® and ProLine® are registered trademarks of Eugene G. Danner Manufacturing, Inc.
Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788
PUMPS 171
Magnetic Drive
m ft 60 Hz Performance
6 20
18
5 16
D9
2 6 24
MD
MD
18
3
4
MD
MD
1
7
5
MD
2
0 0 2
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 gpm
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 m3/h
CAPACITY
FLOW RATE FPT INLET/ SHIP WT WITH 10’ CORD WITH 18’ CORD
PUMP MODEL GPM/GPH AMPS WATTS MPT OUTLET SHUTOFF L W H (LBS) MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
PUMP WITH FOAM PRE-FILTER 4.2/250 0.3 24 1/2” 7’ 5” 3.8” 4.2” 4 MD2 $62.99 MD22 $72.99
PUMP WITH FOAM PRE-FILTER 5.8/350 0.6 35 1/2” 10.5’ 5” 3.8” 4.2” 5 MD3 73.99 MD32 83.99
PUMP WITH FOAM PRE-FILTER 8.3/500 0.8 45 1/2” 10.5’ 5” 3.8” 4.2” 6 MD5 78.99 MD52 88.99
PUMP WITH FOAM PRE-FILTER 11.7/700 1.3 60 1/2” 11.65’ 5” 3.8” 4.2” 6.5 MD7 94.99 MD72 104.99
PUMP WITH FOAM PRE-FILTER 15.8/950 1.33 93 3/4” 12.85’ 5.5” 3.4” 5” 7 MD9 120.99 MD92 130.99
PUMP WITH FOAM PRE-FILTER 20/1200 1.5 110 3/4” 13.5’ 6.4” 4.5” 4.6” 9 MD12 160.99 MD122 170.99
PUMP WITH FOAM PRE-FILTER 30/1800 1.5 145 3/4” 16.85’ 6.4” 4.5” 4.6” 11 MD18 193.99 MD182 203.99
PUMP WITH RIGID PRE-FILTER 40/2400 3.0 265 1” 18’ 7.5” 4” 6” 11 MD24 225.99 MD242 235.99
AQ
-AQ
0 0
340039-AQ 24VDC 5.00 33.3/2000 7.57 1⅛” 7¼” 6” 5.30 114.49 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 gpm
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 m3/h
FLOAT SWITCH AND PLASTIC HOSES CAPACITY
340040-AQ OPTIONAL AUTO FLOAT SWITCH FOR SHURFLO 12 & 24VDC PUMPS 0.60 33.59
R81 PLASTIC HOSE, ¾” I.D. — 1.69/FT
R80 PLASTIC HOSE, 1⅛” I.D. — 1.89/FT
R88 PLASTIC HOSE, 1½” I.D. — 3.39/FT
60 200
prevents potential condensation problems. Great for livestock watering,
45 150 irrigation, pond aeration, remote homes and cabins. ½” hose barb
340
30 100
- AQ
Note: Do not use this SHURFLO pump for petrol gasoline, petroleum products,
solvents, thinners or any other flammable liquid with a flash point below 82 C (180 F).
15 50
Not for use where flammable vapors are present.
0 0 • Fits wells 4” in diameter and larger
0 80 100 120 gpm • Corrosion-proof housing with stainless-steel fasteners
0.00 0.30 0.38 0.45 m3/h
• Runs dry without damage
CAPACITY
• 50 mesh stainless steel inlet screen
• Quick disconnect for easy installation and service
3 pumps in one: powerhead, circulation pump, utility pump These powerful submersible water pumps feature an alumina ceramic shaft, 4
suction cup mounting feet, 3/4” outlet and venturi assemblies for aeration are
These Maxi-Jet Pro water pumps are useful in hatching tanks, aquariums,
included. 3/16” x 16”L venture inlet tubing. 6’ 2-prong power cord. Six-month
trickle and undergravel filters, etc. This powerful, submersible, sealed pump
warranty.
functions as a powerhead, propeller pump or a utility pump to suit your
aquarium needs. Included components allow quick and easy conversion from FLOWRATE MAX SHIP WT
impeller to propeller-driven use. The sealed pumps can be used either MODEL VOLTS HZ WATTS (GPM) HEAD (LBS) EACH
submerged or external (with flooded suction cup mounting). Suitable for salt HX2500 115 60 22 4 54” 1.5 $20.99
and freshwater systems.
HX4500 115 60 70 10 96” 2.0 33.59
FLOWRATE MAX SHIP WT
MODEL VOLTS HZ WATTS (GPM) HEAD (LBS) EACH
PU151 115 60 5 1.8 29” 1.7 $16.79
PU161 115 60 8 2.7 53” 1.7 22.89
PU171 115 60 9 3.8 46” 1.9 23.09
PU181 115 60 20 4.9 69” 2.0 25.19
HX2500 HX4500
PU181
2-YEAR WARRANTY
m ft 60 Hz Performance
35
10 IN/OUT WATTS @ SHIP WT
30 MODEL MNPT 115V/60 HZ (LBS) EACH
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
Low-medium head
Iwaki® magnetic drive pumps are an excellent choice for aquaculture applications,
aquariums and industrial process applications, as they are very efficient,
extremely quiet and transfer minimal motor heat to the water. TENV or TEFC
motors with built-in thermal protectors. Liquid ends are polypropylene. 115V/60
Hz with 6’ power cord (3’ cord on models PM26, PM27, PM28). For models PM27
PM21, PM23, and PM25 discharge port is 15 degrees offset from vertical.
One-year warranty.
PM28
• Outlets are adjustable directionally
• Motors are UL approved
m ft 60 Hz Performance
INLET/OUTLET DIMENSIONS SHIP WT 12 40
MODEL AMPS MNPT L W H (LBS) EACH 36
PM20 .45 3/4” 13” 6½” 6½” 7.2 $182.49 10 32
PM
PM26 1.6 1" 13” 9¾” 8½” 14 359.79 1
20
0 0
PM27 3.0 1" 12½” 9¾” 8½” 15.7 396.09 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 gpm
PM28 3.4 1" 13” 6¼” 7” 21 487.49 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 m3/h
Note: Do not exceed maximum head, as nonwarranty pump failure can occur. CAPACITY
Iwaki® is a registered trademark of Iwaki Co., Ltd., or one of its global affiliates.
PERISTALTIC PUMPS
Use these fixed-speed, general purpose pumps for dispensing nutrients,
chemicals and liquid feeds. Features: self-priming to 29 feet, act as check
valves when off, fluid touches only the tube and easy servicing. Controlled
by an on/off switch. If required, they can run with a repeat cycle timer for
variable flowrates. Pumps come with four sizes of plastic tubing that can
also be used to vary the flowrate. For intermittent use only. 115V/60Hz.
One-year limited warranty.
SHIP WT
907-058 MODEL VOLTS HZ AMPS RPM (LBS) EACH
907-014 115 60 .37 14 4 $187.39
Note: Not for continuous duty.
907-036 115 60 .90 36 4 187.39
907-058 115 60 1.2 58 4 194.29
FLOWRATE (ML/MIN) @ TUBING ID (INCH [MM]) 907-172 115 60 1.2 172 5 228.19
.062 (1.6) .125 (3.2) 187 (4.9) .250 (6.3) 907-282 115 60 3.3/2.2 282 6 287.69
907-014 3 12 28 48
907-036 8 30 72 126
907-058 12 49 116 208
907-172 36 144 344 602
907-282 60 237 564 987
DIAPHRAGM-METERING PUMPS
These diaphragm pumps offer excellent metering capabilities and chemical
resistance at affordable prices. They are extremely quiet and ideal for dosing
systems with buffer solutions, chemical additives, fertilizers, etc. Self priming,
they include 4’ of suction tubing with strainer, 8’ of 3/8” I.D. discharge hose,
check valve assembly and complete instructions. The wetted end (those parts
that contact the solution being pumped) is constructed of SAN, PVC, PTFE
and polyethylene. Pumps are single output variable control. Includes a 5’
power cord.
SHIP WT
MODEL VOLTS* HZ* MAX PSI GPD (LBS) EACH
MP103 115 60 100 3 7 $ 362.29 MP115
MP107 115 60 100 7 7 362.29
MP115 115 60 100 15 7 362.29
MP130 115 60 100 30 7 414.79
*230/50 Hz available for export by special order.
FLOW METERS
These clamp-on flow meters are simple to install. Just drill an 11/16” hole in
Flow Meter a horizontal section of pipe and clamp it on with the two stainless steel
Mounting clamps provided. Easily disassembled for cleaning. Maximum temperature
Instructions 120ºF. Maximum pressure 120 psi. Dual scale, gpm & Lpm. Replacement
float fits all.
Mount vertically on
horizontal pipe that’s PVC FLOWRATE
WM10 MODEL PIPE SIZE (GPM/LPM) EACH
at least 10 times the
pipe inside diameter WM10 1" 5–35/20–130 $68.29
Provided Mounting
from nearest fitting WM1 11/2" 20–80/80–300 68.29
Hardware
or restriction on the WM2 2" 30–140/120–550 68.29
inlet side and 5 times WM3 21/2" 40–200/160–750 68.29
the diameter on the WM4 3" 80–350/300–1,300 68.29
outlet side. WM5 4" 150–600/600–2,200 68.29
812365
R EPLACEMENT FLOAT 6.29
PentairAES.com
EVERYTHING
YOU NEED ON
EVERY DEVICE
FLOAT SWITCHES
No electrician needed! Drip Loop
Use these mercury float switches to automatically operate pumps or alarms.
They have 10’ SJOW-A Class underwater-rated cable with a piggyback plug Power cord
so devices can be conveniently plugged into it at the power receptacle (all tethering clamp
float switch installations should be GFCI-protected and installed on thermally Wall Outlet not included.
protected equipment only). Pump Up (U)=when pump switch falls, pump turns
on. Pump Down (D)=when pump switch lifts, pump turns on. UL-listed and
CSA-certified. Ship weight 2 lbs. One-year warranty. Not for use in Pumping
potable water. Range
Tether
MAX MAX POWER MIN/MAX Length
MODEL VOLTS RUNNING AMPS STARTING AMPS CORD TETHER LENGTH EACH
Float
PL1U 115 13 40 16 GAUGE 6"–17" $64.69 Switch
PL1D 115 13 40 16 GAUGE 6"–17" 64.69 Pump PL1U
PL2U 115 15 55 14 GAUGE 6"–14" 112.29
PL2D 115 15 55 14 GAUGE 6"–14" 112.29
PL3U 230 15 35 14 GAUGE 6"–14" 114.79
PL3D 230 15 35 14 GAUGE 6"–14" 114.79
MODEL EACH
ST9 11/2” $77.29
ST12 1” 100.39 ST3
ST11 2” 108.19
TANKS
PRODUCTS
180 Culture Tanks
182 Steel/Custom/Liners
184 Cone Bottom/Insulated
185 Polyethylene Tanks
186 Fiberglass Tanks
188 Rectangular/Bowls/Covers
189 Hauling Tanks
190 Storage Tanks
191 Sealed/Sump
192 Translucent Tanks
Ten-foot diameter tanks at the William Jack Hernandez Sport Fish Hatchery, Anchorage, AK.
COMBI TANKS
A PR Aqua Combi Tank is a complete “hatchery system” for starting salmonoid
development. The Combi Tank is designed for hatching eggs, first feeding fry,
and rearing larger fry. You can grow up to 25,000 fry in 3.8 liters (1 gallon)
before moving to larger rearing tanks. The tanks hydrodynamics simplify
cleaning procedures.
Photo lid covered tanks protect fish from predators and allow photo period manipulation.
Thirty-foot diameter tank system with radial flow settler that removes large solids.
TANK LINERS
With just a little care to prevent punctures, these tank liners can be used for
many years. Vinyl is a good liner material and is typically used in tank
applications because it can be custom-fitted to round tanks. These heavy-duty
liners are 30-mil thick. Repair kit includes 4 oz. can of vinyl cement and a 12”
square piece of black or blue liner.
INSULATED TANKS
Insulated tanks are built from ABS plastic sheets with 2" thick insulated walls and bottoms. Ideally suited
for research, seafood holding, bait tanks, touch tanks and display tanks. Double-pane acrylic windows
(optional) will not "sweat" with cold water. The tanks listed below are only a fraction of the 100+
configurations available. Special sizes (up to 96" x 48" x 36"), colors, tanks with dividers, bulkhead fittings,
etc., are available on a custom order basis. Tanks listed below are priced in white or black (specify when
ordering). "W" models come with one dual-pane window. Allow 4–6 weeks for production. Tanks ship via
motor freight, FOB factory.
Dual-pane acrylic windows 130/490 48" X 24" X 36" TT103 1,349.00 TT103W 1,969.00
134/508 48" X 48" X 18" TT104 1,149.00 TT104W 1,379.00
130/490 72" X 24" X 24" TT105 1,349.00 TT105W 1,388.00
POLYETHYLENE TANKS
These polyethylene, marine blue, open top tanks are economical with long life expectancy. The smooth surface makes for easy cleaning, and their light
weight allows for quick set-up and relocation. Edge lips provide wall strength and minimize deformation. Most of these tanks are nestable, which reduces
shipping costs. FDA compliant; safe and non-toxic to aquatic and animal life. All tanks have ultraviolet inhibitors for outdoor use. Because they have superior
mechanical properties, high stiffness, excellent low temperature impact strength, and outstanding environmental stress crack resistance, they stand up
well in tough environments. Model BP210 and models ending in -W2 have a 2'x2' polycarbonate viewing window installed ( actual viewing area is 213/4"x213/4").
TP110
TP130
TP55 TP90
AES : the lbs of fish supported. See Tech Talk index for Tech Talk 84.
FIBERGLASS TANKS
These tanks are used all over Southeast Asia in hatcheries and farms raising
tilapia, shrimp, tropical fish, etc. Rigid, thin-wall fiberglass is gel-coated and
easy to clean. The blue color does show scratches, but we guarantee that
they will hold water. They are nestable for economical shipping. Turn these
tanks into an instant system by adding a filtration module. The top-mounting
filter has multiple chambers and a lid and can turn the tank into a quarantine
system, holding system or even a small growout system. Tanks ship motor
freight. Crating charges not included in prices when applicable. FOB Orlando.
CAPACITY INSIDE*
MODEL (GAL) L X W X H EACH
FT391 39 36" X 24" X 12" $138.29
FT811 81 48" X 30" X 15" 352.09
FT1221 122 60" X 30" X 18" 452.39
FT2351 270 72" X 36" X 24" 805.19
FT5231 523 96" X 48" X 30" 1,721.00
FFB122 FILTER BOX FOR FT811 & FT1221 33.5" X 7" X 10" 91.89
FFB235 FILTER BOX FOR FT2351 39" X 7" X 10" 113.29
FFB523 FILTER BOX FOR FT5231 53" X 10.5" X 16" 238.39
*For outside dimensions, add 6” each to L and W (add 3” for filter boxes).
FT811
FIBERGLASS TROUGHS
Rectangular troughs are used for hatching fish eggs, coral propagation,
baitfish, larval rearing (use with McDonald-type hatching jars), invertebrate
holding and many other culture applications. Although not as thick as our
reinforced fiberglass tanks, they are still quite durable. Light blue gel coat
interior. Troughs are stackable and ship via motor freight, Crating charges not
included in prices when applicable. FOB Orlando.
CAPACITY
MODEL (GAL) L X W X H EACH 4+
FT120L2 120 96" X 24" X 12" $296.89 $267.20
FT180L2 180 96" X 36" X 12" 513.79 462.41
FT240L2 240 96" X 48" X 12" 694.59 625.13
FT320L2 320 96" X 48" X 16" 963.59 867.23
CAPACITY
MODEL (LITERS) A B C D E EACH
FRP60 60 17" 14" 22" 2" 1" $314.99
FRP163 163 26" 24" 213/4" 2" 1" 496.39
FRP300 300 341/4" 31" 215/8" 3" 11/2" 613.99
FRP500 500 421/2" 38" 215/8" 3" 11/2" 761.69
FRP1000 1,000 55" 511/8" 291/2" 4" 11/2" 1,317.00
CAPACITY SHIP WT
MODEL (GAL) L W H (LBS) EACH
S390-AQ-2 90 36” 24” 24” 78 $858.39
RECTANGULAR TANKS
These rectangular polyethylene tanks are great for a variety of applications,
including sumps, filter boxes, bait tanks and holding tanks. Larger tanks will
bow slightly when full of water. All have UV inhibitors for outdoor use. These
heavy-duty tanks are nestable. RT37-B and RT16-B and smaller ship Ground,
RT58-B and larger ship motor freight.
CAPACITY SHIP WT
MODEL (GAL) L X W X H* (LBS) EACH
RT16-B 16 12" X 18" X 18" 8 $85.59
RT37-B 37 12" X 24" X 30" 15 133.09
RT58-B 58 15" X 30" X 30" 20 155.09
RT74-B
RT74-B 74 20" X 24" X 36" 26 187.49
RT89-B 89 24" X 24" X 36" 33 216.19
RT150-B 150 30" X 36" X 32" 44 338.39
RT180-B 180 33" X 49" X 24" 52 432.99 RT150-B
*Dimensions do not include top wide lip.
APPROXIMATE
CAPACITY DIMENSIONS SHIP WT
MODEL (GAL) (L X W X H) (LBS) EACH
HT6 10 25" X 16" X 16" 10 $214.29
INSULATED TANKS
These heavy-duty, insulated containers feature 2" thick polyurethane foam
insulation. Use them for hauling fish, shipping seafood or as a holding tank. The
containers are stackable up to three high when full of water and have an adjustable
"Y" clip tie-down system that secures the lid (included). Smooth interior is
seamless, easy-to-clean, molded polyethylene with a 2" threaded drain plug.
USDA/FDA-approved. Ship from factory, freight collect only.
STORAGE TANKS
These vertical, bulk storage tanks are ideal for mixing and storing make-up water, chemicals to be added,
liquid waste, etc. Made of polyethylene, they offer excellent chemical resistance and can be used inside or
outdoors. All tanks have a screw-on, sealed lid (manway). Tanks up to 850 gallons have a top-mounted
manway; 1,200-gallon tanks and larger have a side-mounted manway for easy access. Tanks ship via
motor freight only. Note: Lead time applies.
GRADUATED TANKS
Graduated containers are especially useful when mixing products.
Semitranslucent, natural polyethylene allows the liquid level to be seen
from outside the tanks (the resin used for these tanks meets FDA
standards). They handle temperatures up to 140°F. The 25 and 45-gallon
tanks are lightweight and nestable for tank storage and shipping. The
55-gallon tank comes with a 3/4" spigot valve already fitted and is not
nestable. All tanks may be shipped Ground at dimensional rate. Covers are
sold separately.
LIVE CHAT
Available for your convenience:
• General technical support & customer service
• Online discussion with technician
• Order questions & tracking
• Multilingual chat options available
• Billing & shipping questions
TANKS, TRANSLUCENT
Ideal for raising brine shrimp, microalgae, phytoplankton, rotifers and more. Their semiclear, .04" polymer
fiberglass construction allows 90% light transmission. Lightweight, corrosion proof tanks are also used for
trickle filters and stripping towers. The conical bottom tanks are fitted with a 2" FNPT bottom hole and can
be supported by bricks around the edge. All tanks are handmade; therefore, measurements are approximate
and may vary. Ship from factory and have additional crating charges—lead time applies.
VOLUME DIAMETER SHIP WT
MODEL (GAL/LITER) STYLE (APPROX.) HEIGHT (LBS) EACH
T4 23/87 FLAT BOTTOM 12" 4' 25 $141.79
T11 44/166 FLAT BOTTOM 18” 4’ 25 184.79
T185 66/250 FLAT BOTTOM 18" 5' 15 202.69
T1810 132/500 FLAT BOTTOM 18" 10' 19 267.79
T58 725/2,744 FLAT BOTTOM 58" 5' 52 743.39
T8 25/95 CONICAL BOTTOM 12" 41/2' 25 303.49
Flat Bottom Conical Bottom TC185 47/178 CONICAL BOTTOM 18" 5' 18 393.79
T9 23/87 BIOFILTER TANK 12" 4' 25 338.09
T4C — CAP 12" — 1 23.09
Biofilter Tank
T18C — CAP 18" — 2 29.39
T58C — CAP 58" — 6 335.99
VOLUME SHIP WT
MODEL (GAL) DIAMETER HEIGHT (LBS) EACH
CBT25 25 12" 63" 37 $393.79
CBT68 68 18" 80" 78 472.49
CBT129 129 24" 83" 83 787.49
MODEL EACH
KIT
Y603192 METER, PROBE, 4M CABLE, CARRY CASE $1,475.00
ACCESSORIES
Y603069 BELT CLIP $29.39
Y603075 SOFT SIDED CARRYING CASE 124.99
Y603074 HARD SIDED CARRYING CASE 284.99
MODEL EACH
YDO200A DO METER ONLY $289.99
Y2004
YDO200A-4 DO METER, PROBE, 4M CABLE & CASE 629.99 SYSTEM SPECS
Y2004 4-METER CABLE W/PROBE ONLY 309.99
RANGES O2 0–20 mg/L
Y20010 10-METER CABLE W/PROBE ONLY 329.99 Sat. 0–200%
YDO200A Temp. -6–46° C
Y5908 REPL. MEMBRANES W/KCL, POLAROGRAPHIC 59.99
Y200-BOD BIOCHEMICAL OXYGEN DEMAND PROBE 684.99 RESOLUTION O2 0.01 mg/L
Sat. 0.10%
Temp. 0.1° C
ACCURACY O2 ± 0.2%
Sat. ±2%
Temp. ± 0.3° C
SYSTEM SPECS
MODEL EACH
RANGES O2 0–20 mg/L
Y606329 OPTICAL DO/TEMP METER ONLY $329.99
Sat. 0–200%
Temp. 0-50° C Y606327 1-METER CABLE WITH DO/TEMP PROBE ONLY 589.99
RESOLUTION O2 0.01 mg/L Y606328 4-METER CABLE WITH DO/TEMP PROBE ONLY 599.99
Sat. 0.10% Y606304 10-METER CABLE WITH DO/TEMP PROBE ONLY 674.99
Temp. 0.1° C
Y606326 SENSOR CAP KIT 119.99
ACCURACY O2 ± 1.5%
Y606330 HARD PLASTIC CARRYING CASE WITH FOAM INSERT 39.99
Sat. ±1.5%
Temp. ± 0.3° C YSI® and EcoSense® are registered trademarks of YSI, Inc
TECH TALK 26
DISSOLVED OXYGEN METERS AND PROBES
D.O. RANGE RESOLUTION BACKLIT CONNECTORIZED WARRANTY OXYGEN
MODEL MANUFACTURER PARAMETERS (PPM OR MG/L) ACCURACY (PPM OR MG/L) WATERPROOF DISPLAY CABLE/PROBE METER/PROBE MEMORY/RS232 PROBE TYPE
DO62 American D.O. Only 0–20.0 ±0.2 ppm 0.1 No No Yes 2-yr/2-yr No Polarographic
Marine
YDO200A YSI* D.O., Temp 0–20.0 ±0.2% 0.1 No No Yes 1-yr/6-mo No Polarographic
Y55D YSI* D.O., Temp 0–20.0 ±0.25 .01 No Yes Yes 2-yr/1-yr No Polarographic
Y52 YSI* D.O., Temp 0–19.99 ±0.02 .01 No No Yes 2-yr/6-mo Yes Polarographic
Y58 YSI* D.O., Temp 0–19.99 ±0.03 .01 No No Yes 2-yr/6-mo No Polarographic
Y550A YSI* D.O., Temp 0–50.00 ±0.03 .01 Yes Yes No 3-yr/6-mo No Polarographic
Y60020 YSI* D.O., Temp, 0–50.00 ±2.0% .01 or 0.1 Yes Yes Yes 3-yr/2-yr No Polaro./Galv.
mmH
850048 Sper D.O., Temp 0–19.99 ±1.5 .01 No Yes Yes 5-yr/6-mo Yes Polarographic
1OXHM053 OxyGuard D.O., Temp, 0-60.0 ±1.0% 0.1 Yes Yes No 1 yr Yes, data log Galvanic
% Sat 3,000 sets
Y605120 YSI D.O., Temp, PH, 0 TO 50 ±2.0% 0.01 OR 0.1 Yes Yes Yes 3-yr/1-yr 50 data sets Polaro./Galv.
ORP (REDOX)
Y606329 EcoSense Optical D.O., 0 to 20 ±1.5% 0.01 Yes Yes Yes 1-yr 50 data set Optical
Temp.
Y6262 YSI* Optical D.O., 0 TO 50 ± 1.0% 0.01 OR 0.1 Yes Yes Yes 3-yr/2-yr 5000 data sets Optical
Temp.
Y6052030 YSI* D.O., Temp, 0 to 50 ±2.0% 0.01 or 0.1 Yes Yes Yes 3-yr/1-yr 50 data sets Polaro./Galv.
Cond
*Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, Inc., is an authorized YSI Instruments Repair Center. Temp=Temperature. Sal=Salinity. ORP=Oxidation/Reduction Potential
MODEL EACH
1OXHM073 HANDY POLARIS 2 W/3-M (10') CABLE $1,026.00
1OXHM075 HANDY POLARIS 2 W/8-M (25') CABLE 1,086.00
1OXHM074 USB LINK W/SOFTWARE (ONLY 1 REQUIRED FOR MULTIPLE UNITS) 266.69
1OXHA013 HANDY MEMBRANE KIT, 10 PCS 17.19
1OXPA014 STANDARD ELECTROLYTE, 1 L 23.89
1OXPA015 STANDARD ELECTROLYTE, 250 ML 10.79
1OXPA016 STANDARD ELECTROLYTE, 50 ML 5.39
1OXHA010 MEMBRANE INSTALLATION TOOL 15.69
1OXHA007 PROBE PROTECTION CAP 31.69
1OXHA006 HANDY MEMBRANE CAP WITH MEMBRANE 66.19
TECHNICAL ADVANTAGES
METER • Data logging and data transfer capability—over 3,000 PROBE • Galvanic type.
sets of complete info (mg/L, % sat, temp, events, etc.). • Self-polarizing.
Polaris 2 only. • No warm-up time.
• Automatic calibration with stability check. • Fully temperature compensated.
• Automatic self-check of instrument. • Remarkably short response time.
• Automatic check of cable and probe. • Stores dry.
• Compensates for changes in atmospheric pressure. • E xcellent long-term stability.
• User-selectable language and main display parameter. • Tough membrane.
• “On-screen” instructions. • No need for regular service or renovation.
• 1,400 hours use from one 9V alkaline battery. • Probe renovation easy and fast when needed.
• Illuminated display with variable intensity.
• Automatic shutdown for power saving.
PentairAES.com
EVERYTHING
YOU NEED ON
EVERY DEVICE
MODEL EACH
DO62 OXYGEN METER $271.99 DO62
MODEL EACH
YORP15 ORP/TEMP PEN $166.99
Y3628 ZOBELL ORP TEST SOLUTION 32.99
Y605123 ORP REPLACEMENT ELECTRODE KIT 74.99
7021 ORP CALIBRATION SOLUTION, 240MV 28.39
7022 ORP CALIBRATION SOLUTION, 470MV 26.29
MODEL EACH
ORP3 ORP/REDOX METER $141.79
ORP3R ORP REPLACEMENT PROBE 78.79
ORP3CS CALIBRATION FLUID, 350 ML 4.19 ORP3
PA12 OPTIONAL AC ADAPTER 12.79
EcoSense is a registered trademark of YSI, Inc. Pinpoint is a registered trademark of Dell Technology DBA American Marine, Inc.
® ®
TECH TALK 67
Water Pollution mainly bacteria, in the oxidation of organic materials. The standard test is for 5 days at 20°C, and
the value it yields is referred to as the 5 day biochemical oxygen demand, commonly shown as BOD5
Any physical, biological or chemical change in water quality that adversely affects living organisms (see Index for BOD meters). Another measurement is chemical oxygen demand (COD), which is the
or makes water unsuitable for desired uses can be considered pollution. measurement of the organic materials in terms of the oxygen required to chemically oxidize them.
Common Impurities in Water It is measured by boiling and refluxing the sample with a strong oxidizing agent (potassium
dichromate), then determining the amount of agent used.
Dissolved: Cations, anions, organic compounds such as vegetative dyes and pesticides and gases
such as hydrogen sulfide and chlorine. Typical Treatment Processes for Organic Compounds
Suspended: Silt, clay, feces, organic and inorganic colloids and living organisms such as bacteria, Anaerobic Digestion
viruses, protozoa and algae. Biological oxidation of degradable organics by microbes under conditions where there is no
Floating: Oils and grease, feces and debris. molecular oxygen. These are mainly used for swine, poultry and beef industries.
Water Quality Characteristics Digestion is done by anaerobic bacteria, organic-acid forming and methane-producing heterotrophs.
Physical: Total suspended and dissolved solids, turbidity, color, odors and temperature. Advantages: Low operational costs, no need for aeration and self-sufficiency if managed properly.
Chemical: pH, alkalinity, hardness, conductivity, dissolved gases, etc. Disadvantages: Odors, sludge must be removed periodically, land space needed (long treatment
time), and NIMBY (not in my back yard).
Biological: Algae and microbes (bacteria, protozoa, fungi, etc.).
Aerobic Digestion
Water Quality Indicator
Biological oxidation of organics under conditions where there is molecular oxygen. Digestion is done
The amount of oxygen dissolved (D.O.) in water is a good indicator of water quality commonly used by aerobic and facultative bacteria.
in aquaculture. Water with a D.O. of 8 ppm will support game fish and other desirable forms of life.
Water with less than 2 ppm oxygen will support only certain fish, worms, bacteria, fungi and other Advantages: Less odor, reduction in pollution characteristics of the effluent and low treatment time.
decomposers. Certain organic materials increase oxygen consumption by decomposers. This is Disadvantages: Higher operational cost (equipment maintenance, electrical cost).
measured by the biochemical oxygen demand (BOD). This is the amount of oxygen used by microbes,
SYSTEM SPECS
PARAMETER RANGE RANGE RESOLUTION
MEASUREMENTS: Total Gas Pressure (TGP) 0–1,550 mmHg 1 mmHg
Barometric Pressure (BP) 0–1,550 mmHg 1 mmHg
Temperature 0.0–40.0ºC 0.1ºC
DERIVED: Total Gas Pressure (TGP) 0–200% 1%
∆P (TGP-BP) -1,550–1,550 mmHg 1 mmHg 1SSM100
MODEL EACH
1SSM100 PT4 TRACKER HANDHELD METER $714.99 Meter & Probe
1SSP0031 TGP/TEMPERATURE SMART PROBE, 5-M CABLE 739.99 Sold Separately
TECH TALK 9
Supersaturation
The measurement of total dissolved gas pressure (TGP) can be required in aquaculture. When
the total pressure of all gases in the water exceeds the ambient atmospheric pressure at the
water’s surface, supersaturation exists. The effect of excessive supersaturation on fish has
been well documented and has caused massive fishkills. TGP as low as 103% can be lethal!
Supersaturation can be caused by numerous man-made and natural sources:
• Dam spillways can allow a high volume discharge to plunge air deep into the receiving water.
• Water pump inlets can suck air, putting that air under high pressure in the piping (this is all
too common, even in aquariums).
• Naturally high levels of nitrogen can be found in well water.
• Algae blooms can cause supersaturated levels of oxygen.
• Temperature changes, which affect the saturation level. Simply heating the water can cause
lethal supersaturation.
1SSP060 - Lumi4 Probe: Optical DO/Temp & TGP
MODEL EACH
1SSM002
1SSM002 TGP TRANSMITTER $960.79
1SSA025 REPL. TGP CARTRIDGE 186.99
1SSA029 PC SOFTWARE AND CABLE 78.79
1PTPS011 115VAC TO 12VDC POWER SUPPLY 48.49
SYSTEM SPECS
PARAMETER RANGE RANGE RESOLUTION
MEASUREMENTS: Total Gas Pressure (TGP) 0–1,550 mmHg 1 mmHg
Barometric Pressure (BP) 0–1,550 mmHg 1 mmHg
Temperature 0.0–40.0ºC 0.1ºC
IN-HOUSE REPAIR
DERIVED: Total Gas Pressure (TGP) 0–200% 1%
∆P (TGP-BP) -1,550–1,550 mmHg 1 mmHg
AND SERVICE AVAILABLE
Contact Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems
for more details.
MODEL EACH
1OXYCO485 OXYGUARD CO2 PORTABLE $2,722.00
1OXYCO495 OXYGUARD CO2 PORTABLE W/DATA LOGGER,
230VAC CHARGER 3,455.00
Cable & Probe 1OXYCO477 PH CONDITIONER, 75 G 22.19
Sold Separately
1OXYCO478 CALIBRATION SOLUTION, 100 ML 62.99
1OXYCO476 CALIBRATION BEAKER W/STIRRER 425.29
1OXYCO480 CALIBRATION ACCESSORIES PACK 385.39
1OXYCO496 OXYGUARD DISSOLVED CO2 PROBE 817.99
PINPOINT® PH METER FW SW
The Pinpoint PH370 meter is a great little pH meter at a very affordable price.
®
The detachable probe with its 10' cable uses a BNC connector. It has built-in
slope and calibration adjustments but is not temperature compensated (if you
take measurements anywhere near room temperature, the temperature error
will be negligible). Two-point calibration.
The digital display is easy to read, even in full sun. Two-year warranty on the
2-YEAR meter only. Measures 5.5" L x 3" W, weighs just 0.3 lb.
METER WARRANTY • Includes pH probe, 10’ cable, calibration solutions #7 & #10, and 9V battery
• Not waterproof nor water-resistant
MODEL EACH
PH370 PH METER $103.99
PH370 PH370R PH REPLACEMENT PROBE 48.89
PA12 OPTIONAL AC ADAPTER 12.79
PH/TEMP TESTERS FW SW
These floating testers have a large LCD, push-button calibration with buffer
recognition (can be calibrated to 3 points), auto shut-off after 8.5 minutes,
automatic temperature compensation and a user-replaceable double-junction
sensor. These testers will float if dropped in water. The pHTestr® meter 10
reads -1.0 to 15.0, the pHTestr® 20 and 30 read -1.00 to 15.00 and the pHTestr®
30 has simultaneous temperature display in ºC or ºF. All have self-diagnostic
messages such as battery power indicator and a hold function to freeze values
for future use. Measures 1.5" W x 6.5" long, weighs 0.3 lb. One-year instrument WD-35634-30
warranty, six-month electrode warranty. Calibration solutions sold separately.
MODEL EACH
WD-35634-10 PHTESTR 10 $100.79
WD-35634-20 PHTESTR 20 110.29
WD-35634-30 PHTESTR 30 121.79
35624-38 REPL. PH SENSOR 80.99
TRB REPL. BATTERIES (6-PK) 20.69
pHTestr® is a registered trademark of Cole-Parmer Instruments Co.
MODEL EACH
YPH10A PH10A PEN $115.99
606110 REPL. ELECTRODE FOR YPH10A PEN (GREY) 52.99
605113 REPL. ELECTRODE FOR YPH10 PEN(BLUE) 52.99
605118 LR44 REPL. BATTERIES (4) 4.99
Y580 CARRYING CASE 28.99
TECH TALK 30
MODEL EACH
KITS
YEC300A-1 METER, PROBE, 1M CABLE, CARRYING CASE $564.99
YEC300A-4 METER, PROBE, 4M CABLE, CARRYING CASE 584.99
YEC300A-10 METER, PROBE, 10M CABLE, CARRYING CASE 599.99
METER ONLY
YEC300A EC300A METER $299.99
CALIBRATION SOLUTIONS
Y3167-E 1,000 uS/CM PER PINT (FRESH WATER) $19.99
YEC300A-4
ACCESSORIES
Y606043 HARD SIDED CARRYING CASE $39.99 SYSTEM SPECS
EcoSense® is a registered trademark of YSI, Inc. RANGE RESOLUTION ACCURACY
CONDUCTIVITY 0 to 499.9 µS/cm 0.1 µS/cm ± (1% of reading + 2 µS/cm)
0 to 4999 µS/cm 1 µS/cm ± (1% of reading + 5 µS/cm)
0 to 49.99 mS/cm 0.01 mS/cm ± (1% of reading + 0.05 mS/cm)
0 to 200.0 mS/cm 0.1 mS/cm ± (2.5% of reading + 0.5 mS/cm)
SALINITY 0.0 to 70.0 ppt, calculated ±0.2% FS 0.1 ppt
TEMPERATURE -10 to +90°C (14 to 194°F) 0.1°C ±0.2°C or ±0.4%, whichever
is greater
TDS TDS in g/L calculated;
enter constant values from
0.30 to 1.00, default value 0.65
MODEL EACH
CM6 CM6 CONDUCTIVITY METER $131.29
PA12 OPTIONAL AC ADAPTER 12.79
2-YEAR WARRANTY Pinpoint® is a registered trademark of Dell Technology DBA American
Marine, Inc.
MODEL EACH
YEC30A COND/TDS/TEMP PEN $146.99
Y3167-E CALIBRATION SOLUTION, 1,000 uS/CM (FRESH WATER) 19.99
Y3168-E CALIBRATION SOLUTION, 10,000 uS/CM (BRACKISH WATER) 20.99
Y3169-E CALIBRATION SOLUTION, 50,000 uS/CM (SALT WATER) 20.99
SYSTEM SPECS
RANGE RESOLUTION ACCURACY
CONDUCTIVITY 0 μS to 19.90 mS, 0 to 1990 μS/cm ±1% FS
with manual or 5 μS/cm
auto ranging 2.00 to 19.90 mS/cm
0.05 mS/cm
TEMPERATURE 0 to 99.5°C 0.5 °C (1 °F) ±0.5°C (1°F)
(32.0 to 212 °F)
MODEL EACH
EC500 EXSTIK II® WATERPROOF METER $167.99 EC500
EC505 SPARE ELECTRODE 68.19
EX006 WEIGHTED BASE W/5 SOLUTION CUPS 16.79
CA895 SMALL VINYL CARRYING CASE 12.89
MODEL EACH
Calibration Ring. SR6 SALINITY REFRACTOMETER $142.29
For rapid calibrations.
Do not dip a refractometer in water, as this will
void the warranty.
Antiroll Stand. Scale view. Use a dropper and place a few drops on the prism.
Protects against rolling off The refractometer will provide many years of service
a table. if used this way.
Dry after use otherwise will cause damage to the device.
SALINITY REFRACTOMETER
Here's an economical, automatic temperature-
compensated salinity refractometer, featuring an
automatic temperature correction from 50–86ºF
(10–30ºC) and a dual scale reading 0–100 ppt and
1.000–1.070 specific gravity. Each refractometer
is tested to ensure an accurate instrument.
Six-month warranty. Weighs 0.6 lb.
MODEL EACH
SR5-AQ SALINITY REFRACTOMETER $47.19
Scale view.
SALINITY METER FW SW
This Pinpoint salinity meter measures conductivity, giving a digital readout
®
MODEL EACH
SM6 SALINITY METER $141.79
PA12 OPTIONAL AC ADAPTER 12.79
Pinpoint® is a registered trademark of Dell Technology DBA American Marine, Inc.
2-YEAR WARRANTY
TECH TALK 28
Measuring Salinity
When culturing saltwater organisms, less than a 10 percent variation in salinity (± 5% or ± 2 ppt) biggest drawbacks. Calibration using certified seawater is best; however, fresh water is a
is often required. The measuring methods cover a wide range of cost, convenience and accuracy. reasonable alternative for general aquaculture uses.
Basically, salinity is the sum of all dissolved ions in the water (not just sodium and chloride),
Electrical conductivity is another method of determining salinity. Conductivity measurements are
expressed as parts per thousand (grams per kilogram).
best at 25°C and any difference from this requires compensation. If there is a question about
One measurement method is to titrate chlorinity (chloride) and calculate the salinity based on the temperature compensation, simply take a reading, change the temperature of the water by 5 or 10
assumption that the composition is the same as seawater. Usually titrations are based on degrees and measure again. It should give the same salinity. Some units give readings in
volumes, which can introduce a 2.5 percent error if not done correctly. It is much more time millisiemens (mS) and require a salinity conversion table. Others read directly in salinity (called a
consuming than other methods and used as a means of checking other techniques. salinity meter). Regular calibration with a standard solution is recommended.
Density is the basis of the hydrometer measuring method. Salinity can then be determined from The information in this Tech Talk was provided by Thomas Frakes, Technical Consultant, Aquarium
tables based on density (specific gravity) and temperature. Systems, Inc.
Refractometers are also density-based. They provide fast, accurate (± 1 ppt) salinity
measurements. Generally, temperature-compensated models are suggested. Cost and care are the
MODEL EACH
Y60530 PRO30 METER ONLY $569.99
Y60530-4 PRO30 4M CABLE WITH PROBE 329.99
Y60530-10 PRO30 10M CABLE WITH PROBE 389.99
Y60530-20 PRO30 20M CABLE WITH PROBE 434.99
Y60530-30 PRO30 30M CABLE WITH PROBE 544.99
Y3167-E CALIBRATION SOLUTION, 1,000 uS/CM PER PINT (FRESH WATER) 19.99
Y3168-E CALIBRATION SOLUTION, 10,000 uS/CM PER PINT (BRACHISH WATER) 20.99
Y3169-E CALIBRATION SOLUTION, 50,000 uS/CM PER PINT (SALT WATER) 20.99
MODEL EACH
METER
Y605120 PRO1020 METER ONLY $749.99
PROBES
Y6202 GALVANIC D.O. (INCLUDES MEMBRANE KIT) $179.99
Meter, Cable & Y6203 POLAROGRAPHIC D.O. (INCLUDES MEMBRANE KIT) 179.99
Probe Sold Y6101 PH ISE 174.99
Separately
Y6102 ORP ISE 204.99
Y6103 PH/ORP COMBO ISE (NOT FOR USE ON DUAL ISE CABLES) 294.99
MODEL EACH
METER
Y6052030 PRO2030 METER $754.99 Meter, Cable
& Probe
CABLES Sold Separately
Y6234C 4M, D.O./CONDUCTIVITY/TEMPERATURE $619.99
Y62310C 10M, D.O./CONDUCTIVITY/TEMPERATURE 679.99
Y62320C 20M, D.O./CONDUCTIVITY/TEMPERATURE 734.99
3-YEAR METER WARRANTY
Y62330C 30M, D.O./CONDUCTIVITY/TEMPERATURE 834.99
PROBES
Y6202 GALVANIC D.O. $179.99
Y6203 POLAROGRAPHIC D.O. 179.99
TECH TALK 47
Water Quality Guide Percentage of Un-Ionized Ammonia at Different pH Values and Temperature
These are healthy, growing tolerances, not limits for fatalities. Use this chart for guidelines only. PH 16ºC/61ºF 20ºC/68ºF 24ºC/75ºF 28ºC/82ºF 32ºC/90ºF
Tolerance levels can vary greatly depending on a variety of factors. Some species are also sensitive
7.0 1% 1% 1% 1% 1%
to nitrite above 40 ppm. Fish will excrete about 14 grams of ammonia for each pound of food eaten
(@ 35% protein). Test kits read total ammonia; this guide gives un-ionized ammonia levels, which is 7.4 1% 1% 1% 2% 2%
the toxic form. See chart for conversion. 7.8 2% 2% 3% 4% 6%
8.2 5% 6% 8% 10% 13%
8.6 11% 14% 17% 22% 28%
9.0 23% 28% 34% 41% 49%
Equation: ppm un-ionized ammonia = ppm total ammonia (measured) x un-ionized ammonia (from
above). These figures are percentages, so move the decimal point two spaces to the left.
UN-IONIZED
D.O. PH ALKALINITY CO2 AMMONIA NITRITE HARDNESS CHLORIDE SALINITY
TEMP MG/L UNITS MG/L MG/L MG/L MG/L MG/L MG/L PPT
Trout 45–68°F/7–20°C 5–12 5.5–8 50–250 0–20 0–0.02 0–0.2 50–350 0–1,500 0–3
Hybrid Striped Bass 70–85°F/21–29°C 4–10 6–8 50–250 0–25 0–0.03 0–0.8 50–350 0–1,500 0–3
Tilapia 75–90°F/24–32°C 3–10 6–8 50–250 0–30 0–0.04 0–0.8 50–350 0–5,000 0–15
Goldfish/Koi 65–75°F/18–24°C 4–10 6–8 50–250 0–25 0–0.08 0–0.6 50–350 0–2,000 0–4
Shrimp (Freshwater) 68–80°F/20–27°C 4–10 6.5–9 60–100 0–20 0–0.05 0–0.9 60–250 0–1,500 0–3
Shrimp (Saltwater) 60–75°F/16–24°C 4–10 6–8.5 50–250 0–15 0–0.01 0–0.1 50–350 13,000–18,000 2–35
Minnows Shiners 60–75°F/16–24°C 4–10 6–8 50–250 0–25 0–0.03 0–0.6 50–350 0–2,500 0–5
Tropical Fish (Freshwater) 72–84°F/22–29°C 4–10 6–8 50–250 0–20 0–0.03 0–0.9 50–350 0–2,500 0–5
Marine Reef Water Quality Guide Freshwater Plant Water Quality Guide
Use these numbers for guidelines only, not for water quality limits. These are healthy growing Use these numbers for guidelines only, not for water quality limits. These are healthy growing
tolerances. Tolerance levels can vary greatly depending upon a variety of factors. tolerances. Tolerance levels can vary greatly depending upon a variety of factors.
Temperature: 72–78°F Nitrate: <1.0 ppm Temperature: 74–79°F Iron: 0 to 1.0 mg/L
Redox: 350–400mV Phosphate: <0.1 ppm pH: 6.8 Phosphate: 0 to 5.0 mg/L
Salinity: 22–35 ppt Strontium: 8–10 pp Dissolved Oxygen: 5–7 ppm Trace Elements: 0 to .5 mg/L
pH: 8.2 Alkalinity: 125–160 mg/L** Nitrate: <40 mg/L Carbonate Hardness (KH): 3.5 to 5.0 dKH
Redox Calcium: 350*–500 ppm Iodine*: 0.06 ppm Carbon Dioxide:
Dissolved Oxygen: 5–7 ppm Silicate*: <2.0 ppm
Boron*: 4.5–4.8 ppm Ammonia: 0 ppm
If dKH level is: Then CO2 level should be:
Recommended light levels: 4–6 watts/gallon in a 1:1 ratio of actinic blue to daylight. 5º 10–15 mg/L
*Level found in natural seawater. **Calcium carbonate (CaCO3). 10º 15–30 mg/L
15º 30–40 mg/L
Y60500
PRO PLUS METER ONLY Y6106 NITRATE ISE (FRESH WATER ONLY) 359.99
MODEL EACH
SOLUTIONS
Y60500 PRO PLUS MULTIPARAMETER METER $1,220.00 MODEL EACH
YSI® PHOTOMETERS FW SW
YSI® photometers are sophisticated water quality analysis systems that measure a variety of parameters
and provide simple on-screen instructions. Results are available within seconds. IP67-rated waterproof
systems use easy-to-use reagent tablets for testing instead of liquids or powder packets. Reagent
tablets have an indefinite shelf life when stored in their foil pouches.
5.8" L x 10.8" W x 3" H, ship weight 7 lbs.
The Y9300 photometer includes carrying case, light cap, 8 test tubes, dilution tube, 10 crush rods,
cleaning brush and instruction manual. Also has backlit graphic display, self-adjusting sample tube
holder and on-screen instructions in multiple languages.
The Y9500 includes all the above plus a waterproof USB connection, internal memory that holds up to
500 sample sets and a number of user-selectable options such as test units, sample number and dilution
factors.
MODEL EACH
Y9300 YSI PHOTOMETER $1,070.00
Y9500 PHOTOMETER W/USB CONNECTION 1,380.00 Y9500
SMART3 COLORIMETER FW SW
Ideal for water analysis in the field or in the lab. Easy to use software allows
the analyst to choose a test factor from over 80 preprogrammed calibrations
for LaMotte reagent systems. The reacted sample is always scanned at the
optimum wavelength which is automatically selected from the multiple LED
optical system and the test result is presented on the large, backlit display.
The test result is displayed directly in units of concentration, as well as
Absorbance and %T, in one of seven languages. The analyst also has the
option of entering up to 25 additional calibrations for analysis with custom
SYSTEM SPECS
reagent systems. Test factors can be arranged in any of three sequences that
RANGE 0–125% T can be modified at any time to meet changing testing needs. The data logger
LM1910 holds up to 500 time and date stamped data points. A USB connection allows
RESOLUTION 1% FS an interface of the colorimeter with a computer for real-time data acquisition
ACCURACY 2% FS 2-YEAR WARRANTY and data transfer. 7.5” L x 3.5” W x 2.5” H. Visit PentairAES.com for more Reagents.
Features
SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS) EACH • Large graphical liquid crystal • IP67 Waterproof
display • Data logger for 500 data points
LM1910 SMART3 COLORIMETER 2 $998.99
• Simple, menu-driven operation • 25 User tests
ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT ITEMS • Over 80 pre-programmed tests
LM1910CD SMARTLINK 3 PROGRAM CD 68.99 • Lithium ion rechargeable battery
or computer/wall adapter
0290-6 TEST TUBES WITH CAPS (6) 27.89
The Real UVT field meter with exclusive Split-Sense technology is the world’s
most advanced and affordable portable UV254 testing meter, guaranteed.
The portable Real UVT meter can quickly and accurately test UV254 in the
field within minutes. The Real UVT meter utilizes Real Tech Inc.’s Split-Sense
technology to give it many advantages such as its fast 1 minute warm-up time
and extreme accuracy.
Split-Sense technology works by using a single beam of UV light to take
continuous readings before and after the insertion of the quartz cuvette
allowing for compensation of the effects of UV lamp drift and fluctuations.
The Real UVT meter’s new calibration memory feature allows testing to be
performed without the need to zero the meter with 100% DI water even if
the meter has been powered off.
Measuring Organics
UV254 provides an indication of the amount of natural organic matter (NOM)
in water and wastewater. More specifically, UV254 is the best detector of
aromatic organics or reactive NOM. 2-YEAR WARRANTY
Aromatic organics are problematic, having several negative effects.
For example, when combined with chlorine, aromatic organics readily
form disinfection by-products (DBPs).
The Real UVT field meter is the ideal solution for testing UV254 anywhere, REAL UVT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
anytime. The Real UVT can also be used as a practical alternative or
UV WAVELENGTH 253.7 nm
supplement to measuring other more expensive and complicated organic
test parameters such as TOC, DOC, BOD and COD. SOURCE Low pressure germicidal UV lamp
LM1970 SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS) EACH
LM1970 2020WE KIT (MEETS EPA 180.1) 6 $978.99
2-YEAR METER WARRANTY
LM1970-ISO 2020WI KIT (MEETS ISO 7027) 6 978.99
ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT ITEMS
LM1910CD SMARTLINK 3 PROGRAM CD 68.99
0290-6 TEST TUBES WITH CAPS (6) 27.89
0290-6
Detection Limit 0.05 NTU/FNU Languages English, French, Spanish, Japanese, Italian, Portuguese,Chinese
Reproducibility* .02 NTU/FNU or 1% Size 7.5 x 3.5 x 2.5 inches; 19.05 x 8.84 x 6.35 cm
Light Source Tungsten (EPA), complies with EPA 180.1, Rev. 2.0 (1993) Weight 13 ounces
and Standard Methods 2130 B-2001; 860nm LED (ISO), Display 6-line LCD with backlit display; 160 x 100 backlit LCD; 20 x 6
complies with ISO 7027 line graphics
*over 600 NTU/FNU units expressed as AU/FAU
CALIBRATION SOLUTIONS
The easiest way to calibrate a pen or meter in the field
Milwaukee standard calibration solutions are available in 230-mL
bottles and 20-mL sachets.
Traditional buffer solutions are packed in 230-mL leak-proof bottles
and are recommended for lab application.
Sachets are sealed against light and air and are ideal for on-the-spot
calibration. Simply open, insert the tester or electrode into the sachet
and calibrate. Sachets are sold in boxes of 25 pieces.
pH
MODEL EACH
MW4 PH 4.01 25 X 20 ML SACHETS $25.79
MW7 PH 7.01 25 X 20 ML SACHETS 25.79
MW10 PH 10.01 25 X 20 ML SACHETS 25.79
MW5 (10) PH 7.01, (5) PH 4.01, 10.01 AND H2O 25 X 20 ML SACHETS 25.79
Conductivity
MA9061 1.413 ΜS/CM EC SOL . 230 ML BOTTLE 9.19
D.O.
MA9070 ZERO O2 SOL. 230 ML BOTTLE $15.79
MA9071 O2 ELECTROLYTE SOL. 230 ML BOTTLE 24.19
CONNECT WITH US
PH CALIBRATION SOLUTIONS
500-mL bottles
MODEL EACH
CAL4 PH 4.01 $13.99
CAL7 PH 7.00 13.99
CAL10 PH 10.00 13.99
MODEL EACH
CS PH/ORP CLEANING SOLUTION, 1 PINT $12.99
SS PH/ORP STORAGE SOLUTION, 1 PINT 17.29
SBT SAVER BOTTLE 6.49
VSDI RINSE SOLUTION, 1 QUART 17.29 CS
MODEL EACH
Y3167-E 1,000 US/CM PER PINT (FRESH WATER) $19.99
Y3168-E 10,000 US/CM PER PINT (BRACKISH WATER) 20.99
Y3169-E 50,000 US/CM PER PINT (SALT WATER) 20.99
LMAQ2
MODEL EACH
AAL1* $1,583.00
*Not for shipment into Canada.
Pelican™ is a trademark of Pelican Products, Inc.
TEST RANGE
DISSOLVED OXYGEN 0 to 20 mg/L; 0 to 200% Sat
TEMPERATURE 0 to 230°F, -18 to 110°C
PH 0 to 14.00
ALKALINITY 0 to 240 ppm
Each kit includes: HARDNESS 0 to 425 ppm
• YSI 550A D.O. meter (Y550A12) • Hach alkalinity test strips (H27448)
AMMONIA 1 to 8 mg/L
• Salinity refractometer (SR5-AQ) • Hach hardness test strips (H27452)
• Pocket dial thermometer (TH4) • LaMotte nitrite test kit (LM3352) NITRITE 0.1 to 0.8 mg/L
• LaMotte ammonia test kit (LM4795) • pH/Temp Tester (WD-35634-20)
MODEL EACH
H251233 AQUACULTURE TEST KIT $2,986.00
2691700 REAGENT REFILL KIT 1,304.00
TEST STRIPS
Individual pads on a polystyrene strip. These are
packaged in the pop top vial which is molded with a
desiccant liner for protection from moisture. The
vial has a molded desiccant liner that protects the
strips from moisture intrusion and eliminates loose
desiccant bags.
H27448 R442
RANGE
MODEL TEST FACTOR RANGE (PPM) STRIPS/VIAL EACH MODEL TEST FACTOR (PPM) STRIPS/VIAL EACH
H27448 ALKALINITY 0–240 50 $12.09 R443 AMMONIA 0–6 25 $14.09
H27553 AMMONIA 0–6 25 24.09 R442 MULTI-STRIP 25 13.49
H27450 FREE AND TOTAL CHLORINE* 0–10 50 22.49
H27451 COPPER 0–3 25 24.59
H27452 TOTAL HARDNESS* 0–425 50 12.79
H27453 TOTAL DISSOLVED IRON 0–5 25 24.59
H27454 NITRATE/NITRITE 0–50 / 0–3 25 20.79
H27456 PH* 4–9 50 12.69
H27571 PHOSPHATE* 0–50 50 23.29
SULFIDE
For measuring hydrogen sulfide (toxic to fish), the most common form of
sulfide. Testing takes 2 minutes. Range: 0.2 to 20 ppm.
TEST KIT REPLACEMENT REAGENT
MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
LaMotte is a registered trademark of LaMotte Chemical Products, Co.
® LM3322 $58.49 LM3322RP $23.59
CONTROLLERS/MONITORS
PRODUCTS
232 Point Four RIU3
234 Point Four PLCs
235 Point Four LC3
236 Point Four Cloud Monitoring Platform
238 Point Four Transport System
239 Oxyguard Systems
242 pH / ORP Controllers
243 Alarms
Whether you’re in need of design services for monitoring and controlling a new operation,
or compatible technology and support for an existing site, we will provide the expertise and
equipment to address your specific needs.
With a world-class team of designers, engineers, biologists and technicians backed by the
global resources of Pentair, we’re here to ensure your success.
PENTAIR AQUATIC ECO-SYSTEMS PENTAIR AQUATIC ECO-SYSTEMS PENTAIR AQUATIC ECO-SYSTEMS PENTAIR AQUATIC ECO-SYSTEMS
POINT FOUR™ RIU3 REMOTE POINT FOUR™ CONTROLLERS AND POINT FOUR™ LC3 CENTRAL POINT FOUR™ CLOUD MONITORING
WATER MONITOR/CONTROLLER MONITORS CAPABILITIES MONITOR/CONTROLLER PLATFORM
Page 232-233 Page 234 Page 235 Page 236-237
Single Controller
Multi-Link
REAL VNC
REMOTE ACCESS REMOTE VIEW CLOUD
(VIRTUAL NETWORK COMPUTING) Relay #1
DEVICES CONNECTIVITY
Control
System Alarm Light
Relay #2
Control
Flowmeter Manifold
POINT FOUR LC3
Probe
PC
Data Link
SENSE
CONTROL
ALARM
SYSTEM SPECS
POWER 12-24VDC, 120mA SENSOR POWER Onboard isolated 24VDC loop power supply DISPLAY 8x2 Character, Large Font, LCD Backlit
(optional)
INPUT 2 Sensor Input (user selectable): OUTPUT ALARM Two SPDT 4 Amp relay-user configurable, CONTROL Two relay outputs with selectable control band,
1 Probe input (optically isolated) LCD/LED Alarm Indicator OUTPUT ON/OFF function
(4-20mA /0 -5V/ Modbus RS485) & Modbus RTU RS485 communication port,
1 Aux input (optically isolated ) for Temp or Bp Network addressable 1-99.
ENVIRONMENTAL NEMA 4X/IP65, Sealed Cable Glands TEMPERATURE -5 °C to +60 °C, - Operation RELATIVE 5% to 85% RH at up to +40 °C - Operation
-10 °C to +60 °C, - Storage HUMIDITY 5% to 40% RH above +40 °C up to +60 °C - Storage
ALTITUDE Up to 3,000 m ( 10,000 ft ) - DIMENSIONS 125mm x 145mm x 75mm WEIGHT 457 grams [1 lb]
Operation/Storage [ 4.9” x 5.7” x 3” ]
ACCESSORIES Wall Mount Bracket/Weather Shield EXPANSION PORT Onboard Data Logging Capability
RIU3 + DO/Temp Probe(s) on PVC Panel wt or wo Solenoid Valve(s) and Flow Meter(s)
MODEL EACH
1SSS6020 RIU3 W/DO/T 7M CABLE, 15LPM FM, 24VDC SV, PVC $1,579.00
1SSS6021 RIU3 W/DO/T 7M CABLE, 3.5LPM FM, 24VDC SV, PVC 2,333.00
1SSS6022 RIU3 W/DO/T 15M CABLE, 15LPM FM, 24VDC SV, PVC 2,063.00
1SSS6023 RIU3 W/DO/T 7M CABLE, 8LPM FM, 24VDC SV, PVC 1,598.00
1SSS6024 RIU3 W/DO/T 7M CABLE, 15LPM FM, 12VDC SV, PVC 1,659.00
1SSS6031 1 RIU3 WT DO/T 7M PVC PLATE 1,254.00
1SSS6032 2 RIU3 WT DO/T 7M PVC PLATE 2,360.00
1SSS6033 3 RIU3 WT DO/T 7M PVC PLATE 3,483.00
Web Dashboard
SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
KEY FEATURES
Map View
Dashboard
8
• User profiles & sharing permissions provide various system
control options
FIELD BUS
MASTER BOX
SWITCH
IP
OXYGUARD® PACIFIC
The OxyGuard Pacific is a measuring, monitoring
and control system designed for use in fish farms.
It is both multichannel and multiparameter, and
forms a modular small-size complete system.
A member of the Commander series of equipment,
it can be used as a stand-alone system or as part of
a larger Commander system. An important feature
of Pacific is its extensive connection capabilities.
It has P-NET data bus for connection to other
Commander components, IP connection for LAN
or Internet, Profibus for use with other field bus
systems and two USB ports that can be used for a
number of purposes. It also has an SD card socket
for data interchange. An additional feature is the
option that enables Pacific to connect to an
OxyGuard wireless probe system, where the
various probes and other measuring, monitoring
and control devices interconnect using wireless
signals. Pacific brings the complete functionality
of Commander to small systems and to
installations where few measurements and
points of control are situated at large distances
from each other.
PH/CO2 CONTROLLER
Automate CO2 dosing to ensure your plants get
the right amount for respiration. Just plug a 115V
solenoid valve (not included) into the socket
supplied for dosing and your CO2 supply to the
solenoid. The included pH electrode measures
0 to 14 pH (± .2 pH accuracy) and has manual
2-point calibration. Controller has a set point
range of 5.5 to 9.5 pH and a visual LED alarm that
activates when the reading goes above the set
point. Uses a 115V/60 Hz to 12VDC adapter
(included) and measures 31/4" x 51/2" x 11/2".
Two-year warranty on the base unit, six months
on the probe. Ship weight is 2 lbs.
MODEL EACH
MC122 PH/CO2 SMART CONTROLLER $138.39
MC122 SM911 REPL. PH PROBE 44.09
CAL7 PH CALIBRATION SOLUTION 7.0 13.99
CAL4 PH CALIBRATION SOLUTION 4.01 13.99
2-YEAR WARRANTY CAL10 PH CALIBRATION SOLUTION 10.0 13.99
ORP CONTROLLER
Plug an ozone generator into this Smart
controller’s power socket, and it will dose until
it determines that the ORP set point is reached.
Simply dial the set point from 0 to 600 mV. The
controller will automatically switch on again if the
ORP value falls above or below (user selected) the
set point, and a visual LED alarm will activate while
the reading is low. Controller can measure ±1,000
mV (±5 mV accuracy). ORP electrode and 115V/60
Hz to 12VDC adapter are included. Two-year
warranty on the base unit, six months on the probe.
Ship weight is 3 lbs.
MODEL EACH
MC510 ORP CONTROLLER $155.89
MC510
SM921 REPL. ORP PROBE 47.29
7021 ORP CALIBRATION SOLUTION 240 MV 28.39
7022 ORP CALIBRATION SOLUTION 470 MV 26.29 2-YEAR WARRANTY
Important Features
• Continues dialing numbers in sequence for 16–255 attempts
• Most sensors can be mounted up to 150 feet away with 18–22 gauge wire
• Can dial out to beepers and pagers
• Backup battery condition monitor
A2
• Built-in clock
• Programmable security code access
• Variable AC power failure alarm
• Compatible with cellular telephones (for dialing out) equipped with an RJ11
telephone jack
AT5
SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS) EACH
A2 MAX OF 4 SENSORS, PLASTIC HOUSING 3 $497.69
A200 MAX OF 8 SENSORS, PLASTIC HOUSING 5 748.69
ALL COMPONENTS SOLD SEPARATELY
A2B* WATER DETECTION SENSOR 118.09
A2C* MAGNETIC REED SWITCH 14.69
AT5 REMOTE TEMPERATURE PROBE 81.89
A3* REMOTE TEMPERATURE SENSOR 31.49
A2S SMOKE DETECTOR 81.89
A3B* PASSIVE INFRARED MOTION DETECTOR 112.19
A3C* HUMIDISTAT 43.09
*Wires or cables not included. Use 18–22 gauge wire.
Sensaphone® is a registered trademark of Phonetics, Inc.
HEATERS/CHILLERS
PRODUCTS
245 Immersion Heaters
247 Temperature Controls & Protectors
248 Submersible Heaters/Controllers
249 In-Line Heaters
251 Heat Pumps
252 Heat Exchanger
253 Heat/Cool Pumps
255 Air-Cooled Water Chillers
256 In-Line Chillers
257 Air Cooled Coil Water Chillers
258 Air Cooled & Aquarium Chillers
259 Water Cooled Chillers
260 Chiller Barrel Packages
SmartOne® EasyPlug™ AXIAL FLEXIBLE CORD METAL BOTTOM HEATERS* (EasyPlug™ CONTROLS SOLD SEPARATELY)
HORIZONTAL SHIP WT. 316L STAINLESS STEEL TITANIUM
WATTS VOLTS PH HOT ZONE LENGTH (LBS) MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
1000 115 1 6” 14” 6 S1A10 $408.49 S1A10T $505.09 HORIZONTAL LENGTH
1000 230 1 6” 14” 6 S1A11 388.99 S1A11T 505.09
1700 115 1 10” 18” 8 S1A17 460.99 S1A17T 564.89
1700 230 1 10” 18” 8 S1A18 460.99 S1A18T 537.99
*Includes 8½’ flexible cord with plug. cULus Listed and CE Certified.
SmartOne® EasyPlug™ 90° FLEXIBLE CORD METAL BOTTOM HEATERS* (EasyPlug™ CONTROLS SOLD SEPARATELY)
HORIZONTAL SHIP WT. 316L STAINLESS STEEL TITANIUM
WATTS VOLTS PH HOT ZONE LENGTH (LBS) MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
1000 115 1 6” 12” 7 S1L10 $509.29 S1L10T $565.99
1000 230 1 6” 12” 7 S1L11 484.99 S1L11T 565.99
1700 115 1 14” 16” 10 S1L17 568.99 S1L17T 655.19
1700 230 1 14” 16” 10 S1L18 568.99 S1L18T 623.99
*Includes 8½’ flexible cord with plug. cULus Listed and CE Certified. HORIZONTAL LENGTH
EasyPlug™
DIGITAL TEMPERATURE CONTROLS*
MODEL VOLTS PHASE MAX AMPS TEMPERATURE RANGE SHIP WT (LBS) EACH
DRAE15-1 115 1 15 -30° - 220°F (-34° - 104°C) 3 $236.29
DRAE15-2 230 1 8 -30° - 220°F (-34° - 104°C) 3 323.39
DRAE8L REPLACEMENT SENSOR 66.19
*Includes 8’ vinyl sleeved sensor and 5½’ flexible power cord with plug. For indoor use only. cULus Listed and CE Certified.
HORIZONTAL LENGTH
HEAVY-DUTY RESISTANCE IMMERSION HEATERS
SINGLE TUBE OVER THE SIDE HEATERS* - SA & TA SERIES (CONTROLS SOLD SEPARATELY-SEE PG 247)
MAX SHIP WT. 316L STAINLESS STEEL TITANIUM
WATTS VOLTS PH AMPS HOT ZONE LENGTH (LBS) MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
1000 115 1 8.4 7” 11” 5 H10-AQ $151.19 H10T $205.79
1000 230 1 4.2 7” 11” 5 H11 151.19 H11T 205.79
1800 115 1 15.0 12” 17” 8 H18** 173.29 H18T** 245.69
1800 230 1 7.5 12” 17” 8 H19 173.29 H19T 245.69
2500 230 1 10.4 17” 23” 10 H25 191.09 H25T 292.99
LENGTH
3500 230 1 14.6 23” 29” 13 H35** 205.79 H35T** 340.19 HOT
5000 230 1 20.9 32” 39” 16 H50** 281.39 H50T** 438.89 ZONE
6000 230 1 25.0 40” 47” 19 H60** 301.39 H60T** 468.29
*Includes 8½’ flexible cord. ** 3’ of wire and conduit provided. cULus Listed and CE Certified.
SINGLE TUBE BOTTOM HEATERS* - LSA & LTA SERIES (CONTROLS SOLD SEPARATELY-SEE PG 247)
MAX HORIZONTAL VERTICAL SHIP WT. 316L STAINLESS STEEL TITANIUM
WATTS VOLTS PH AMPS LENGTH LENGTH (LBS) MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
1000 115 1 8.4 11” 24” 7 LH10-AQ $305.59 LH10T $434.69
1000 230 1 4.2 11” 24” 7 LH11 305.59 LH11T 434.69
1800 115 1 15.0 16” 24” 10 LH18** 327.59 LH18T** 464.09
1800 230 1 7.5 16” 24” 10 LH19 327.59 LH19T 464.09
VERTICAL
2500 230 1 10.4 21” 24” 12 LH25 339.19 LH25T 482.99
LENGTH
3500 230 1 14.6 27” 24” 15 LH35** 354.89 LH35T** 529.19
5000 230 1 20.9 36” 48” 18 LH50** 405.29 LH50T** 677.29
6000 230 1 25.0 44” 48” 21 LH60** 426.29 LH60T** 705.59
*Includes 8½’ flexible cord. ** 3’ of wire and conduit provided. cULus Listed and CE Certified.
HORIZONTAL LENGTH
Heaters
MAX D W H SHIP WT. LH10
MODEL VOLTS PHASE AMPS TEMPERATURE RANGE ACCURACY (IN) (IN) (IN) (LBS) EACH X
LH10T
NA30D 115 1 30 -30° - 220°F (-34° - 104°C) ± 1.5°F 6 8.5 13.6 15 $549.19 LH11
NA30DX 230 1 OR 3 30 -30° - 220°F (-34° - 104°C) ± 1.5°F 6 8.5 13.6 15 614.29 X X
LH11T
NA50DX 230 1 OR 3 50 -30° - 220°F (-34° - 104°C) ± 1.5°F 6 8.5 13.6 16 645.79 LH18
X
*Includes 8’ vinyl sleeved sensor. For indoor use only. cULus Listed. LH18T
LH19
X X
LH19T
LCD DIGITAL COMBINATION CONTROLS W/PROTECTOR 2 THERMAL PROTECTION*
LH25
X X
MAX D W H SHIP WT. LH25T
MODEL VOLTS PHASE AMPS TEMPERATURE RANGE ACCURACY (IN) (IN) (IN) (LBS) EACH LH35
X X
NA30DXA 230 1 OR 3 30 -30° - 220°F (-34° - 104°C) ± 1.5°F 6 8.5 13.6 15 $706.69 LH35T
NA50DXA 230 1 OR 3 50 -30° - 220°F (-34° - 104°C) ± 1.5°F 6 8.5 13.6 16 738.19 LH50
X X
*Includes 8’ vinyl sleeved sensor. For indoor use only. cULus Listed. LH50T
LH60
MODEL EACH X X
LH60T
DRAE8L REPLACEMENT SENSOR FOR ALL THERMOSTATS AND COMBINATION CONTROLS $66.19
MODEL EACH
PROTECTOR 1 REPLACEMENT
PTP1-A REPLACEMENT ELEMENT FOR OVER-THE-SIDE HEATERS $43.09
PLI REPLACEMENT ELEMENT FOR BOTTOM HEATERS 53.59
VOLTS/ SHIP WT
MODEL AMP (LBS) EACH
IN-LINE HEATERS
The Aqua Logic® in-line heaters are easy to install and available in both
stainless steel and titanium. Stainless steel models are excellent for a variety
of applications such as koi ponds and freshwater recirculating systems.
Titanium models are ideal for saltwater systems and hydroponic systems that
have nutrients in the water that would cause failure in stainless steel heaters.
Designed for indoor use or outdoors (if protected from the sun and direct
weather), these robust, durable heaters pack a lot of kilowatts into a very
compact package. CE approved.
•E
asy to set digital temperature controller °F or °C
•S
afety high limit switch to prevent overheating with manual reset
•R
eversible flow switch allowing water input from either direction
(1.5–4 kW models)
•F
loor or wall mount
Note: All three phase models use a delta configuration. Larger models available.
TECH TALK 55
TECH TALK 74
NOMINAL PROCESS WATER PROCESS WATER FLOW COLD/HOT WATER COLD/HOT WATER FLOW SHIP WT.
MODEL BTUH* KW IN/OUT (GPM) IN/OUT (GPM)* L W H (LBS) EACH
HX-3W 3000 0.9 3/4” FPT 15 1/2” FPT 0.6 / .3 21” 61/4” 19” 30 $748.99
HX-4W 4000 1.1 3/4” FPT 20 1/2” FPT 0.8 / .4 23” 61/4” 19” 30 768.99
HX-6W 6000 1.7 11/2” FPT 25 1/2” FPT 1.2 / .6 241/2” 63/4” 19” 35 898.99
HX-9W 9000 2.6 11/2” FPT 30 1/2” FPT 1.8 / .9 31” 63/4” 19” 35 968.99
HX-12W 12000 3.5 11/2” FPT 35 1/2” FPT 2.4 / 1.2 341/2” 63/4” 19” 40 1,149.00
HX-24W 24000 7 2” SLIP 40 1/2” FPT 5 / 2.5 34” 14” 23” 138 2,149.00
HX-36W 36000 10.5 2” SLIP 40 3/4” FPT 7 / 3.5 41” 14” 23” 154 2,749.00
HX-48W 48000 14 2” SLIP 60 3/4” FPT 10 / 5 49” 14” 23” 160 2,919.00
HX-60W 60000 17.5 2” SLIP 60 3/4” FPT 12 / 6 561/2” 14” 23” 207 3,239.00
HX-90W 90000 26.3 3” SLIP 90 3/4” FPT 18 / 9 131/2” 25” 43” 215 6,179.00
HX-120W 120000 35.1 3” SLIP 120 1” FPT 24 / 12 131/2” 25” 53” 225 7,449.00
HX-180W 180000 52.7 3” SLIP 145 11/2” FPT 36 / 18 131/2” 25” 72” 232 9,519.00
HX-240W 240000 70.2 3” SLIP 180 11/2” FPT 48 / 24 131/2” 25” 82” 250 12,239.00
*Flow rate (gpm) and (BTU) rating is based on 40˚f ewt @ 10˚f ∆ t (cold) or 180˚f ewt @20 ˚f ∆ t (hot) water supply.
45.5"
(1156 mm)
Water Inlet
(Cold)
11.25"
(286 mm)
9.25"
(235 mm)
BREAKER
RATING BTU/H CAPACITY COP** RATING FLOW (GPM) SHIP WT
MODEL VOLTAGE HZ PHASE (AMPS) HEATING COOLING HEATING COOLING MIN MAX (LBS) EACH
460900-AQ 230* 60 1 50 127,000
72,000 5.4 4.1 30
120*** 278 $4,925.00
460901-AQ 230* 60 1 50 140,000 80,000 5.7 4.1 30 120*** 320 5,240.00
* 230V +/- 10%. Heat pumps can run from 207-253V. **Coefficient of Performance.
***If system flow rate exceeds 120 GPM, a bypass valve is required.
Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788
254 HEATERS
Heat/Cool Pumps
HEAT/COOL PUMPS FW SW
Titan Air Cooled Heat Pumps by Aqua Logic® are designed for a wide range
of applications such as a public aquarium, aquaculture facility, government
or university research institution or hydroponics operation. All units are
suitable for outdoor installation (but should be protected from direct weather).
Heat pumps up to 5hp have a special ”Spine Fin” condenser coil which has
proven to have superior heat transfer performance and capacity over traditional
radially finned heat exchangers. This style condenser also has a much greater
resistance to corrosion in harsh environments such as moist salty air or
chemically tainted rainwater.
In the cooling mode, the heat pump works as a chiller, cooling water to the
temperature you select. In the heating mode, the heat pump works with the
liquid refrigerant (Freon) flow in reverse. Freon absorbs heat from the air as it
moves thru the condenser. As it heats, the Freon becomes a gas, which is then
compressed by the compressor. The heat carried by the Freon is then released
into the titanium heat exchanger and transferred into the circulated water.
These models feature titanium helix coils and powder-coated shrouds. 2” PVC
slip, in and out fittings on 2–10 hp; 3” PVC slip on larger units. 230V models
listed; 460V also available. Dual stage digital temperature controller is enclosed
in a NEMA4X enclosure with easy 3 push button programming and will maintain
water temperatures in the range from 40°-85°F (4 to 29°C); you must specify 11/2–5 HP Models
desired temperature operating range when ordering. Units will lose heating 71/2 & 10 HP Models
efficiently when air temperature is under 40°F (4°C). Note min/max flow
requirements (water pump not included). The controller can display in either
°F or °C and will maintain the water within 1 degree of the set point.
Water pressure should not exceed 40 psi. Allow a 4-week build time. Ship from
factory via motor freight. One-year limited warranty.
• Heat or Chill with one unit
• Titanium Heat Exchanger
• Fresh or Saltwater use
• Dual Stage Temperature Controller
15 & 20 HP Models
*460V options available. **ARI net cooling capacity. ***Amount of hot air discharged from unit when operating.
*Larger sizes and 460 voltage options available. **ARI net cooling capacity. ***Amount of hot air discharged from unit when operating.
Heating Garden Ponds It may be more cost-effective to transfer fish to indoor tanks with recirculating filter systems for the
Koi, goldfish, catfish, minnows, bluegills and many other fish are capable of living in ice-covered ponds winter. This also allows for winter pond draining and maintenance.
in their natural conditions. But when you put a lot of fish in a small pond, a fishkill will result if the ice
The heat loss in BTU/hr per square foot of pond surface is approximately 15 times the temperature
cover persists too long. To prevent a fishkill, all you need to do is keep a very small percentage of the
difference between the desired water temperature and the coldest average air temperature. Example: If
surface ice-free for gas transfer. Use one or more small heaters with thermostats built for the purpose.
you wanted to maintain water temperature at 65°F, and you knew that the air temperature was going to
Water temperatures below 65°F (18°C) can stress fish, reducing their resistance to disease. Rapid and drop to 35°F (24-hour average), you would have a 30° temperature difference x the surface area (which,
extreme fluctuations can also cause disease. If your fish are extremely important to you, and you want to in this case, we will say is 100 sq.ft. x 15) = 45,000 BTU/hr. If you insulate 80%, your heat loss will be
keep the temperature above 65°F, you will need to both insulate and heat your pond in most locations in less 80%.
the US. Unless you don’t mind spending a king’s ransom for heating, you will need to insulate and turn off
What are the heating equipment options? Immersion heaters that are outdoor-rated or submersible may
all fountains, waterfalls and other water-chilling devices.
be used, as well as the electric flow-through type. Gas heaters of the type used on hot tubs and
Insulation can take the form of floating Styrofoam sheets, swimming pool cover, greenhouse structure, swimming pools typically are more cost-effective for the large heating loads. Beware of copper or cuper
plastic sheeting, etc. Keep in mind that when water evaporates it has a significant cooling effect. This nickel piping, which makes them incompatible with most fish cultures. They can be used, however, with
effect can account for as much as 80% of the total heat loss from open ponds. Be prepared to open the stainless steel or titanium heat exchangers. The water should be filtered prior to entering the heater to
insulation on warm days; otherwise, excessive heating of the water can take place, shocking the fish. avoid biofouling.
titanium evaporator coils for maximum cooling efficiency. Titanium is safe for
all aquatic animals in fresh or salt water systems. The low profile design allows
for easy placement in tight places and the quiet, internal, spring-mounted
hermetic motor/compressor provides years of reliable service.
All chillers come standard with a black ABS cover and digital electronic
controller mounted on a 4’ cable, remote from the chiller unit. It displays the
current temperature, set point temperature, and has a 1° differential, in either
Fahrenheit or Celsius. A direct immersion titanium sensor probe with a 6’
cable is included with the controller. Delta Star ® chillers are intended for use
indoors or, if located outdoors, they must be installed in an enclosure protected
from the direct weather in ambient air temperatures between 55°–90°F.
If exposed to air temperatures outside of this range then optional ambient air
control packages must be factory installed during the manufacturing of the
AE4 chiller. All chillers require unrestricted air flow thru the condenser and thus
must be located in a well-ventilated area. Maximum water pressure for all
chillers is 20 psi. Units listed are compatible with 60 Hz current only. AE3 thru
AE7 are charged with 134A CFC refrigerant, and AE8 is charged with R-417
refrigerant. Allow 2 weeks for delivery. Prices are FOB CA.
Standard Models
For applications where the temperature to be maintained
is in the range of 65°–80°F (18°–27°C) such as reef tanks and warm water
fish exhibits.
Option A Models
Cool water units designed for a temperature range of 50°–65°F (10°–18°C) for
bait fish and temperate fish species.
Option B Models
AE5 w/o Cover For those applications where the unit will need to maintain
a very cold temperature in the range of 40°–80°F (4.5°–27°C) such as
lobster tanks, cold water fish exhibits or research applications.
Important Temperature Range Information
Water chillers are built for different water temperatures in order to work
efficiently and to provide the
full rated BTU output.Please specify operating temperature at time of order.
Options available - bare sensors on controller, dry probe wells for inline
sensors, outdoor enclosures, low ambient air controls, high ambient air
controls, water flow switches and split systems with indoor heat exchanger and
outdoor condensing unit, contact us for more information.
2-YEAR WARRANTY
60 HZ NOMINAL AIR OUTPUT FLOW (GPM) SHIP WT STANDARD MODELS OPTION A MODELS OPTION B MODELS
HP VOLTS BTUH AMPS (CFM) MIN-MAX L W H (LBS) MODEL EACH MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
1/4 115 3,000 5.4 240 8-15 183/4” 12” 11” 53 AE3 $918.99 AE3A $1,079.00 AE3B $1,219.00
1/3 115 4,000 7.2 260 10-20 221/2” 13” 11” 62 AE4 978.99 AE4A 1,149.00 AE4B 1,279.00
1/2 115 6,000 9.5 350 12-25 233/4” 151/4” 13” 110 AE5 1,489.00 AE5A 1,689.00 AE5B 1,819.00
1/2 230 6,000 4.8 350 12-25 233/4” 151/4” 13” 112 AE52 1,489.00 AE52A 1,689.00 AE52B 1,819.00
3/4 115 9,000 13 590 15-30 24” 201/4” 151/4” 145 — — — — AE6B 2,169.00
3/4 230 9,000 7 590 15-30 24” 201/4” 151/4” 145 — — — — AE62B 2,169.00
1 230 12,000 7.2 610 20-35 253/4” 233/4” 151/4” 150 — — — — AE7B 2,529.00
11/2 230 21,000 10.5 772 25-40 261/4” 26” 171/2” 190 — — — — AE8B 3,869.00
Delta Star® is a registered trademark of Aqua Logic, Inc.
MODEL EACH
AE9 $140.69
Ice Probe® is a registered trademark of Ulf Moren. Cyclone® registered trademark of Aqua Logic, Inc.
Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788
258 CHILLERS
Water Chillers
AQUARIUM CHILLERS
Easy to install high-performance units with titanium exchanger
Get stable, consistent temperatures from these Teco SEACHILL® Tank
aquarium chillers. These chillers are easy to install—barbed in-line
connections are included, and no hard plumbing is required.
Units have a modern look with sturdy construction and a small footprint.
Small and mid-rage units have features that facilitate their placement in tight
spaces, cabinets and stands. The digital thermostat with LED display will
maintain desired set temperatures within 1°F. Unique to the SCTK150 is a
condenser system that also functions as the unit’s chassis—providing an
SCTK150 SCTK500/SCTK1000/SCTK2000 SCTK3000/SCTK6000 incredible amount of ventilation.
On top of the SCTK500, SCTK1000, and SCTK2000 units is a rotatable exhaust
conveyor to direct ventilation in any direction. A front-side filter affixes
2-YEAR WARRANTY magnetically for effortless maintenance. A built-in heater helps ensure
(1/8–1/3 HP MODELS) temperatures stay optimal in most use conditions. 2-year warranty on
SCTR-FLOW SCTR-UV 1/8–1/3 HP models, and 1-year warranty on 1/2 and 1 HP models.
*Condenser water use based on 55-60˚F water temperature entering the unit. Water flows though unit only when the unit is running.
TECH TALK 59
Chiller Installation and Sizing Tips Pentair AES Chiller Sizing Chart (in Gallons of Water Cooled) for Uninsulated Tanks
ECHILL3
1. Insulate water lines to and from chillers. Temperature Difference From Ambient (Fº)
2. Insulate as much of the water tank as possible. Hp 10 20 30 40
3. Keep the chiller well ventilated. The higher the temperature around the chiller, the longer it 1/6 90 45 30 23
has to work. 1/5 144 72 50 40
1/4 260 130 90 70
4. Submersible water pumps add heat to the water. If a submersible pump must be used, choose
the next size larger chiller. 1/3 360 181 130 100
1/2 550 280 200 154
5. Water must be run through the chiller at all times while unit is on.
3/4 826 420 300 231
6. For tanks smaller than 3,000 gallons, allow 24 hours for initial chilling. 1 1,321 672 500 370
For tanks larger than 3,000 gallons, allow 48 hours or more. 11/2 2,115 1,075 800 555
7. Reduce biofouling by filtering water prior to chiller. Check the filter often. If it clogs and 2 2,640 1,320 850 670
reduces water flow below the minimum required, freeze damage can occur. 3 3,960 1,980 1,275 1,005
8. Consult the Pentair AES technical department for flow-through and other applications. 4 5,280 2,640 1,700 1,340
9. A mbient air temperature for sizing should be measured directly above the tank to be chilled. 5 6,600 3,300 2,125 1,675
8 10,560 5,280 3,400 2,680
10. A n oversized chiller will not cost more to operate, as it only turns on when needed and runs
for a shorter time. 10 13,200 6,600 4,250 3,350
Splash aerators, degassing devices, etc., can add a great deal of heat not considered in the above chart. For insulated tanks (at least 2” on all sides), decreased heat loss will require less hp.
*For models HX-3DX thru HX-12DX, nominal BTUH is based on 134A refrigerant. For models HX-24DX and larger, nominal BTUH is based on R410A refrigerant.
CONDITIONERS/ADDITIVES/
TREATMENTS
PRODUCTS
262 Algaecides/Herbicides
265 Clarifier/Phosphate Remover
266 Colorants/Dyes
267 Clarifiers
268 Barley Straw/Bacteria
272 Salts/Substrates
274 Chlorine & Ammonia Neutralizers
275 Ammonia Removers/Carbon
276 Misc. Water Conditioners
277 Fish Hauling
278 Anesthetics/Disinfectants
279 Parasite Control
SECLEAR ALGAECIDE
AND WATER QUALITY ENHANCER®
SeClear is the first aquatic algaecide and water quality enhancer in one
designed to replace routine algaecide treatments. SeClear provides effective
control of a broad-range of algae species while reducing in-water phosphorus
levels with each application.
The result is longer lasting control, improved water quality and aesthetics
with reduced maintenance through time. The mode of action for SeClear is
uptake through the algal cells where the copper ion inhibits photosynthesis
providing a fast-acting result.
MODEL EACH
SEC1 1 GALLON $34.39
SeClear Algaecide and Water Quality Enhancer® and Captain® are registered trademarks of SePRO Corp. Nufarm® is a
registered trademark of Nufarm Australia Limited. Microbe-Lift is a registered trademark of Ecological Laboratories, Inc.
MODEL EACH 4+
AQA9-C 1 GALLON $42.19 $40.08
GREENCLEAN® ALGAECIDE
GreenClean works on contact to control algae in water gardens, ornamental
ponds, fountains and other water features. Does not harm aquatic life,
and its formula releases oxygen into the water as it biodegrades. GreenClean
also eliminates algae on a wide variety of surfaces. 2 lbs treat a 1,000-gal pond
for an entire season. EPA-approved.
MODEL EACH
GC81-C 8 LBS $47.19
Cutrine-Plus® is a registered trademark of Arch Chemicals, Inc. GreenClean® is a registered trademark of Biosafe Systems, LLC. Cide-Kick® is a registered trademark of Brewer International.
Aquathol® is a registered trademark of United Phosphorus, Inc. Shore-Klear®, Weedtrine® are registered trademarks of Arch Chemicals, Inc. Sonar® is a registered trademark of SePro, Inc.
Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788
CONDITIONERS/ADDITIVES/TREATMENTS
SECTION 265
Products
Clarifier/Phosphate
/ Products / Products
Remover
CLARIFIER
SK0104 1 QT $17.09 SK0104 SK0404
SK0101 1 GAL 50.29
SK0102 5 GAL 225.79
PHOSPHATE REMOVER
SK0404 1 QT HAZMAT A 52.29
SK0405 1 GAL HAZMAT A 178.49
SK0401 5 GAL HAZMAT AG 787.49
SeaKlear is a registered trademark of NC Brands L.P. Limited
®
Partnership.
HERBICIDE GUIDE
HERBICIDE HERBICIDE
Weedtrine® D
Weedtrine® D
Shore-Klear
Shore-Klear
Aquathol®
Aquathol®
Sonar
Sonar
FLOATING PLANTS
E G G Cattail Typha spp. G F E Salvinia Salvinia rotundifolia
G Common Reed Phragmites australis G G Slender Duckweed Wolffiella floridana
G Cutgrass Leersia hexandra F G E Waterhyacinth Eichhornia crassipes
E G Fragrant Waterlily Nymphaea odorata G G E Waterlettuce Pistia stratiotes
E G Giant Cutgrass Zizaniopsis miliacea F G Watermeal Wolffia columbiana
G Giant Foxtail Setaria magna G G Bladderworts Ultricularia spp.
E F F Maidencare Panicum hematomon G E E Coontail Ceratophylium demersum
EMERSED PLANTS
F = Fair; G = Good; E = Excellent NOTE: This is a guide only; read and follow manufacturer's labels.
Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788
266 CONDITIONERS/ADDITIVES/TREATMENTS
Colorants/Dyes
Blue Vail™ turns water to a sparkling sapphire blue; ideal for ponds, lakes,
fountains, and lagoons.
Blue/Black Vail™ is the most natural looking dye possible as it mimics the
hues and tones of a natural lake. Filters sunlight more than standard blue dyes.
OWD5
Not recommended for fountains.
Black Vail™ turns water a mirror black, simulating clear dark bottomed lakes;
ideal for controlled waterways like private ponds and lakes. Provides the
darkest shading possible. Not recommended for fountains.
OWD7
•N
on-toxic and safe for fish, humans, plants and birds
•C
ontains no herbicides or algaecides
•1
quart treats 1,000,000 gallons of water for up to 4 months
MODEL EACH 4+
CB64 1 GALLON $35.09 $31.58
MODEL EACH
PC40-AQ 40-LB PAIL $94.09
MICROBE LIFT® PL
For over 20 years, MICROBE LIFT PL has been unique in the marketplace.
It is specifically formulated for fish ponds, decorative ponds and lagoons.
It is a mixture of beneficial bacteria, including nitrifiers and photosynthetic
bacteria,that reduces ammonia levels, eliminates noxious odors and reduces
the buildup of wastes. MICROBE LIFT PL is completely safe and will help to
maintain a balanced pond environment. For 501- to 1,000-gal ponds, use
12 oz for first application, 4 oz/week for 4 weeks and 4 oz after that for monthly
maintenance. For 1,001- to 5,000-gal ponds, use 16 oz for first application,
6 oz/week for 4 weeks and 6 oz after that for monthly maintenance.
SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS) EACH
ML7 1 GALLON 11 66.19
Phosclear® is a registered trademark of M2 Polymer Technologies, Inc. Microbe Lift® is a registered trademark of Ecological Laboratories, Inc.
Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788
268 CONDITIONERS/ADDITIVES/TREATMENTS
SECTION
Products
Barley Straw
/ Products
Pellets/Ammonia
/ Products Control
NITRAFIX
Nitrafix is a natural biological product focused on keeping nitrogen, often a limiting factor in pond systems,
low. Nitrafix is a consortium of autotrophic and heterotrophic organisms and denitrifying organisms that
lowers all types of nitrogen thereby removing ammonia and leaving aquatic life unharmed. Applications
include migratory waterfowl ponds, koi ponds and koi farming, shrimp farming, retention and decorative
ponds, and golf courses. Do not use as an adjuvant with algaecides and herbicides.
Temperature of water 55 -70°F (12.8-21.1°C):
Initial Dose: 4 gallon per 4 acre feet twice per month
Maintenance Dose: 1 gallon per 4 acre feet twice per month
Temperature of water 70°F (21.1°C) and up:
Initial Dose: 1 gallon per 4 acre feet twice per month
Maintenance Dose: ½ gallon per 4 acre feet twice per month
MODEL EACH
770002 1 GALLON $51.49
PONDZILLA BLACK
PondZilla Black is an all-natural biochemical catalyst that enhances the breakdown of proteins and
complex carbohydrates found in aquatic plants. PondZilla Black releases specific biostimulants that allow
the naturally-occurring bacteria and fungi to take over degradation of the dead flora and fixation of
available nutrients. This product is designed specifically to complement algaecide treatments for aquatic
plants and filamentous green algae like Pithophora. Although these products do not kill aquatic plants or
algae, the molecular make up of PondZilla Black will boost algaecides so they can penetrate the resting
structures while it enables naturally-occurring bacteria to degrade dead organic matter. This treatment is
followed up with a dose of MD Pellets to digest what is left. Applications include ponds, lakes, canals,
retention and koi ponds, hatcheries, raceways, and golf course ponds.
PondZilla Black works over a wide pH range, but for best results use citric acid or a low-pH surfactant to
adjust tank mix to a pH of 4 to 6:
Monster Dose: 15 gallons per acre
Regular Dose: 3 gallons per acre initially and 1-3 gallons per month thereafter
Pollen Dose: 2 gallons per acre sprayed on the surface
Leaf Degradation: 1-3 gallons per acre per month followed by 10 lbs of MD Pellets
MODEL EACH
770004 1 GALLON $105.09
MD PELLETS
MD Pellets are slow-release pellets that sink into and degrade muck that builds up in the bottom of fish
ponds. This product is a nice alternative to physical cleaning of the ponds. They contain safe and beneficial
bacteria, which will not harm aquatic species, fish, waterfowl, or people. This product will also reduce
sulfide and mercaptan odors found in muck. Applications include lakes, decorative ponds, retention ponds,
shorelines, aquaculture, and golf courses.
MD Pellets work best when water temperature is 60° F (17°C) to 130°F (54°C). The warmer it is the faster
they reproduce and digest sludge:
Traditional Dose: Feed 10 lb to 25 lb per surface-acre once per month depending on depth of muck or
extent of surface debris.
Super Dose: For ponds or lakes where they would like to degrade up to 1 foot per month. Feed 50 lb per
acre once per month.
MODEL EACH
770005 30 LBS. $303.49
MODEL EACH
770006 30 LBS. $399.99
PROLINE BACTERIA FW SW
ProLine Nitrifying Bacteria can be used to rapidly seed biological filters
and correct ammonia and nitrite imbalances. Treatment rates are 4 ounces
per 10 gallons for freshwater systems (use freshwater for salinity of 7 ppt
or lower) and 8 ounces per 10 gallons for saltwater systems. For garden pond
applications (fewer than 1,000 gallons), add four ounces per 20 gallons of water.
For lightly loaded ponds or lakes, add two gallons per surface acre of water.
For older or heavily loaded lakes, call a Pentair AES technician.
MODEL SHIP WT (LBS) EACH
239210 FRESHWATER 16 OZ 1 $10.79
239211 FRESHWATER 1 GALLON 8 46.89
239201 SALTWATER 1 GALLON 8 45.09
239211
Should not be shipped Ground if chance of freezing exists.
MODEL EACH
239400 SIX 1-OZ BAGS $15.19
239410 ONE 8-OZ BAG 10.99
239425 ONE 25-LB BAG 368.99
239410
MODEL EACH
239805 SIX 1-OZ BAGS $16.49
239810 ONE 8-OZ BAG 12.59
239810
TECH TALK 25
Bacteria Notes
DO THEY MOVE AROUND?
WHAT IS THEIR SIZE? Some bacteria form floc, the slippery material one feels on a tank wall. Although many involved in
There are thousands of strains and two major groups. Heterotrophs use organic carbon (as we do). water purification may get trapped in the floc they typically flow through the system. The bacteria
They are elongated, often rod-shaped bacteria, typically .2 µ (microns) wide and 4-6 µ long. on a biofilter are immobile, and water movement is essential to insure that food is brought into
Autotrophs use inorganic carbon (carbonate or carbon dioxide) as plants do. They are cocci-shaped contact with them.
(round to oval) bacteria, typically .2–.4 µ in diameter.
WHERE DO THEY COME FROM?
WHAT DO THEY DO? Bacteria can live in most places, but all strains are not everywhere all the time. Water purification
Like all other living things, they have a biological directive to eat and reproduce. They must cannot be optimized if all the required strains are not present. Bioaugmentation with Proline liquid
compete with each other and with predators. Each strain does only one job, so it takes a and bacteria in a bag encourages the presence of the balanced team. If a proper environment
coordinated team of strains to purify water, for example. exists, they will multiply.
WHAT DO THEY EAT? HOW ARE THEY ELIMINATED?
An individual strain may digest a specific type of fat, certain proteins, carbohydrates, cellulose or Freezing can kill over 99 percent of some strains, such as Nitrosomonas and Nitrobacter.
hydrocarbons. Together the right team can eat sludge, animal wastes, etc. Spore-forming bacteria are less affected, at least the spores survive. UV light, disinfectants,
HOW FAST DO THEY GROW? heat, acids, bacteriacides and oxidizers (ozone, chlorine, hydrogen peroxide and potassium
A population of heterotrophic bacteria can double every 20 minutes. Nitrobacter can double every permanganate) will also kill them.
8 hours. This rapid reproduction (with mutations) quickly evolves new strains. WHAT IS THE RELATION BETWEEN LIGHT AND BACTERIA?
WHERE CAN YOU BUY THEM? Light is not only unnecessary for the growth of beneficial bacteria that improve water quality, but
From Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems, Proline liquid and bacteria in a bag. also will inhibit the growth of nutrifiers, particularly Nitrobacter. Biological filters should be kept
in the dark. Ultraviolet light is used to kill bacteria. The toxicity of the uv light is a function of the
wavelength, intensity and exposure duration. .
Assistance on this Tech Talk was provided by IET, Inc.
ARAGAMAX
Sugar-sized sand
Grain size is .2–1.2 mm diameter. Also known as "oolitic sand," this product is
ideal for shallow beds, allowing denitrification in as little as a 1" depth of water.
The fine grain size can pass easily through the gills of gobies and other
sand-sifting organisms. The smooth round grains are gentle to soft-bellied
sharks and rays. White in color and metal-free. No ash or silica.
MODEL EACH 4+
SS30 30 LBS $23.89 $21.50
Instant Ocean® and Reef Crystals® are registered trademarks of United Pet Group, Inc., Crystal Sea® is a registered trademark of Marine Enterprises International.
Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788
SECTION
274 CONDITIONERS/ADDITIVES/TREATMENTS
Productsand
Chlorine / Products
Ammonia/ Products
Neutralizers
MODEL EACH
KPS8 5 LBS (2,500 GAL) $125.79
Reduces stress and mortality caused by fish hauling and holding. Also reduces Reduce injury and loss during shipping and handling of baitfish. Ship more
the accumulation of ammonia, nitrate and prevents foam buildup caused by baitfish per volume of water. Tranquil Fish Calmer slows fish metabolism, so
hauling tank crowding. Safe for use on all freshwater fish, it has a low less oxygen is required. Great for bait holding tanks, hauling truck tanks and
regulatory status and is safe for use on food fish. Ideal for shipping bags. Six drops of Tranquil treat one gallon of water. Baitfish recover
fish transport, bait tanks, minnow farms and fishing/bass immediately upon removing them from Tranquil-treated water.
tournaments. This concentrated, salt-free formula will
save you in shipping costs. Simply mix 2.5 kg container MODEL GALLONS TREATED EACH
with 50 lbs of noniodized salt (purchased locally) to treat SL141 700 8 OZ $23.79
2,230 gallons (8,441 liters). Not a dechlorinator.
SL142 11,200 1 GALLON 275.09
MODEL EACH 6+
HL1A $27.09 $25.74
FINER-SHINER Shiner Holding Formula is designed for use with wild shiners,
hatchery shiners and hard-scaled baitfish. It is heavily formulated with
VIDALIFE WATER CONDITIONER
potassium, which hardens fish scales and makes sure bait lasts longer during Vidalife is a specially formulated water conditioner
captivity. It also removes tapwater chlorine, removes harmful metals and for use in fish hatcheries, broodstock facilities,
pesticides and stimulates a natural slime coat. Finer-Shiner is commonly used transport tanks, and on handling equipment and
in bait tanks, hauling tanks, holding vats, live baitwells and minnow buckets. handling surfaces. When applied as directed,
One tablespoon treats 50 gallons. Turns water a clear, green color. Vidalife will help protect fish from abrasions by
preserving the fish’s natural mucous layer and can
SHRIMP-KEEPER Saltwater Bait Holding Formula will help keep saltwater bait be used whenever fish are handled or moved.
alive, including shrimp, ghost shrimp, croakers, mullet, piggy perch and
menhaden. The formula totally conditions salt water. It removes ammonia and MODEL EACH
surface foam, stimulates natural slime coat and reduces water surface tension
VLC1 1 GALLON $36.79
so that more oxygen can enter the water. One tablespoon treats 25 gallons of
salt water.
GALLONS SHIP WT
MODEL EACH
TREATED (LBS)
SL103 BETTER-BAIT 2,400 3 $26.89
SL104 BETTER-BAIT 9,600 12 85.99
CHEMICAL Waiver Form Required
SL203 FINER-SHINER 2,400 3 33.09 This symbol designates those products that require a completed Chemical Waiver
SL204 FINER-SHINER 8,000 12 98.69 Form before purchase (Visit PentairAES.com). Pentair AES will only sell medications
to those customers who certify that they will control the usage of these products.
SL313 SHRIMP-KEEPER 1,200 3 51.99 Medications are for use with ornamental fish only and are not for use with
SL314 SHRIMP-KEEPER 4,800 12 154.09 food fish or for human consumption.
Note:
Use of any conditioners, additives, treatments or medications is "at your own risk."
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems highly recommends the following:
•F
ish should ALWAYS be properly examined and diagnosed for disease by
a licensed veterinarian or fish lab.
•A
LWAYS double-check your chemical calculations and dosage rates.
SL103 SL203 SL313 •O
NLY dose at rates prescribed by a licensed veterinarian or the manufacturer.
•N
EVER mix chemicals or medications with other chemicals.
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Inc. is not liable for any damages or consequential
damages resulting from any chemical or medication treatments.
Technical grade KMnO4 (97% minimum potassium • Stimulates the immune system
permanganate) is a strong oxidizer that works by • Completely safe to use
oxidizing organic and inorganic materials that are
major consumers of oxygen (does not add oxygen to • Non-toxic to animals and plants
the water). Sold in 5-lb (2.2 kg) bucket. Ships Hazmat. • Fully biodegradable
Not FDA Approved. • Does not discolor water
Instantly eliminates foam Aids in general disease prevention with tropical fish, fry
and eggs. Also used for detoxification of fish suffering
Our defoamer is a high-quality, 5% food grade,
from nitrite or cyanide poisoning. One teaspoon treats
silicone-based product that will instantly
10 gallons (3 ppm concentration). Toxic to plants and
eliminate surface foam in tanks, ponds, hauling
bacterial beds; recommended for use in quarantine
tanks, etc. Use sparingly, as one teaspoon treats
tanks. Not FDA-approved.
100 gallons or more. This is a great price on a
high-quality defoamer. MODEL EACH 4+
37344 4 OZ $4.09 $3.89
MODEL EACH 4+
DFA
Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788
CONDITIONERS/ADDITIVES/TREATMENTS 279
Parasite Control
MODEL EACH
STOCK CONTROL
AND MANAGEMENT
PRODUCTS
282 Vaki Biomass Daily
284 Counters
290 Vaki Smart Flow
292 Fish & Shrimp Pumps
294 Fish Graders
All measurements are available in a web-based reporting application, which can automatically send daily detailed reports to selected recipients.
Features
• Single channel display unit, powered by 12VDC. External 110/240V power
supply available. IP66 waterproof
• 4 channel display unit, mains powered. IP66 waterproof
• P C-based, 4 channel control unit with additional reporting and
interfacing capabilities. IP65 waterproof
Features
• Audit function allows reply of previous files to allow users to validate
accuracy of the count
• Every image used for sizing is stored and can be retrieved from the
report page
• Pictures show size estimate calculations
• Made for 1"and 2" pipes
• Shrimp size: 0.1g–3g
MAXIMUM SPEED
1" COUNTER 2" COUNTER
0.1 gr shrimp 20,000 shrimp per hour 80,000 shrimp per hour
0.3 gr shrimp 10,000 shrimp per hour 40,000 shrimp per hour
1 gr shrimp N/A 10,000 shrimp per hour
Water flow 2,000 liters per hour 7,500 liters per hour
Counter Software
The touch pad screen on the counter head is used to operate the counter.
The main screen of the program displays numbers, average weight and
through put. A graph shows the rate of fish going through the counter and the
maximum capacity. Should the counter be overloaded a warning signal is given.
After each count an image file and a report file are saved. Files can be Macro App Counter Software
displayed on screen and transferred to a flash drive or internal network.
Recording of Images
The images of the fish are automatically recorded and can be used to validate
and check the accuracy of the count. The image file can be given to a customer
and/or stored as a permanent record.
The red chart indicates the numbers of fish counted during the entire count
and is used to select a time frame for further analyses. The screen displays
images of fish passing the camera for each one second interval. Accuracy can
be verified by a manual check of the number of fish images to the count shown
on the screen.
Counting Report
The counting report is produced after each count with the total number of fish
counted, number in each group, total counting time, average fish/min and any
counter overload time. The counting throughput graph is shown on the report
and the name of site, tank, company logo, comments, and other information
can be included. Recording of Images Counting Report
With the optional size measurement function the average weight and size
distribution is also included. A hard copy of the report can be printed or stored.
Size Measurements
An optional feature to the counting program, the size measurement module,
presents accurate average weight and size distribution of the counted fish. CALL FOR MORE INFORMATION AND PRICING.
In one simple operation complete data on number and size of fish is obtained
without handling or stress.
Features
• Easy to install / set up
• Accurate counting
• Gentle on fish—fish are in water at all times
• Can be mounted directly on the grader or on the end of the pipe into the tank
• Four scanners can be connected to the control unit
• Fish size: 10g - 10kg
• Capacity: 45000 fish/hour (50gr)
• Adaptors: for 110, 160 and 200mm pipes
• Power supply: 110–240V
Control Unit
• Gathers and displays data from up to four scanners
• Single Channel Display Unit
• Multi Display Unit with 4 inputs
Main Features
• Counts fish with more than 98% accuracy
• Measures the size of each fish with more than 95% accuracy
• Stores silhouette images of every fish that passes through the scanner
• Detailed identification of species, sex, etc. of individual fish from the high
quality digital images
• The data and time of day that each fish passes the scanner is recorded
• The water temperature is recorded and measured at 3 hour intervals
Easy to access statistics, silhouettes and videos of all fish in the river. Users can view real-time
information from anywhere and see what is going on in the river at any time.
When a fish swims through the scanner, the resulting silhouette image is used Users can view real-time information. Counts and charts available at all times.
to count and estimate the size of each fish. Easy to share information and easy to compare rivers.
How it works
All devices can be controlled and fine-tuned electronically "on the fly",
resulting in more precise output.
Counting report
The automatic counting report can be supplied to the receiver of fish along
with the counting file containing the images of all the fish.
Smolt delivery
One of the most critical points in production from a Biomass Control perspective is the smolt delivery.
The number and weight of smolts introduced into each cage is absolutely critical because it represents
the starting point in an ongoing production.
Accuracy needed
The ongoing part of the production is also very challenging for biomass control.
Taking a manual sample of 100 fish from a cage is both physically challenging for the fish and the fish
farmer and it is just not accurate nor reliable enough. When the information about the Biomass in
individual cages is not available or inaccurate, growth cannot be monitored and feeding cannot be
controlled, which hinders the effort to obtain the lowest feed conversion rate (FCR) possible. Low FCR is
of course one of the most important indicators of low production cost.
Therefore, monitoring the FCR based on real growth is essential if one wants to control the feeding.
Monitoring the periodic FCR based on real growth is also essential if you want to analyse high FCR
periods and takes some actions or implement improvements before the next production period.
PentairAES.com
EVERYTHING
YOU NEED ON
EVERY DEVICE
Product Highlights
• Developed with advanced finite element analysis processes to increase
efficiency and ensure optimized, long-lasting, trouble-free service
• Industrial self-priming pump
• Fish can be transferred over long, horizontal distances
• Cast aluminum, hand-polished, single vane impeller is balanced to
ensure precision
Models and Configurations
• Cart-mounted pumps: Both electric and gasoline powered models
are available
• Submersible pump: This model can be used in raceways, drain sumps and
ponds (only available with the Heathro 6)
• Pumps are easily reduced to multiple inlet and outlet configurations:
• Heathro 6 - 150 mm (6 in), 100 mm (4 in) and 50 mm (2 in)
• Heathro 8 - 203 mm (8 in) and 254 mm (10 in) Submersible model
HEATHRO 6 FISH PUMP TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS HEATHRO 8 FISH PUMP TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WEIGHT 200 kg (440 lbs) WEIGHT 730 kg (1,600 lbs)
DIMENSIONS (LXWXH) 170 x 81 x 119 cm (67 x 32 x 47 in) DIMENSIONS (LxWxH) 203 X 132 X 152 cm (80 X 52 X 60 in)
INLET SIZE 150 mm (6 in) reduce to 100 mm (4 in) or 50 mm (2 in) INLET SIZE 203 mm (8 in) or 254 mm (10 in)
OUTLET SIZE 150 mm (6 in) reduce to 100 mm (4 in) or 50 mm (2 in) OUTLET SIZE 203 mm (8 in) or 254 mm (10 in)
MIN. FISH SIZE 0.05 g MIN. FISH SIZE 0.05 g
MAX. FISH & SHRIMP SIZE 400 g (0.88 lbs) (based on Salmonid), Greater than U-10 size MAX. FISH & SHRIMP SIZE 1.2 kg (2.6 lbs) (based on Salmonid) Greater than U-10 size
MAX. PUMP OUTPUT 2,400 lpm (635 gpm) MAX. PUMP OUTPUT 1,892 lpm (500 gpm)—at max. elev.
5,678 lpm (1,500 gpm)—8 in
PUMP SPEED 200 to 800 rpm 7,570 lpm (2,000 gpm)—10 in
MAX. PUMP HEAD 5 m (17 ft) PUMP SPEED 200 to 500 rpm
MAX. PUMP SUCTION 3 m (10 ft) MAX. PUMP HEAD 9 m (30 ft)
HORIZONTAL TRANSFER 500 m (1,500 ft) MAX. PUMP SUCTION 3 m (10 ft)
POWER OPTIONS 50 or 60 Hz HORIZONTAL TRANSFER 2,000 m (6,562 ft)
1 or 3 phase electric motor
9-horsepower gasoline motor POWER OPTIONS 20 hp, 50 or 60 Hz, 3 Phase
22 hp Gasoline Motor
Features
• Accurate grading of fish from 0.2g
• High capacity
• 4 grades
• Compact
• Easily adjustable
• Gentle on fish
• Can be connected to VAKI Smart Flow
The inlet can be angled to increase or slow down the fish flow into the grader. The grading gaps can be set from fully closed up to 50mm wide.
The grader is circular and requires less floor space than other grading machines. There is a 360˚ adjustment in the direction of the outlets from the grader.
MODEL EACH
1430 FIAP PROFIBREED GRADER $230.39
TECH TALK 69
Grading Fish
Commercial aquaculture requires periodic size grading of most species to prevent cannibalism, Graders can be species specific. Selecting the wrong grader type for your species and fish size can
reduce growth rate variation and improve yield. When fish are not graded it is common to have a make the grading process inefficient and/or damage the fish, so ask others for their experience
harvest with 25% of the fish being undersized. This is due to the larger fish dominating the others before you buy.
and consuming more food.
Efficient management requires knowledge of growth rates, stocking densities, feed requirements
and general health—all of which can be learned through grading and counting.
HATCHERY SUPPLIES
PRODUCTS
297 Hatching Jar/Rotifer Sieve
298 Spawning Material & Supplies
299 Live Fish Shipping Supplies
HATCHING JAR
J6 This McDonald-type hatching jar has become the industry standard.
One-piece molded design allows a smooth interior—no lips or gaps for
eggs to get caught on or bacteria to grow. It is a high-impact, all-plastic
egg hatching system. Simply direct about 1 gpm of water (depending on
the weight of the eggs) into the center. The eggs will be uniformly rotated.
The fish hatching jar comes with a 1,000-micron top screen that prevents
JH the loss of eggs. When the fish hatch, remove the screen to let the fish swim
out. Use it for trout, salmon, hybrid striped bass, catfish, tilapia and many
others. Height 18", diameter 61/4", 6 liter capacity for up to 20,000 eggs,
Jar and hanger dependent on species and egg diameter. Case quantity is 4.
sold separately.
MODEL SHIP WT (LBS) EACH
J30 J30 HATCHING JAR, 6 LITER 4 $93.69 $84.32/4+
J6 REPLACEMENT TUBE 1 16.79 15.11/6+
J8 REPLACEMENT SCREEN 10.99 9.89/6+
JAR HANGER
The all-plastic hanger allows above jars to be used without a bench or stand.
Accepts up to 11/2" hanging lip.
MODEL EACH 6+
Top Screen (J8) JH $16.19 $14.57
MODEL EACH
CCH1 HATCHER ONLY $146.29
CCH10 HATCHER W/STAND 237.29
CCH12 HATCHER W/STAND (CASE OF 2) 453.09
CCH2 STAND ONLY 112.39
CCH10
M100AP AIR PUMP 10.89
ROTIFER SIEVE
Handheld collecting sieves are great for harvesting rotifers. These sieves
have a 44-micron mesh bottom and are available in two sizes. Weigh 1 lb.
MODEL EACH
RC33 3" DIA. X 3" H $14.89
RC64 4" DIA. X 6" H 38.99
MODEL EACH
19002-AQ 5 1/2” ROUND X 59”L $62.69
SM2
MODEL EACH
TB3015
TB3015 WHITE BOX $28.294
TB5015 YELLOW TRAY 23.79
TB5015
AIR NOZZLE
This handy air nozzle is perfect for oxygenating fish bags. The nozzle
features a flexible rubber tip that is easily bent to release oxygen.
MODEL EACH
OX11 4”L, 1/4” MNPT $19.19
LAB EQUIPMENT
PRODUCTS
301 Microscopes & Accessories
305 Dissection
306 Jars/Bottles/Carboys
307 Beakers
308 Cylinders/Flasks
309 Autoclave/Petri Dishes
310 Test Tubes & Accessories
311 Pipettes
313 Burets/Calipers/Counters
314 Cleaning Supplies/Gloves/Apron
317 Scales & Accessories
is a registered trademark of Apple, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries.
Windows® is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
MODEL EACH
M14 LAB MICROSCOPE $1,033.00
M12B REPL. BULB, 20W 11.59
5-YEAR WARRANTY
BINOCULAR MICROSCOPE
This binocular microscope offers high performance and durability at an
excellent price. Features 10X wide field eyepieces on a 360º rotating head, 4X,
10X, 40X and 100X (oil-immersion) achromatic DIN objectives. Large 110 mm x
115 mm mechanical stage with iris diaphragm, NA 1.25 Abbe condenser
and coarse and fine focusing with a slip clutch mechanism. Built-in 20-W
incandescent lamp (115V). Makes a great educational laboratory microscope
from middle school to the university level. 8" L x 6" W x 14" H, ship weight 19 lbs.
Five-year warranty.
MODEL EACH
M12 BINOCULAR MICROSCOPE $783.29
M12B REPL. BULB, 20 W 11.59
5-YEAR WARRANTY
MONOCULAR SCOPE
The VITAL SINE® microscope uses an internal LED light that is bright and
battery-powered (rechargeable NiMH batteries included), eliminating the
hassles of a power cord! It features a triple objective turret with achromatic
objectives with glass lenses, giving an excellent, clear image at a low price. It
has a 10X wide-field eyepiece and 4X, 10X and 40X objectives. Both coarse and
fine adjustment controls make focusing easy. Abbe condenser is .65 NA with
iris diaphragm and blue filter. Microscope includes a transformer and cord for
recharging.
MODEL EACH
M76 MONOCULAR SCOPE $203.59
MODEL EACH
M18SL STEREO MICROSCOPE $594.39 5-YEAR WARRANTY
VIDEO EYEPIECE
Ideal for teaching, this simple-to-use eyepiece is a portable video system that
can be used on a microscope. It will fit any standard 23-mm or 30.5-mm eye
tube and plugs into a TV or VCR for viewing. The kit includes a composite video
output with NTSC system, 620 x 580 picture, auto gain control and 1/3" CCD
sensor. Ship weight 5 lbs. One-year warranty.
MODEL EACH
MC8
SLIDES, DEPRESSION
One- or two-well glass slides with depressions .5–.8 mm deep x 12–14 mm
in diameter. Made of selected noncorroding glass, with ground and polished
edges and spherical cavities. Slide size is 26 mm x 76 mm. Price shown is for
packages of 12 slides.
MODEL EACH
M30 1-WELL $5.49/PKG
M30
M31 2-WELL 7.59/PKG
COVER SLIPS
Plain glass surface is free from irregularities. 100 per box.
MODEL SIZE (MM) THICKNESS (MM) EACH 4+ M26
M26 40 X 24 .13-.17 $4.69/BOX $4.22
M27 22 X 22 .13-.17 3.09/BOX 2.78
MODEL EACH 3+
M414 M414 GLASS COUNTING CELL W/GRID $259.39 $233.45
M415 PLASTIC COUNTING CELL W/GRID 57.79 52.01
M416 DELUXE GLASS COVER SLIPS 19.79 17.81
M38 COUNTING CELL 52.79 47.51
M39 COVER GLASSES (12) 38.09 34.28
M415 M38
MODEL EACH
PCC $100.59
HEMACYTOMETER
Count algae cells, blood cells and other small stuff with these pocket-size
counting chambers and a microscope. Consists of molded glass compartment
with H-shaped moat, forming two counting areas. Each counting area has
double Neubauer rulings with 400 small squares in a central 1-mm square.
The rulings appear as white lines on dark background when viewed through
the microscope. The cover slips cover the moat region .1 mm above the ruled
surface, which aids in precise loading and even cell distribution. V-shaped
slashes help in loading by reducing overflow into the moat.
MODEL EACH 3+
M36 HEMACYTOMETER $351.59 $316.43
M36
DISSECTING KIT
An excellent choice for teachers and students. Includes angular teasing needle
with metal chuck, straight teasing needle with metal chuck, 4½” iris scissors,
4½”medium point forceps with guide pin, cartilage knife with 2” blade, 1 x 2
tissue forceps, 5½” scissors (one point sharp & other point blunt), #3 scalpel
handle, No. 10 blade, and chrome mall probe. Comes in a vinyl zippered case
with linen.
MODEL EACH
10GS 10-PC DELUXE KIT $21.99
10GS
DISSECTING TRAYS
These polyethylene dissecting trays include a long-lasting
vinyl pad. Great for use in labs and with juvenile fish.
DT9003
MODEL EACH
DT9003 11" X 7" X 11/2" $20.99
DT9005 13" X 9" X 11/2" 27.59
DISSECTING EQUIPMENT
All of these instruments are high-quality steel. Most are stainless.
MODEL EACH
LSH1 SCALPEL HANDLE $43.49
LS1S SCISSORS, STRAIGHT END, 1-FINE 12.99
& 1-BLUNT POINT
LFC4 FORCEPS, 4” CURVED END, SUPER FINE POINTS 5.59
BS81 IG48 SS8 LS1S
BS81 BONE SHEARS, 8" 23.69
IG48 FINE POINT CUTTERS 14.89
ANG ANGLE PROBE 2.09
N31 TEASING NEEDLE, 6/PK 2.29
N32 BENT TEASING NEEDLE, 6/PK 2.29
SS8 LARGE SCISSORS, 8" 6.79
9M MICRODISSECTION SCISSORS 9.19
15001 157250
SAMPLE BOTTLES
These HDPE (high-density polyethylene), wide-mouth square bottles are ideal
for shipping and storing liquids and solids. Bottles are leakproof, and their
square shape saves space. They have a hole in the cap edge for attachment
of a tag.
MODEL EACH
511654 DISPENSES 5ML TO 25 ML $26.29
511654
WASH BOTTLES
Made of flexible LDPE, with polypropylene screw closure and fine bore
dispensing tube. The tube is narrow at the end to allow a drop at a time.
Cutting the end of the tube back will increase the flow.
CAPACITY
MODEL (OZ/ML) EACH
WB8 8/237 $4.09
WB16 16/474 4.99
WB32 32/948 6.69
CARBOYS
Nalgene ® 2318 series carboy includes a spigot sealed by two PTFE
O-rings and a delivery spout 5/8" (16 mm) O.D. The 2.5-gallon and 5-gallon
carboys have two molded handles. These heavy-duty carboys are excellent
for storing and dispensing liquids both in the lab and on the farm.
CAPACITY SHIP WT
MODEL (GAL/LTR) (LBS) EACH
CB4 1/4 2 $106.29
CB10 2.5/10 3 143.29
CB20 5/20 5 189.19
CB4 CB10
Nalgene® is a registered trademark of Nalgene Nunc Int’l.Corp.
LGB250
ERLENMEYER FLASKS
Made from high-quality borosilicate glass, these flasks have thick wall
construction with metric scales. Ideal for culturing microalgae.
FERNBACH FLASK
A high surface area to volume ratio makes this glass flask ideal for culturing
algae (do not use on a heat source smaller than the base of the flask).
EACH EACH 6+
FBF28 2.8 LTR $89.19 84.73
LICB
LIC1
MICROBIOLOGICAL MEDIA
This dehydrated culture media is ideal for preparing
fresh media for bacteriological culture. Tryptone
soy agar (TSA) is commonly used for culturing
organisms from freshwater fish. TCBS agar is ideal
for culturing and isolation of enteropathogenic
Vibrio. Marine agar is routinely used for isolation,
cultivation and enumeration of heterotrophic
marine bacteria. Ships dry.
LICR MODEL EACH
DF158 TSA, 100 G $50.29
DF176 TSA, 500 G 87.09
DF174 TCBS AGAR, 500 G 162.59
DF174
PORTABLE AUTOCLAVE AND INDICATOR TAPE DF178 MARINE AGAR, 500 G 232.99
This ALL-AMERICAN Non-Electric Sterilizer is a complete, self-contained
unit that ensures complete, efficient sterilization. It only requires a small
amount of water for proper sterilization. At a temperature of 250ºF (121° C),
and a pressure of 15 PSI, the dry steam can sterilize in 30 minutes. Ideal for
most small lab applications. One year warranty.
This self-adhesive tape is used to seal autoclave bags and pouches and
changes color from white to dark brown when the contents have passed
through a sterilization cycle.
DISPOSABLE PETRI DISHES
Sterile petri dishes made of polystyrene are conveniently disposable.
• Use over any heat source
Price is for a box of 25.
• 25 qt/24 liter capacity
• UL approved MODEL EACH
• Unit includes inner container with rack LPD15 15MMX100MM $9.69
INSIDE SHIP WT
MODEL HEIGHT DIA. CAPACITY VOLUME (LBS) EACH
LA830 16¾” 12⅝” 25 QT/24 L 1,016 IN³ 24 $520.29
MODEL EACH
AT12 TAPE - 1/2” X 60 YD. ROLL $7.59
AT12
MODEL DIA. (MM) LENGTH (MM) PACK QTY EACH HST5 27 $0.99 $0.89
LTT17
MODEL EACH
P35 4"X 125FT ROLL $28.09
RUBBER BULBS
These large rubber bulbs are made to use with
LPB15 pipettes.
CAPACITY DIAMETER
Pipettes not MODEL SIZE (MM) (ML) (MM) EACH
included. LPB15 38 X 60 15 4 $12.19
LPB35 45 X 66 35 6 11.79
PIPETTE RACK
Designed for drying and storing glass and plastic pipettes in a vertical
5” x 10” space. Top and middle racks have 5/8” (16 mm) diameter holes,
bottom deck holes are tapered from 16 mm to 6 mm. Autoclavable.
PASTEUR PIPETTES
Disposable glass pipettes are ideal for transferring algal cultures, etc.,
avoiding the risk of contamination. Ungraduated with capillary tips of
approximately 1-mm inside diameter. LDP5 is 6" (15 cm) long overall and
narrow portion is 5 cm; LDP9 is 9" (23 cm) long overall and narrow portion is
approximately 12 cm. Weight 1 lb.
OVERALL LENGTH
MODEL (CM) PACK QTY EACH PACK
LDP5
LDP5 15 250 $16.39
LDP9 23 250 18.89
LDP9
SEROLOGICAL PIPETTES
These polystyrene serological pipettes are both accurate and economical. The
one-piece design eliminates mouthpiece and tip breakage. Pipettes feature
highly legible graduations and contamination-free cotton plugs.
MEASURING PIPETTES
Made of translucent polypropylene. Easy to read and highly chemical-
resistant. Delivers to tip, last drop must be blown out.
CAPACITY OVERALL LENGTH
MODEL (ML) (CM) EACH LPM1
LPM1 1 31 $11.49
LPM2
LPM2 2 36 12.59
LPM5 5 33 13.79 LPM5
LPM10 10 30 5.69
LPM10
PIPETTE PUMP
Easy-to-use, easy-to-clean and very accurate. The rotating wheel can be
moved forward or backward for precise filling or emptying. For rapid
emptying, depress the plunger on top. Each size (16 cm is about 6") is a different
color. All pumps will accept pipette diameters from 4 to 8 mm. Pumps should
be selected to match the volumetric capacity of the pipette to be used.
CAPACITY OVERALL LENGTH
LPP10 MODEL (ML) (CM) EACH
LPP2 2 16 $22.69
LPP10 10 16 22.89
LPP25 25 19 27.59
DIAL CALIPER
Made of fiberglass-reinforced nylon for use in corrosive environments. Measure
outside, inside, depth and step. 6" (15 cm) dial caliper measure inches on dial to
.01" and in 1/64" plus mm on venier to 1.0 mm.
MODEL EACH
CD6 $46.49
STOPWATCH, WATER-RESISTANT
Counts up to 24 hours in 1/100 second resolution for the first 30 minutes and
a one second resolution thereafter. Also has a 12/24-hour alarm clock,
calendar and an hourly chime option. Includes neck strap and battery.
Dimensions: 21/2" x 2" x 1/2".
MODEL EACH
8112 $11.59
HAND COUNTER
Easily fits in your hand to be thumb operated. The register advances by one
digit, up to 9,999, each time the button is pressed. A turn of the side knob
resets the register back to zero. It's a great tool for counting algae cells,
zooplankton, fry, people, etc.
MODEL EACH 4+
M42 $13.29 $12.63
FOAM BRUSHES
A variety of sizes and shapes makes these foam brushes ideal for delicate
labware. Acid-resistant foam bristles will gently scrub glassware without BR55
scratching. Use with acrylic or any other delicate material.
OVERALL
MODEL DIA. LENGTH EACH
BR60
BR55 GLASSWARE BRUSH 7/8" 16" $6.79
BR60 SHORT GLASSWARE BRUSH 23/4" 10" 5.39
BR130 LONG LAB BRUSH 3" 19" 6.49
BR130
CBR16 OVERALL
MODEL DIA. LENGTH LENGTH EACH
CBR12 FLASK/BOD BOTTLE BRUSH 1½” 4¼” 12⅛” $9.99
CBR16 FLASK/BOD BOTTLE BRUSH 1⅝” 4¼” 16” 10.99
CBR8 FLASK BRUSH 1¾” 8” 23⅝” 16.99
CBR8
ASSORTED BRUSHES
BR25 These brushes can be used for any cleaning application, including glassware. A
wide variety of shapes and sizes provides a brush for every need. The snake
brush is great for cleaning pipes and the smaller brushes are useful for
hard-to-reach fittings.
OVERALL
BR33 MODEL DIA. LENGTH LENGTH EACH
BR25 DELUXE BOTTLE BRUSH 11/2" 5" 14" $3.79
BR33 SPOUT BRUSH 3/8" 3" 13" 3.79
BR80 BRUSH W/10” SNAKE 5/8” 1/2” 15” 4.89
BR68 BRUSH W/10' SNAKE 4" 2" 120" 10.99
BR87 LONG HANDLE BRUSH 2" 6" 22" 4.99
BR68
BR129 2-IN-1 BRUSH 11/2" 4" 14" 3.99
BR225 TEST TUBE BRUSH 5/8" 6" 8" 3.99
BR122 3-PIECE BRUSH KIT* 7.69
*Contains one brush 5” x 11/2”, 14” OAL; one brush 1” x 11/4”, 8” OAL; and one brush 5/16” x 1”, 8” OAL.
BR87
BR129
BR122
BR225
B9
B10
MODEL EACH
AQU128 1 GALLON $26.29
GL701
LIQUINOX CLEANER
BOX LiquiNox is a special formulation of anionic and
MODEL SIZE BOX QTY EACH cationic detergents and wetting agents. It has high
GL701 MEDIUM 100 $16.59 cleaning power, yet is mild to skin and contains
no phosphates. Used for cleaning glass, metal,
GL702 LARGE 100 16.59 rubber, plastic and hard-surface materials.
GL703 X-LARGE 100 25.59 Has a pH of 8.5 and a biodegradable base.
N-Dex® is a registered trademark of Shawa Glove Co. MODEL SHIP WT (LBS) EACH
LN1 1 QUART 3 $22.99
APRON LN4 1 GALLON 11 77.99
This PVC apron is 20 mil thick with extra long
cloth neck and waist ties. PVC grommets are
welded to apron for greater strength and longer
wear. FDA-accepted.
LN1
MODEL EACH
05-157GR 35” x 45” $11.09 ALCONOX® CLEANER
Ideal for general laboratory use, Alconox cleaner is
excellent for glassware, plastic, metal, porcelain
and rubber. Removes grease, blood and tissue and
is odorless and nontoxic. Usual dilution rate is one
tablespoon to one gallon of water.
MODEL EACH
AX4 4 LBS $40.09
*When weighing products for sale, use a scale labeled “Legal for Trade”.
SB8
Intercomp® is a registered trademark of Intercomp Co. Chatillon® is a registered trademark of Amteck, Inc.
Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788
318 LAB EQUIPMENT
Balances/Scales
10-YEAR WARRANTY
PORTABLE SCALES
The OHAUS Scout SPX Balances feature easy-to-use two-button operation, a high-contrast LCD display,
multiple weighing units. Application modes include weighing, parts counting, percent weighing, check
weighing, animal/dynamic weighing, totalization, density determination, display hold, mole weighing, and
the option of either RS232, USB, ethernet, bluetooth, USB host. AC Adapter (included) or 4 AA batteries (not
included). One-year warranty.
•M easures in gram, kilogram, carat, newton, ounce, troy ounce, pennyweight, pound, pound:ounce.
• ABS housing, removable stainless steel weighing platform
• Low battery indicator and auto shut-off
SPX41 & SPX42
CAPACITY READABILITY PLATFORM SHIP WT.
MODEL (LBS/G) (GRAMS) SIZE LBS) EACH
SPX41 0.49/220 0.01 4.7” DIA 2.8 $345.49
SPX43 & SPX44 SPX42 0.93/420 0.1 4.7” DIA 2.8 187.99
SPX43 1.37/620 0.1 6.7” X 5.5” 2.8 282.49
2-YEAR WARRANTY SPX44 4.85/2200 0.1 6.7” X 5.5” 2.8 355.99
The interface, here the operator can monitor, interface, reprogram or override Graph showing the quality of the feeding and thereby helps
the automatic operation of the system. attain maximum fish growth and health.
BLOWER
DOSING UNIT
PE-PIPES
TANK/CAGE VALVE
Strong motor is
sealed for many
years maintenance
free operation.
Threaded joint between the
dosing unit and big hoppers.
AUGER FEEDERS
FIAP Auger Feeders are designed to achieve reduced feeding expenditures and improved feed
ratios, and can be used both indoors and outdoors . They are used throughout the world in C
commercial aquaculture facilities, providing perfectly controlled feeding in fish ponds and
production plants. They are designed for feed pellets ranging from 1 – 10 mm. It’s blockage-
free auger screw is driven by a 12VDC motor and controlled by the FIAP Proficontrol controller
(sold separately). One-year warranty. B
CAPACITY D
MODEL (LBS/KG) A B C D EACH 4+
FS4222R2 FEEDER W/AUGER & SPREADER 22/10 26” 10” 12” 21” $649.99 $617.49
FS4244R2 FEEDER W/AUGER & SPREADER 44/20 27” 12” 15” 21” 670.99 637.44 A
FS4288R2 FEEDER W/AUGER & SPREADER 88/40 35” 15” 19” 30” 702.49 667.37
FS4232R2 FEEDER W/AUGER & SPREADER 132/60 42” 19” 23” 36” 733.99 697.29
FS4022R2 FEEDER W/AUGER ONLY 22/10 26” 10” 12” 21” 586.99 557.64 AUGER
FS4044R2 FEEDER W/AUGER ONLY 44/20 27” 12” 15” 21” 607.99 577.59
FS4088R2 FEEDER W/AUGER ONLY 88/40 35” 15” 19” 30” 628.99 597.54
FS4132R2 FEEDER W/AUGER ONLY 132/60 42” 19” 23” 36” 681.49 647.42
SPREADER
FS4059UPR2 REPLACEMENT AUGER 460.99 —
FS4222R2
Note: Bottom of feeder should be at least 20” (50cm) above the surface of the water
B DEMAND FEEDERS
The unique twist-lock lid is wind and varmint-proof on these high-quality, UV-resistant,
polyethylene hoppers. All four sizes have the same pendulum demand feeding
mechanism for #4 crumble to 1/4” pellets. One-year warranty.
CAPACITY
MODEL (LBS/KG) A B C EACH 4+
C
FH221 DEMAND FEEDER 22/10 23” 12” 14” $261.49 248.42
FH441 DEMAND FEEDER 44/20 23” 15” 18” 282.49 268.37
FH881 DEMAND FEEDER 88/40 23” 19” 26” 345.49 328.22
FH133 DEMAND FEEDER 132/60 23” 23” 33” 418.99 398.04
Note: Bottom of feeder should be at least 20” (50cm) above the surface of the water
FEEDER CONTROLLER
The innovative FIAP Proficontrol Control sets new standards in automatic fish feeding.
Thanks to its unique and smart programmability, it meets all expectations towards best
possible feed dosing. The FIAP Proficontrol allows for operating up to 4 different FIAP
feeders with one control. All settings as well as feeding periods (0–99 seconds), breaks
(0–99 minutes) and motor speeds can be defined individually for the single outputs. Any
settings made will be saved. Testing and manual feeding per output is feasible at any
time. One-year warranty.
MODEL EACH
1590 115/230V, 50/60HZ CONTROL $1,248.00
1594 5M CABLE 73.19
1594-1 10M CABLE 135.49
1594-2 20M CABLE 208.99
1591 SOCKET 27.29
1592 COUPLER CONNECTOR 17.89 1594
CABLES SOLD
1593 CONNECTOR PLUG 27.29 SEPARATELY
Feed pattern. Optional Solar Charger Green Finish, Adjustable Legs, AX70DLG mounted on dock.
Optional Solar Charger
CAPACITY
FLOATING FISH SINKING FISH DIMENSIONS (FEEDER ONLY) SHIP WT GALVANIZED FINISH GREEN FINISH
FEED (LBS) PELLETS (LBS) LEG TYPE L x W x H (LBS) MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
70 90 ADJUSTABLE 20” X 22” X 40” 100 AX70AL $733.99 AX70ALG $733.99
70 90 STRAIGHT 20” X 22” X 40” 91 AX70DL 733.99 AX70DLG 733.99
215 320 ADJUSTABLE 28” X 28” X 51” 154 AX215AL 891.49 AX215ALG 891.49
215 320 STRAIGHT 28” X 28” X 51” 145 AX215DL 891.49 AX215DLG 891.49
OPTIONAL SOLAR CHARGER 3 AX2W* 82.99 AX2WG** 82.99
*Black mounting bracket. **Green mounting bracket.
Replacement Parts
SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS) EACH
AX12 DIGITAL TIMER 1 $156.49
BT12HARB 12V RECHARGEABLE BATTERY 5.5 23.09
BELT FEEDERS
These belt feeders slowly dispense almost any dry medication, chemical or
feed over a 12- or 24-hour period. If shorter length or intermittent feeding is
desired, the conveyor belt can be pulled back halfway or feed can be spaced
on the belt. These feeders will reduce labor costs and improve growth rates.
Housed in a weatherproof case and powered by a spring-wound stainless
steel clock mechanism.
Feature corrosion-resistant clocks. All clocks are extremely durable.
Setting the feeders is as easy as lifting the lid, pulling back the belt and
loading the feed. Repair parts are available and repairs can be made
easily on site. One-year warranty.
• No electric power required
• Weather-resistant cover
• Thick belts
• Clear clock cover w/ gasket BFS24
Belt Feeders
DISPENSE DIMENSIONS* SHIP WT.
MODEL AMOUNT (LBS) L X W X H (IN.) (LBS) EACH
BFS12A 12-HR BABY BELT FEEDER 5 217/8 X 111/2 X 6 6 $229.99
BFS24A 24-HR BABY BELT FEEDER 5 217/8 X 111/2 X 6 6 229.99
BFS12 12-HR BELT FEEDER 10 277/8 X 15 X 6 8 271.99
BFS24 24-HR BELT FEEDER 10 277/8 X 15 X 6 8 271.99
Replacement Parts
SHIP WT.
MODEL (LBS) EACH
BFS12RC 12-HR CLOCK FOR MODELS BFS12A AND BFS12 1 $82.99
BFS24RC 24-HR CLOCK FOR MODELS BFS24A AND BFS24 1 82.99
4420 CLOCK COVER, CLEAR 14.39
4350SS STAINLESS STEEL MAINSPRING 18.29
4430 MAINSPRING COVER, BLACK 14.39
4398 BABY BELT KIT (INCLUDES BELT,SHAFT,BRACKET,WIPERS) 50.39
4399 LARGE BELT KIT (INCLUDES BELT,SHAFT,BRACKET,WIPERS) 62.99
KOI FEEDERS
The Sweeney Koi Café is the ideal automatic fish feeder for your Koi pond,
backyard water garden, grow-out tanks and outdoor ponds for smaller,
ornamental fish. Special design helps prevent moisture from getting into
the primary food supply and the hopper allows for long refill intervals.
Select from red, green or champagne finishes. Add an optional solar
charger and enjoy years of continuous performance without interruption.
16.5" • Adjustable feed flow lever to determine number of seconds per feeding
• Digital timer can feed up to 8 times per day and up to 59 seconds duration
Champagne Feeder With
Solar Charger • Built-in sight-gage to check on feed level
• Holds 10 lbs. of standard Koi food
• Equipped with 6 Volt rechargeable battery
MODELS
RED GREEN CHAMPAGNE EACH
KOI CAFÉ FEEDER SF36R SF36G SF36C $229.99
12" Red Feeder With OPTIONAL SOLAR CHARGER SX61-R SX61-G SX61-C 99.99
Solar Charger
REPLACEMENT 6V BATTERY (MODEL BT626) 30.49
2-YEAR WARRANTY
Green Feeder With
Solar Charger
Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788
FEEDERS 329
Feeders/Clips
POND FEEDER
Once-a-day feeder for small ponds
Flake food or pellets are dispensed slowly over several hours each day
(adjustable quantity and feeding time). This feeder can hold close to
2 cups (approximately 200 grams) of food. Fully weatherproof, it can be
mounted on a pole by the edge of the water or suspended over the water.
One AA battery (included) required for quartz-timed motor. Measures
63/4" x 33/4" x 71/4". Three-year warranty.
MODEL EACH 4+
PF21 $47.99 $45.59
3-YEAR WARRANTY
VIBRATORY FEEDERS
Benefit from highly accurate feeding rates and times with these vibratory
feeders from Pentair AES. They easily handle almost all different feed
types (even extremely fine and moist feeds) and they are resistant to
clogging from even the oiliest feeds. Perfect for applications where
multiple accurate feedings per day would otherwise require a lot of
manpower, such as in a hatchery.
For each feeder, use a 12VDC adapter such as the SF50 for 115VAC
operation. You will also need a timer. We suggest either SF44 for 115V,
SF41 for 12V. One timer can be used for up to 13 feeders (all connected
feeders will feed at once). One-year warranty.
TECH TALK 21
One SF62 must be
used with each feeder.
Hand vs Automatic Feeding
Hand or automatic feeding … which is better?
Automatic feeders save time. All business people know – time is money. Most fish farmers are in
short supply of both. The manual labor involved in feeding your fish every day by hand may seem
small, but over the period of a year, can easily equate to thousands of dollars in man-hours.
For example, an operation with 10 tanks, feeding 3 times a day for 3 minutes per tank, at $12 an
SF41 Timer SF62 Speed Controller hour will cost you $18 per day in manual labor.
x x x =
(# of Tanks) (# Feedings/Day) (Min/Tank) (Cost/Hr) Cost/Day
115V Operation Automatic feeders require only a minimal amount of manual labor, including weekly filling of the
The SF44 controller/ hopper and resetting feeding rates (and recharging batteries if not tied into a central power
timer can operate up source). An estimate for this maintenance is 15 minutes per week/per feeder. That equals $2.80 a
to thirteen feeders day in labor.
without adding an Manual Labor Automatic Feeders Savings
external relay.
$18/day $2.80/day $7.70/day
540/month 84/month 456/month
6,480/year 1,008/year 5,472/year
SF44 Timer You can buy a lot of automatic feeders for $5,472!
with Controller Automatic feeders allow feedings to be tailored to the biological clock of each species. They are
ideal for the multiple feedings required when raising fry. Implementing a schedule of several
feedings spread throughout the day may help to cut down on size variance of the fish, improve feed
An SF50 adapter must be used conversion ratios and level the load on the biofilter, and even out the oxygen demand Remember,
with each feeder. feed is usually the highest cost item in your operating budget, use it wisely!
FLAKE FOOD
Whether you’re a hatchery manager, breeder or fish hobbyist, what is more
important than high-quality food? Flake food is a highly nutritional food
packaged and priced for the professional. We offer ten varieties in two ALL PENTAIR AES FOODS ARE
package sizes. PACKAGED IN POLYESTER FILM
BAGS WITH O2 ABSORBERS TO
ENSURE FRESHNESS.
COLOR TROPICAL MARINE EGG YOLK EARTHWORM KOI AND GOLDFISH FOOD
Similar to tropical flake but with Formulated from egg yolk, this food A 42% protein flake with a primary Nutritionally balanced food for
higher levels of color enhancers. Krill is a high protein/high fat flake. It is ingredient of earthworms. Breeders goldfish and koi. Increases
and shrimp meal are also added. 45% great for fattening juvenile/larval have reported an increase in spawning digestibility and minimizes waste.
protein content. fish and thin fish. 45% protein. of 6–10 times. Promotes healthy gill, fin and tissue
development. Also enhances color.
MODEL EACH MODEL EACH MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
ZCT5 5 LBS (2.3 KG) $55.99 F05Y 5 LBS (2.3 KG) $61.49 F05E 5 LBS (2.3 KG) $64.89 ZGF5 5 LBS (2.3 KG) $42.99
ZCT25 25 LBS (11.3 KG) 195.29 F25Y 25 LBS (11.3 KG) 208.29 F30E 25 LBS (11.3 KG) 229.19 ZGF25 25 LBS (11.3 KG) 143.49
HK25
CICHLID STAPLE
This cichlid food is specially designed as an economical daily food for most
species of cichlids. Fortified with vitamins and minerals, it is formulated to
provide complete balanced nutrition. Available in two pellet sizes. Pellets float
and will not make water cloudy.
Grams x .0353 = oz
MODEL EACH
Grams x .0022 = lbs
HK20 MINI, 22 LBS, 1/8" $116.89
HK22 MEDIUM, 22 LBS, 3/16" 116.89
Fish Food
The cost of fish food can represent 30 to 90% of the total cost of raising fish! In some situations
(like indoor culture), feed must provide 100% of the complex nutritional requirements fish need.
A less-than-complete diet will show up as poor feeding response, slow growth and/or disease
problems. Poor water quality can also be caused by bad feed.
HK35 All feed should be used within the normal 6-month shelf life. Do not overfeed. In general, give
fish a little less than they will eat (stop feeding them before they stop feeding).
Fancy Guppy , Micro Pellets Hikari and Cichlid Gold are
® ® ® ®
16623
KOI FOODS
We believe Hikari® food is one of the best names in the business. Koi have
been eating Hikari food for over 100 years. We buy direct to give you the
freshest food at the best price. Wheat germ is 30% protein.
Staple™ Food: Good for all-around general feeding. Includes all the
premium nutrition your goldfish or koi need to grow strong. 35% protein.
Economy Food: A basic, well-balanced, nutritional diet high in Vitamin C.
32% protein.
Excel™ Food: A specially prepared, floating color enhancer. A mixture of
highly nutritious wheat germ and pure cultured Spirulina. 35% protein.
Hi-Growth™ Food: Promotes fast and healthy koi growth. Floating.
34% protein. HK4 HK5 HK14 HK17
Wheat Germ Food: Great choice for the cooler months. Helps prevent
indigestion and improves resistance to stress and disease. Sinking medium
pellets are high in vitamins C and E and will not cloud water. 32% protein,
4% fat, 4% fiber.
Gold™ Food: A daily diet developed to meet the nutritional needs of koi while
providing outstanding color enhancement. 40% protein.
PELLET
MODEL SIZE EACH
HK11 STAPLE, 4.4 LBS 1/8" $28.89
HK282 STAPLE, 11 LBS 1/8" 62.99
HK289 STAPLE, 22 LBS 1/8" 125.99
HK12 STAPLE, 4.4 LBS 3/16" 28.89
HK1 STAPLE, 22 LBS 3/16" 110.19
HK13 STAPLE, 4.4 LBS 5/16" 30.39 HK10 HK3 HK228
HK14 STAPLE, 11 LBS 5/16" 62.99
HK489 STAPLE, 22 LBS 5/16" 102.89
HK8 WHEAT GERM, 5 LBS 1/8" 35.99
HK16 WHEAT GERM, 4.4 LBS 3/16" 35.99
HK10 WHEAT GERM, 11 LBS 3/16" 79.19
HK17 WHEAT GERM, 11 LBS 5/16" 76.09
HK9 WHEAT GERM, 33 LBS 5/16" 186.89
HK3 EXCEL, 11 LBS 3/16" 152.19
HK4 HI-GROWTH, 4.4 LBS 5/16" 56.69
HK5 ECONOMY, 8.8 LBS 5/16" 35.19
HK224 GOLD, 17.6 OZ 1/8" 13.59
HK228 GOLD, 11 LBS 1/8" 100.79
MODEL EACH
BW251 5 LBS $19.19
BW252A 12.8 LBS 38.29
MODEL EACH
BW253 20 LBS 60.59
ZBS5-1 5 LBS (2.3 KG) $32.09
BW254 40 LBS 92.89
ZBS20-1 20 LBS (9 KG) 80.89
BW251
ZBS5-1
BWCS5 BWCS40
BW257
BW42A
MEDICATED KOI/GOLDFISH FOOD CHEMICAL Waiver Form Required BLACKWATER GOLD-N PROFESSIONAL
This food contains all the nutrients needed to help ornamental fish heal KOI AND GOLDFISH FOOD
quickly. Contains four antibiotics and may help heal ulcers. Must be fed Serious koi collections deserve serious koi food. Blackwater GOLD-N was
continuously for 10 days. For use on ornamental and nonfood fish not intended developed to improve nutrient uptake, therefore increasing growth and luster.
for human consumption. Chemical waiver form required. 3-mm sinking pellet. This diet combines the best ingredients—fishmeal, seaweed and wheat flour
—with many other specialized ingredients, including beneficial bacteria to aid
digestion. 40% protein, 10% fat.
MODEL EACH
6441 1 LB $16.59
MODEL EACH
6445 5 LBS 46.69
BWG88 8.8 LBS $54.99
BWG40 40 LBS 177.29
BWG88
6441
MODEL EACH
K106 KOI FANCIER, 5 MM, 33 LBS 76.59
K108 POND FANCIER, 5 MM, 33 LBS 52.89
K108 Zeigler® is a registered trademark of Zeigler Bros., Inc. Vpak® is a registered trademark of Dr.’s Wellcare Corp.
K106
MODEL EACH
AM5 5 LBS $16.79
AM50 44 LBS 83.99
IP-PBR-1000L IP-PBR-100L
ALGAE BIOREACTORS
Industrial Plankton Algae Bioreactors are a turn-key solution for aquaculture AQUACULTURE APPLICATIONS—Model IP-PBR-1000L uses real time
hatcheries, research, and biotech. Through automation, these bioreactors monitoring, user friendly control system, and data logging, letting hatcheries
eliminate the majority of repetitive tasks involved in culturing algae. focus on their livestock, and not their algae. Problems with algae production
The equipment can be automatically cleaned and sterilized before inoculation are often the causes of low or unreliable hatchery yields. This unreliability
by simply pressing a button on the touchscreen. The sealed chamber, and high production costs of microalgae are limiting factors to the success
when seeded with 20 litres of algae, is capable of growing up to 1,000 litres of of many hatcheries. Despite efforts over the past decade to develop cost-
pure culture in 7–10 days, while continuously monitoring algae growth using effective artificial diets to supplement live microalgae, on-site live microalgal
a built in sensor. The machine also self-harvests and replaces the harvested production remains a critical element in the operation of most successful
water with new water and nutrients, which are filtered and sterilized at the marine hatcheries.
point of entry. The equipment greatly simplifies the complex and time
consuming task of algae culture, while also increasing production reliability RESEARCH APPLICATIONS—Model IP-PBR-100L combines cutting edge
and biosecurity. Requires fresh or saltwater inlet line. One-year warranty. technology with meaningful production volume, simplifying production of
live algae in universities, public aquariums, and industrial research.
Researchers can see their culture parameters graphed continuously in real
time, and sterilize the reactor between experiments with the push of a button –
all in a fully automated closed system, featuring closed loop pH control,
integrated heating/chilling, and remote access capabilities. The algae
produced is ideal for feeding zooplankton and larval marine animals.
Features:
• TANK—The star shaped, corrugated tank doubles the surface area exposed • SCALE-UP—To increase biosecurity the culture is scaled up gradually over
to light, so cultures grow denser before cell shading limits growth. The tank the course of days, automatically adding water and nutrients whenever a set
bottom is sloped to facilitate circulation and drainage. culture density is reached.
• LIGHTS—LED and T5 grow lights provide bright, evenly spaced light across • HARVEST—A portion of the culture is harvested multiple times each day,
the tank surface, providing maximum light without photo inhibition. To prevent then automatically replaced with new water and nutrients. Small frequent
photo inhibition during scale up, the bioreactor checks the culture density and harvests increase the overall yield, and make the algae’s nutrient profile
only turns on lights as they are needed, based on user controlled setpoints. more predictable. The whole tank can also be harvested with the push of
The brightness can also be controlled, allowing algae with a variety of light a button.
requirements to be cultured.
• BIOSECURITY—Incoming water is slowly passed through a UV filter after
• CLEANING & STERILIZING—If you want to restart the culture it’s a simple being pre-filtered using a nominal micron filter. Nutrients are then added
process. The tank is drained through the bottom, then pressure washed and to the water and passed through 2 additional stages of absolute micron
sterilized by pushing a button. filtration, down to 0.1um. Air and CO2 entering and leaving the tank are
also passed through 0.1um filters. Harvesting is done automatically using
• INOCULATION—The bioreactor starts by adding water and nutrients,
a biosecure pinch valve.
then adjusts temperature and light levels. Inoculation is simple, just hook
up a carboy or flask to the machine’s inoculation port, then use the onboard
air supply to push the culture from the carboy into the bioreactor.
CULTURE DENSITY CULTURE DENSITY
IP-PBR-1000L IP-PBR-100L
User friendly touchscreen interface
Nannochloropsis 187 million/ml 300 MILLION/ML
Isochrysis 20 million/ml 38 MILLION/ML
Tetraselmis 2 million/ml 4.1 MILLION/ML
A user friendly touchscreen interface lets you control the culture parameters and
fine tune the operation for different species and situations. User controlled setpoints
control parameters such as temperature, CO2 injection, harvesting cell density, light
levels, etc. In addition to automated controls the machine can be controlled
manually, making it easy to harvest, or add water or nutrients at any point.
VOLTS APPROX. TANK CAPACITY SCALE UP ASSEMBLED DIMENSIONS IDEAL WORKING SPACE SHIP WT
MODEL (1 PH) HZ AMPS WATTS (LITERS/GALLONS) TIME L W H L W H (LBS) EACH
115 60 30 7-10 Days
IP-PBR-1000L 1900 1000/265 54” 59.5” 87.5” 66” 70” 96” 400 $33,600.00
230 50 15 (20L inoculum)
Note: IP-PBR-1000L requires min. 48.5” x 78.5” doorway; IP-PBR-100L requires min. 24” x 68” doorway. Prices are FOB Victoria, Canada, motor freight. Includes chiller.
FL2-AQ
239802
239800
Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788
LIVE
SECTION
FEED 343
343
Products / ProductsEnrichments
/ Products
MODEL EACH
DS16 454 GRAMS (16 OZ) $31.49
The batch method requires a much higher investment in equipment and space. The high density Algae requirement per tank 75 liters fresh algae 2.5 liters algae paste
method only requires rotifer tanks and their filtration systems. Water is another cost of growing Total rotifers per tank 50 million 200 million
rotifers. Generally speaking, the batch culture method uses 75 percent exchange per day. The high
density method, using algae paste, requires about 20 percent exchange of water per day. Another cost Tanks needed for 1 week feed 10-14 tanks 1-2 tanks
factor is labor. Batch culture requires two full-time live feed technicians, while the high density Estimated equipment cost $12,000 $3,000
method only requires one part-time technician.
High density rotifer culture systems can clearly reduce costs. However, these systems require a
transition time and there is a learning curve. You will need a technician who is willing to learn the
system and how to predict its production. Since more rotifers are being grown in one tank, it is best
to have a backup system running at a lower production rate as insurance should a system fail.
AR150K
Culture Tank
Easy-to-turn
ball valves for
flow control.
AR1000K
Saltwater Invertebrates
MODEL QTY EACH
285121* ARTEMIA, ADULT, 1 LB 1,000 ML $ 60.89
285122* ARTEMIA, ADULT 200 ML 31.49
Daphnia pulex Daphnia magna LRC2 BRACHIONUS PLICATILIS 1 QUART 20.29
LRC3 BRACHIONUS PLICATILIS 1 GALLON 41.99
285123 OCEAN COPEPODS 1 LITER 68.39
285125 PALAEMONETES VULGARIS 200 136.59
Japanese Medaka
MODEL QTY EACH
285135 ORYZIAS LATIPES (EGGS) 20 $26.29
285136 ORYZIAS LATIPES (<90 DAYS) 10 29.39
285137 ORYZIAS LATIPES (>91 DAYS, SEXED) 5 26.29
*Not for shipment to Canada.
INSTANT ROTIFERS
Produced by Reed Mariculture, these live marine rotifer cultures of
Brachionus plicatilis are the solution for short-term feeding in marine
aquariums and as a starter culture. One-quart package contains
approximately 600,000 rotifers, shipped in breathable bags and enriched with
algae. Includes 15-oz rotifer diet algae mix of Nannochloropsis and
Tetraselmis. These cultures can be refrigerated for up to 2 weeks or used
immediately. Ship Next Day Air, FOB CA.
MODEL EACH
RC6N $50.39
Shipping info
Standard Overnight shipping is included in the
Butterfly Standard Fin price for the continental USA*. All orders placed
by Saturday at 5 PM ship Wednesday of the
upcoming week. No shipping to PO boxes—
customers must be home to accept package. You
must supply an email address with your order to
receive a tracking number. *Koi cannot be shipped
to Maine. Shipping is available to Hawaii and
Alaska for an additional charge. Hawaii requires an
Import Permit.
PLUMBING
PRODUCTS
349 Valves
356 Mesh Tubes/Strainers
357 Bulkhead Fittings
359 Tank Fitting Kits/Drains
360 Plugs/Couplings/Caps
361 Hose/Clamps/Rubber Seal
362 Flexible PVC/Pipe Hangers/Supports/Saddles
363 Tubing
364 Clear PVC/Tubing
366 Brass Adaptors/Modular Piping
367 Tubing Adapters/Fittings
368 Reducers
369 Tees/Crosses/Insert Adapters
370 Ells/Nipples/Caps
371 Unions/Plug/Sweep
372 Bushings/Couplings/Adapters
373 Quick Disconnect Fittings
374 ANSI Flanges/Bolt Sets
375 Plumbing Supplies
376 Garden Hoses & Accessories
Lever Handle
MODEL MM INCH EACH
CSW050442WM1LHE 50 2 WAFER, TRIM 442 COMPOSITE/EPDM WA3 DN 050 / FIG 419 LEVER $178.49
CSW065442WM1LHE 65 2.5 WAFER TRIM 442 COMPOSITE/EPDM WA3 DN 065 / FIG 419 LEVER 220.49
CSW080442WM1LHE 80 3 WAFER TRIM 442 COMPOSITE/EPDM WA3 DN 080 / FIG 419 LEVER 236.29
CSW100442WM1LHE 100 4 WAFER, TRIM 442 COMPOSITE/EPDM WA3 DN 100 / FIG 419 LEVER 272.99
CSW125442WM1LHE 125 5 WAFER, TRIM 442 COMPOSITE/EPDM WA3 DN 125 / FIG 419 LEVER 335.99
CSW150442WM1LHE 150 6 WAFER, TRIM 442 COMPOSITE/EPDM WA3 DN150 / FIG 419 LEVER 388.49
SINGLE UNION BALL VALVES TRUE UNION BALL VALVES TECH FAV
These high-quality ball valves allow disconnection of lines without fear of These high-quality valves are available at low-end prices. They feature PTFE
retainer-ring or ball moving. The retainer-ring is locked with two pins to seats that provide easier turning, better sealing and longer valve life. Schedule
the body. PVC with EPDM O-rings and polyethylene seats. Rated at 150 psi. 80 PVC with EPDM O-rings rated at 150 psi at 72ºF. Slip unions are included for
Available in 11/2” and 2” only. all valves. All except TB3 and TB4 have molded actuator attachments.
SBW12
Two-Way Three-Way
3/4” MV34
$329.09 MV34T
$329.09 81NC 115V, N.C. $87.39 81NC
1” MV1
336.19 MV1T
336.19 811NO 115V, N.O. 153.99
11/4” MV114 345.99 MV114T 345.99 82NC 12V, N.C. 91.49
11/2” MV112 354.49 MV112T 354.49 812NO 12V, N.O. 142.59
2” MV20 367.09 MV20T 367.09 MV34
MODEL EACH
ST5 $22.29
.04” Screens
MODEL PIPE SIZE GPM/FT SHIP WT (LBS) EACH 6+
WS1504 11/2" 3 4 $21.39 $20.32
WS2004 2" 4 5 22.19 21.08
WS3004 3" 4.6 8 38.99 37.04
WS4004 4" 6.9 11 48.99 46.54
R825
31/2" 8"
RM262P
R610
3.75"
OVERALL
MODEL MNPT EACH
LENGTH
CV1S 3/4" 23/4" $1.39
CV2S 1" 3" 1.69
RT144
CV3S 11/4" 31/4" 1.79
CV4S 11/2" 4" 2.19
CV1S
TECH TALK 15
TV1 NV14
PREMIUM PVC BULKHEAD FITTINGS TECH FAV ECONOMICAL PLASTIC BULKHEAD FITTINGS
Our highest quality, BFA Series, PVC tank adapters Made of ABS plastic. One EPDM gasket included.
have left-hand threads and a hex-shaped body that
allows one-person installation. Heavy-duty, BKF10
full-buttress threads help prevent leaks under MODEL GASKET # SIZE F B D L EACH
pressure. Select either slip or female inside pipe
thread. One EPDM gasket included. 35012L BKF121 Q10G 1/2" SLIP SLIP 11/8 " 3/4" $4.49
MODEL GASKET# SIZE F B D L EACH BKF122 Q10G 1/2" SLIP FIPT 11/8 " 3/4" 4.49
35012L GK1 1/2" FIPT FIPT 13/8" 22/25" $17.29 BKF123 Q10G 1/2" FIPT SLIP 11/8 " 3/4" 4.49
35034L GK2 3/4" FIPT FIPT 15/8" 22/25" 21.79 BKF124 Q10G 1/2" FIPT FIPT 11/8 " 3/4" 4.49
35100L GK3 1" FIPT FIPT 17/8" 22/25" 23.09 BKF341 GK1 3/4" SLIP SLIP 13/8 " 1" 5.19
35114L GK4 11/4" FIPT FIPT 23/4" 2" 31.59 BKF342 GK1 3/4" SLIP FIPT 13/8 " 1" 5.19
35112L GK4 11/2" FIPT FIPT 23/4" 2" 34.39 BKF343 GK1 3/4" FIPT SLIP 13/8 " 1" 5.19
35200L GK5 2" FIPT FIPT 31/4" 2" 44.49 BKF344 GK1 3/4" FIPT FIPT 13/8 " 1" 5.19
35300L GK6 3" FIPT FIPT 41/2" 23/25" 78.89 BKF10 GK2 1" SLIP SLIP 13/4" 11/2" 5.59
35400L GK7 4" FIPT FIPT 53/4" 29/20" 146.29 BKF11 GK2 1" SLIP FIPT 13/4" 11/2" 5.59
36012L GK1 3/4" SLIP FIPT 13/8" 22/25" 15.09 BKF12 GK2 1" FIPT SLIP 13/4" 11/2" 5.59
36034L GK2 3/4" SLIP FIPT 15/8" 22/25" 16.69 BKF13 GK2 1" FIPT FIPT 13/4" 11/2" 5.59
36100L GK3 1" SLIP FIPT 17/8" 22/25" 18.39 BKF1120 GK4 11/2" SLIP SLIP 23/8 " 13/4" 6.59
36114L GK4 11/4" SLIP FIPT 23/4" 2" 24.49 BKF1121 GK4 11/2" SLIP FIPT 23/8 " 13/4" 6.59
36112L GK4 11/2" SLIP FIPT 23/4" 2" 24.49 BKF1122 GK4 11/2" FIPT SLIP 23/8 " 13/4" 6.59
36200L GK5 2" SLIP FIPT 31/4" 2" 36.19 BKF1123 GK4 11/2" FIPT FIPT 23/8 " 13/4" 6.59
36300L GK6 3" SLIP FIPT 41/2" 23/25" 71.29 BKF20 GK5 2" SLIP SLIP 27/8 " 115/16" 7.79
36400L GK7 4" SLIP FIPT 53/4" 29/20" 131.09 BKF21 GK5 2" SLIP FIPT 27/8 " 115/16" 7.79
BKF22 GK5 2" FIPT SLIP 27/8 " 115/16" 7.79
POLYPROPYLENE BULKHEAD FITTINGS BKF23 GK5 2" FIPT FIPT 27/8 " 115/16" 7.79
They are similar to, but softer than, the PVC bulkhead
fittings. These female threaded bulkhead fittings are
great for most bulkhead applications. One EPDM
BULKHEAD FITTINGS
gasket included. These are a lower strength alternative to our
top-quality PVC bulkheads and quite adequate for
TF1 most applications. One EPDM gasket included.
MODEL GASKET # SIZE F B D L EACH
BKF4
TF1 GK2 1/2" FIPT FIPT 13/4" 3/8" $6.09 MODEL GASKET # SIZE F B D L EACH
TF2 GK2 3/4" FIPT FIPT 13/4" 1/2" 6.09 BKF1 Q10G 1/2" FIPT FIPT 11/8" 3/4" $5.99
TF3 GK3 1" FIPT FIPT 2" 1/2" 7.29 BKF2 Q10G 1/2" FIPT SLIP 11/8" 3/4" 6.99
TF4 GK4 11/4" FIPT FIPT 29/16" 1/2" 8.59 BKF3 GK1 3/4" FIPT FIPT 17/16" 1" 6.69
TF5 GK4 11/2" FIPT FIPT 29/16" 1/2" 8.59 BKF4 GK2 1" FIPT SLIP 13/4" 11/2" 8.59
TF6 GK5 2" FIPT FIPT 31/4" 3/4" 10.39 BKF5 GK2 1" FIPT FIPT 13/4" 11/2" 8.29
TF7 GK6 3" FIPT FIPT 41/2" 1" 19.69 BKF6 GK4 11/2" FIPT SLIP 23/8" 13/4" 9.99
TF8 GK7 4" FIPT FIPT 55/16" 23/4" 47.09 BKF7* GK5 2" FIPT SLIP 27/8" 13/4" 12.89
*BKF7 is white
BOTTOM DRAIN
This 4” bottom drain is for use in liner ponds and concrete ponds. Its antivortex RHINO I RHINO RETRO
drain cover forces water to enter from the bottom of the pond, and its large
intake helps reduce pump pressure. SAE standard pipe connection, use with
4” PVC. Offset suction port creates a swirl action that helps remove debris.
Includes everything you need for easy liner installation.
MODEL EACH
SBD4 $84.59
GK2 1.19
GK3 1.39
RHINO RETRO
BDRTO2 2” ABOVE THE LINER DRAIN 7 93.49
GK4 1.39
BDRTO3 3” ABOVE THE LINER DRAIN 7 103.99
GK5 1.79
GK6 3.09
GK5 RHINO I OFS
GK7 29.69 BDOFS2 2” OVERFLOW DRAIN OR SIDEWALL RETURN 6 93.49
Q10G .75 BDOFS3 3” OVERFLOW DRAIN OR SIDEWALL RETURN 6 103.99
Drain Tip BDOFS4 4” OVERFLOW DRAIN OR SIDEWALL RETURN 6 135.49
If you reuse your drain water, it's best if you gravity flow it to your filter, as a pump
will puree it and make it much harder to filter out. But don't make your drain piping RHINO II
too large in diameter. If the water travels too slowly, waste will settle in the pipe. BDRH2A 4” BOTTOM DRAIN W/ AIR DIFFUSER 24 376.99
You should always have a dump valve at the end of the drain pipe. When you open it,
BDRH2O 4” BOTTOM DRAIN W/O AIR DIFFUSER 23 324.49
a surge of high velocity water will scour out all settled material and prevent it from
contaminating your recirculated water.
Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788
360 PLUMBING
SECTION
Plugs/Couplings/Caps
Products / Products / Products
MODEL NOMINAL PIPE SIZE PRESSURE EACH MODEL PIPE SIZE EACH
EP1 11/2" END PLUG 40' HEAD $5.39 HT4D 4" $15.09
EP2 2" END PLUG 40' HEAD 6.49 HT6D 6" 17.39
EP3 3" END PLUG 40' HEAD 8.39 HT8D 8" 41.89
EP4 4" PIPE PLUG 40' HEAD 10.69 HT10D 10" 121.79
EP6 6" PIPE PLUG 30' HEAD 23.69 HT12D 12" 140.69
EP8 8" PIPE PLUG 30' HEAD 50.09
HT4D
FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS
These couplings are extremely useful for adapting different materials and
sizes, making temporary connections or for permanent connections that must
allow some movement. Not FDA-approved for potable water. Clamps are
included. Use in low-pressure applications only.
EP4
Pipe Plug MODEL PVC PIPE SIZE EACH MODEL PVC PIPE SIZE EACH
FC1 11/4" x 11/4" $5.99 FC8 3" x 3" $11.29
TEE ELIMINATORS
FC2 11/2" x 11/4" 6.89 FC9 4" x 11/2" 12.29
Here is a hard-to-find, cost-saving fitting. A PVC 3” x 3/4” reducing tee costs
about $10. These tee eliminators can do the same thing for under a buck. Just FC3 11/2" x 11/2" 7.49 FC10 4" x 2" 12.99
drill a hole, press in a tee eliminator, then thread in your pipe. Made of flexible
PVC with female pipe threads. They work in all rigid pipe materials with pipe FC4 2" x 11/2" 8.29 FC11 4" x 3" 13.29
walls between 1/8” and 1/4” thick (use holesaws). FC5 2" x 2" 8.99 FC12 4" x 4" 13.99
FC6 3" x 11/2" 9.99 FC13 6" x 4" 26.99
MODEL FPT SIZE MIN. PIPE I.D. HOLE SIZE EACH
FC7 3" x 2" 10.59 FC14 6" x 6" 28.99
FC32 1/2" 1" 1" $.75
FC34 3/4" 11/4" 1-3/16” .90
QUICK CAPS
FC36 1" 11/2" 1 7/16” 1.09 For testing or easy cleanout of low-pressure piping. Clamp included.
PVC PIPE
MODEL SIZE EACH
QC1 11/2" $6.39
QC2 2" 7.19
QC3 3" 8.79
QC4 4" 11.49
QC5 6" 16.19
FC36 QC6 8" 32.49
A503 3" 39 1.79/FT *Maximum per ground carton; 100’ Maximum by truck.
A504 4" 52 1.99/FT
U300 3" 3.50" 4" 5.09 MODEL SIZE MINIMUM MAXIMUM EACH
U400 4" 4.50" 5" 6.29 SSAA 1/4" 0.22" 0.62" $1.09
U600 6" 6.62" 7" 7.79 SSA 1/2" 0.38" 0.88" 1.29
FLEXIBLE PVC PIPE - SCHEDULE 40 ID PSI @ MAX BEND SOLD PER FOOT SOLD PER ROLL SHIP WT
This flexible Schedule 40 PVC pipe permits COLOR (IN) 70º F RADIUS MODEL EACH MODEL LENGTH LBS EACH
compound curves, greatly reducing the number of
fittings otherwise required. It also reduces friction WHITE ½ 100 2" FPP12F $1.49 FPP12 100' 14 $71.19
loss caused by elbows. Standard Schedule 40 or 80
PVC fittings can be used. A special solvent cement WHITE ¾ 100 2" FPP34F 1.69 FPP34 100' 17 105.89
(235) is required (do not use purple primer—use
acetone as a pipe primer). WHITE 1½ 65 5" FPP112F 2.49 FPP112 50' 23 77.69
BLACK ½ 100 2" BFPP12F 1.09 BFPP12 100' 14 102.69
BLACK ¾ 100 2" BFPP34F 1.29 BFPP34 100' 17 133.19
BLACK 1 100 3" BFPP1F 1.79 BFPP1 50' 13 62.69
BLACK 1¼ 80 4" BFPP114F 1.89 BFPP114 50' 22 81.19
BLACK 1½ 65 5" BFPP112F 2.19 BFPP112 50' 23 87.09
BLACK 2 60 6" BFPP2F 3.19 BFPP2 50' 32 130.69
MODEL EACH
290 $.25
TAGL
COUPLING
C429005 1/2" 4.59
C429007 3/4" 6.69 TA3
C429010 1" 10.69
Coupling
C429015 11/2" 17.59
C429020 2" 21.99
All our nonreinforced tubing is marked every 12" for easy measuring. Reinforced tubing has a higher pressure rating.
BNT1 TAP, 1/8" NPT $7.59 BT1 BIT, 11/32" FOR 1/8" NPT $3.89
BNT2 TAP, 1/4" NPT 7.99 BT2 BIT, 7/16" FOR 1/4" NPT 5.19
BNT3 TAP, 3/8" NPT 10.49 BT3 BIT, 9/16" FOR 3/8" NPT 14.79
BNT4 TAP, 1/2" NPT 15.99 BT4 BIT, 23/32" FOR 1/2" NPT 23.09
BNT5 TAP, 3/4" NPT 23.39 BT5 BIT, 15/16" FOR 3/4" NPT 34.29
BT1
BNT1
CONNECTORS MODEL EACH 90º ELBOWS MODEL EACH 107E 5.49 117E 7.59
3/16" BARB x 3/16" BARB 62068 $.65 1/8" NPT x 3/16" BARB 62001L $.80 107F 9.79 117F 9.69
1/4" BARB x 3/16" BARB 62053 .60 1/8" NPT x 1/4" BARB 62007L .80 117
1/4" BARB x 1/4" BARB 62069 .55 1/2" NPT x 1/4" BARB 62085 .99 Male Adapters, Low Cost
1/2" BARB x 1/4" BARB 62055 .85 1/8" NPT x 3/8" BARB 62009L .90
MODEL EACH
3/8" BARB x 1/4" BARB 62054 .55 1/2" NPT x 3/8" BARB 62086 .99
62001-2 1/8" NPT x 3/16" BARB $.30
3/8" BARB x 3/8" BARB 62071 .55 1/2" NPT x 1/2" BARB 62087 .99
62007-2 1/8" NPT x 1/4" BARB .30
1/2" BARB x 3/8" BARB 62052 .55 1/4" BARB x 1/4" BARB 62080 .80 62001-2
62009-2 1/8" NPT x 3/8" BARB .30
5/8" BARB x 3/8" BARB 62051 .85 3/8" BARB x 3/8" BARB 62081 .80
62007-2
1/2" BARB x 1/2" BARB 62072 .60 1/2" BARB x 1/2" BARB 62082 .85
5/8" BARB x 1/2" BARB 62050 1.19 62009-2
REDUCER STYLE
Reducing Male Adapter (Barb x MNPT) Reducing Tee (Barb x Barb x Barb)
Note: Last dimension is center.
MODEL EACH
MODEL EACH 112
111A 3/4" X 1/2" $2.89
112A 3/4” X 3/4” X 5/8” $2.39
111B 1" X 3/4" 2.99
111 112B 1” X 1” X 5/8” 2.89
Reducing Male Adapter (MNPT x Barb) 112C 1” X 1” X 3/4” 2.89
MODEL EACH
90º Elbow (Barb x FNPT)
110A 3/4" X 1/2" $2.59
MODEL EACH
110B 1" X 3/4" 2.69
110 119A 5/8” X 1/2” $2.09
1436075 1/2” X 1” 2.99
119B 3/4” X 1/2” 2.09
Reducing Tee (Barb x Barb x FNPT) 119C 1” X 1/2” 2.19 119
Note: Last dimension is center.
119E 3/4” X 3/4” 2.19
MODEL EACH
119F 1” X 3/4” 2.59
122A 5/8" X 5/8" X 1/2" $2.19 122 119H 1” x 1” 3.49
122B 3/4" X 3/4" X 1/2" 2.69
122C 1" X 1" X 1/2" 3.49
Plugs
122D 1" X 1" X 3/4" 3.49 MODEL EACH
122E 1" x 1" x 1" 2.69 62024 1/8” MALE NPT $0.30
62083
LIVE CHAT
Available for your convenience:
• General technical support & customer service
• Online discussion with technician
• Order questions & tracking
• Multilingual chat options available
• Billing & shipping questions
402131 1" x 1" x 3/4" 1.29 401101-AQ 3/4" x 3/4" x 1/2" $1.09
402166 11/4" x 11/4" x 1/2" 2.09 C 401126 1" x 3/4" x 1" 1.29
B 401130 1" x 1" x 1/2" .80
402167 11/4" x 11/4" x 3/4" 2.09
401131 1" x 1" x 3/4" .85
402168 11/4" x 11/4" x 1" 2.09
A 401167 11/4" x 11/4" x 3/4" 1.19
402209 11/2" x 11/2" x 1/2" 2.69
401168 11/4" x 11/4" x 1" 1.19
402210 11/2" x 11/2" x 3/4" 2.69 C
401209 11/2" x" 11/2" x 1/2" 2.19
402247 2" x 2" x 1/2" 3.29
401210 11/2" x 11/2" x 3/4" 2.19
402248 2" x 2" x 3/4" 3.29 401211 11/2" x 11/2" x 1" 2.19 A B
402249 2" x 2" x 1" 3.29 401247 2" x 2" x 1/2" 2.09
402251 2" x 2" x 11/2" 3.29 401248 2" x 2" x 3/4" 2.09
402335 3" x 3" x 1" 10.29 401249 2" x 2" x 1" 2.09
402338 3" x 3" x 2" 10.29 401251 2" x 2" x 11/2" 2.09
401335 3" x 3" x 1" 9.39
TEE (FNPT X FNPT X FNPT) 401336 3" x 3" x 11/4" 9.39
MODEL SIZE EACH 401337 3" x 3" x 11/2" 9.39
405005 1/2” $1.19 401338 3" x 3" x 2" 9.39
405007 3/4” 1.89 401419 4" x 4" x 11/2" 15.69
405010 1" 2.69 401420 4" x 4" x 2" 15.69
401422 4" x 4" x 3" 15.69
Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788
370 SECTION
PLUMBING
Products / Products / Products
Ells/Nipples/Caps
T.T. BUSHING (MNPT X FNPT) REDUCER COUPLING (SLIP X SLIP) MALE ADAPTER (MNPT X SLIP)
MODEL SIZE EACH MODEL SIZE EACH MODEL SIZE EACH
439072 1/2" x 1/4" $1.29 429101 3/4" x 1/2" $.45 436005 1/2 " $.25
439073 1/2" x 3/8" 1.29 429131 1" x 3/4" .80 436007 3/4" .30
439098 3/4" x 1/4" .80 429168 11/4" x 1" 1.29 436010 1" .50
439099 3/4" x 3/8" .80 429212 11/2" x 11/4" 1.39 436012 11/4" .60
439101 3/4" x 1/2" .80 429251 2 x 11/2" 2.19 436015 11/2" .80
429020 2" .95 438247 2" x 1/2" 1.69 435005 1/2" $.30
429030 3" 3.29 438248 2" x 3/4" 1.69 435007 3/4" .40
429040 4" 4.79 438249 2" x 1" 1.69 435010 1" .45
429060 6" 15.29 438250 2" x 11/4" 1.69 435012 11/4" .70
438251 2" x 11/2" 1.69 435015 11/2" .80
438334 3" x 3/4" 2.89 435020 2" 1.09
438335 3" x 1" 2.89 435030 3" 3.59
438336 3" x 11/4" 2.89 435040 4" 5.99
438337 3" x 11/2" 2.89
438338 3" x 2" 2.89
COUPLING (FNPT X FNPT)
438420 4" x 2" 6.39
MODEL SIZE EACH 438422 4" x 3" 6.39
430005 1/2" x 1/2" $.35 FEMALE ADAPTER REDUCING
430007 3/4" x 3/4" .65 (SLIP X FNPT)
MODEL SIZE EACH
430010 1" x 1" .85
435074 1/2" x 3/4" $.55
435101 3/4" x 1/2" .55
435102 3/4" x 1" .75
435131 1" x 3/4" .75
Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788
SECTION 373
PLUMBING
Products
Quick/ Products / Products
Disconnect Fittings
3" Q30EA 23.59 Q30EP 13.39 1" Q10BA 17.79 Q10BP 10.89
4" Q40EA 45.19 Q40EP 19.59 11/4" Q12BA 20.79 Q12BP 12.29
11/2" Q15BA 19.79 Q15BP 12.89
Male Plug 2" Q20BA 23.39 Q20BP 14.89
SIZE MODEL ALUMINUM MODEL POLYPROPYLENE 3" Q30BA 37.19 Q30BP 24.99
1" Q10WA $9.99 Q10WP $4.99 4" Q40BA 57.39
— —
11/4" Q12WA 11.29 Q12WP 5.29
11/2" Q15WA 11.89 Q15WP 5.69
2" Q20WA 12.39 Q20WP 6.89
Female With Hose Nipple
3" Q30WA 16.99 Q30WP 10.89 SIZE MODEL ALUMINUM MODEL POLYPROPYLENE
—
3/4” — Q75WP 3.39 3/4” Q75CA $15.49 Q75CP $9.39
1" Q10C A 15.89 Q10CP 10.59
Replacement Gaskets 11/4" Q12C A 21.09 Q12CP 13.29
MODEL SIZE EACH MODEL SIZE EACH 11/2" Q15C A 21.09 Q15CP 12.79
Q75G 3/4" $ .85 Q20G 2” $.80
2" Q20CA 23.29 Q20CP 14.89
Q10G 1" .75 Q30G 3” .95
3" Q30CA 34.19 Q30CP 25.19
Q12G 11/4" .80 Q40G 4” 2.29
4" Q40CA 51.29 Q40CP 28.69
Q15G 11/2" .85 Q60G 6” 2.79
6" Q60CA 119.99
— —
854010 854060
Note: Bolts are not
FLANGE SIZE SHIP WT RECOMMENDED 854010G stainless steel.
MODEL (ANSI DIA.) (LBS) EACH GASKET/BOLT SET
854010 1” 1 $8.99 854010G
854020 2” 2 12.69 854020G BOLT BOLT NO. OF FITS ANSI SHIP WT
854030 3” 3 21.59 854030G MODEL LENGTH DIA. BOLTS/NUTS FLANGE DIA. (LBS) EACH
CONNECT WITH US
PVC JOINT WELDS (APPROX. CEMENT USAGE) SIL2C CLEAR, 10.3 OZ 18.59
ALLOW TWO JOINTS FOR EACH COUPLING, THREE JOINTS FOR EACH TEE, ETC.
1/2” 3/4” 1” 11/4” 11/2” 2” 21/2” 3” 4”
Per Pint 130 80 70 50 35 20 17 15 10
SIL2B
Joint Compounds
KT8A SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS) EACH Warning: Many general-use pipe joint compounds contain substances that can cause
KT5A PVC PIPE CUTTER TO 11/4” 2 $25.49 stress cracking in PVC parts. We suggest using PTFE tape (371) on threaded PVC
parts. Do not overtighten threaded PVC parts! One or two turns beyond fingertight is
KT8A PVC PIPE CUTTER TO 2” 12 54.39 generally all that is required to make a sound PVC threaded connection.
KTR5A REPLACEMENT BLADE FOR KT5A 1 10.99 Unnecessary overtightening may cause damage to both pipe and fitting at some
KT5ASP REPLACEMENT SPRING KIT FOR KT5A 1 1.99 future time.
MODEL EACH
NZ35 $59.29
MODEL EACH
NZ22 $8.89
HM22
HM46
HM34 3194
3110-AQ
MODEL HOSE I.D. EACH
HM22 HOSE MENDER 5/8", 3/4" $2.89
3150
HM34 FEMALE COUPLING 5/8", 3/4" 1.79
HM35 FEMALE COUPLING 7/16", 1/2", 9/16" 1.79
HM46 MALE COUPLING 5/8", 3/4" 1.59
HM47 MALE COUPLING 7/16”, 1/2”, 9/16” 1.59
NETS
PRODUCTS
379 Fish Traps/Bags/Basket
380 Plastic Mesh
381 Wire Mesh
382 Cage Equipment
383 Brine Shrimp/Aquarium
384 Dip/Bucket/Stand
385 Koi
386 Fingerling/Harvesting/Landing
387 Monorail
389 Seines/Net Mending Tools
390 Floats/Cast Nets/Netting
The minnow keeper (MT23) is a small cage that is similar in design to the
MT2-AQ; however, it has flat ends to keep aquatic animals in their
environment. Ship weight is 2 lbs each.
DIAMETER
MODEL WIDEST LENGTH MESH EACH MT21
MT28 FISH TRAP (FOR SMALLER-SIZED FISH) 9” 16” 1/8” $34.49 $31.04/6+
MT2-AQ FISH TRAP (FOR MINNOW-SIZED FISH) 9” 16” 1/4” 16.39 14.75/6+
MT21 EEL TRAP (FOR LARGE MINNOWS & EELS) 9” 31” 1/4” 26.99 24.29/4+
MT22 CRAWFISH TRAP 9” 31” 1/4” 27.09 24.38/4+ MT23
MT23 MINNOW KEEPER 9” 31” 1/4” 26.99 24.29/4+
SPAT BAGS
These bags are very commonly used for collecting scallop larvae and as
oyster nursery bags. They have knitted polyethylene mesh with a drawstring.
SCB4 is used in heavy fouling conditions.
FISH BASKET
This durable basket has multiple aquaculture applications. Its thicker bottom
(with drain holes), tapered form and molded-in handles give it superior strength
and durability. Rated at 40 lbs (18 kg) carrying strength but will physically hold
75–80 lbs when stationary. Nestable. Ships Oversize with up to 10 baskets in
one carton.
DIAMETER SHIP WT
MODEL (TOP) HEIGHT HOLE DIAMETER (LBS) EACH
FBK3 19” 17” 3/4” 3.5 $26.19
PLASTIC MESH
High-quality, extruded plastic netting is offered in both square and diamond
configurations for a wide variety of aquaculture applications. Made from
a pliable, yet durable semirigid polyethylene that is great for outdoor use.
All screening is nontoxic.
This netting is characterized by a smooth surface and heavy-duty construction.
The surface minimizes algae growth, making cleaning easier and less
frequent. The products are made with more weight than many competitive
netting products, providing for greater durability and longer life. And the
material is produced to high quality standards for consistency, uniformity
and flatness—making fabrication into cages, traps and trays all the easier.
Sold by the roll. N1130 N1670 N1170
*The mesh opening refers to the widest space across the opening.
Note: Be aware that most plastics absorb moisture WW14 1" X 1" 4’X100’ 16 124 448.79
over time, weakening them in submerged applications. WW16 1" HEX 4’X150’ 20 78 273.59
MODEL EACH
BF128 HOG RING PLIERS $75.59
BF129 5/8”STAINLESS STEEL RING PACK (2500 COUNT) 67.19
Closed BF129
BF128
FISH CAGES
If you need cages for fish inspection, introducing small fish into a pond with larger fish or to keep
different sizes of fish separated, try these. Made of 1/4" polyester netting with a 3/4" PVC top frame,
floating lid and aluminum bottom frame.
MESH
MODEL SIZE L X W X H EACH
NB4228 1/8" 4' X 2' X 2' $49.29
NB4428 1/8" 4' X 4' X 2' 67.29
NB4448 1/8" 4' X 4' X 4' 92.59
NB4224 1/4" 4' X 2' X 2' 46.49
NB4444 1/4" 4' X 4' X 4' 83.59
NB4844 1/4" 4' X 8' X 4' 123.69
NB4228
PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS NOT INCLUDED.
NETS, COMMERCIAL-DUTY
These durable nets can withstand constant use in commercial applications.
These aquaculture-duty nets are tough and long-lasting. Stainless steel
F8103
frames and handles.
BUCKET NET
This high-quality net is designed to be set onto a 5-gallon bucket for
transferring fish. The net is made with a stainless steel frame. Heavy knotless
netting is gentle on fish. Net will last for years.
FRAME BAG SHIP WT
MODEL SIZE MESH DEPTH (LBS) EACH
NT102 11” DIA. 1/4” 11” 3 $78.79
SMALL KOI NET KOI DELUXE KOI NET WITH TELESCOPIC HANDLE KOI
This small net is designed for catching small- to medium-size koi and goldfish. This net has polyester mesh coated to resist barb penetration and scaling.
Measures 11.5" across end, 12" from end to handle; has 13" long aluminum Shallow bag depth allows easy access. A net guard surrounds the aluminum
handle with rubberized grip. 6" bag depth, 1/8" soft black mesh. 2" rope loop for frame to prevent fish abrasion. Telescopic aluminum handle (included).
hanging on end of handle. Skimmer net has micron netting with extra deep bag. FRAME HANDLE BAG SHIP WT
FRAME HANDLE BAG SHIP WT MODEL SIZE LENGTH MESH DEPTH (LBS) EACH
MODEL SIZE LENGTH MESH DEPTH (LBS) EACH
K08 25” DIA. 4-8’ 3/8” 6” 4 $123.89
PT811 12”X12”111/2” 13” 1/8” 6” 0.3 $12.79
TECH TALK 16
Fish Metabolism
We refer to fish as being “cold blooded”, that doesn’t mean they don’t give off heat. There is
‘heat of metabolism’, or heat that is generated as fish metabolize feed in a system. It works
as follows:
• 1 00 pounds of fish fed @ 5 percent of weight per day.
• 5 pounds of feed x 700 kcal/lb feed = 3,500 kcal/day.
• 3 ,500 kcal/day = heat that would raise a 400-gallon culture tank’s temperature (perfectly
insulated) 2–3°C.
This explains how fish metabolism, together with pumps, lights, etc., is responsible for raising
the temperature.
DN29
DN36
SHIP WEIGHT
MODEL FRAME SIZE HANDLE MESH BAG DEPTH (LBS) EACH
LANDING NET
DN36* 22” X 17” 72” ALUMINUM 1/2” 24” 6 60.69 54.62/4+
*Oversize, Exposed: ships @ 30-lb rate when applicable.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
AK-2 ONE PIECE HANDLE, 24” 8.39 —
AK-3 ONE PIECE HANDLE, 36” 9.39 —
One Piece Handle BD1HOOP AK-5 ONE PIECE HANDLE, 60” 12.29 —
FH48 TELESCOPING HANDLE, 48”–84” 21.79 —
BD1HOOP HOOP, 16” X 16” 7.79 —
MONORAIL NET
The Handler has Ace nylon mesh with aluminum handle and sponge end.
Well suited for handling most medium-size fish.
SEINES, SMALL
These small-mesh, commercial-grade seines are ideal for gathering fish in
tanks and small ponds. They are made of white knotless nylon. Complete with
sponge floats for top and weighted bottom line. Seine handles not included.
SHIP WT
MODEL H X L MESH SIZE MATERIAL (LBS) EACH
ML210 4’ X 10’ 3/16” NYLON 3 $69.99
ML520 6’ X 20’ 3/16” NYLON 6 175.99
SEINES, LIGHT-DUTY
These seines are made of square mesh nylon netting that travels through
the water easily. They are offered in mesh sizes small enough to net even
two-week-old koi fry (1/8"). Seines include floats and lead weighted bottoms.
SHIP WT
MODEL H X L MESH SIZE MATERIAL (LBS) EACH
LDS1 8’ X 20’ ⅛” NYLON 5 $166.49
LDS2 8’ X 20’ ¼” NYLON 4 126.69
LDS3 8’ X 40’ ⅛” NYLON 12 347.69
LDS4 8’ X 40’ ¼” NYLON 8 240.99
SEINES, HEAVY-DUTY
These seines will stand up to the rigors of daily commercial use. Foam
floats are sewn on 12" centers along the 3/8" braided float line. A braided lead
line with internal leads (.16 lbs/ft), plus 4-oz external leads over the lead
line on 8" centers, holds nicely to the bottom. Knotless nylon mesh.
SHIP WT
MODEL H X L MESH SIZE MATERIAL (LBS) EACH
HDS1 4’ X 10’ ⅛” NYLON 16 $203.69
HDS5 4’ X 10’ ⅜” NYLON 11.6 211.09
HDS2 7’ X 20’ ⅛” NYLON 25 475.89
HDS6 8’ X 20’ ⅜” NYLON 24 478.39
NET FLOATS
Rigid polyethylene floats are UV-resistant and extremely durable.
They are ideal for use with seines, nets and traps.
HOLE
MODEL L DIA. SIZE COLOR EACH
FT3X5B/W 5” 3” ½” BLUE/WHITE $2.59
FT5X9B/W 9” 5” ¾” BLUE/WHITE 4.69
FT3X5B/W
NET FLOATS
Made of ethylene vinyl acetate copolymer (EVA), which offers high tensile
strength; durability; resistance to pressure, sunlight and abrasion;
buoyancy; and a much longer life expectancy than PVC net floats.
Each Evafloat has internal nylon grommets and will give years of worry-free
service as your seine float, rope barrier or marker buoy.
HOLE FLOATATION
MODEL L DIA. SIZE COLOR (OZ) EACH
NF4 5” 3½” ⅝” WHITE 17 $2.39
NF5 6” 311/16” ⅝” WHITE 23 2.59
NF6 5” 4⅜” 1” WHITE 32 4.99
NF4 NF6
CAST NETS
Monofilament cast nets are useful for sampling ponds and tanks and
are convenient for partial harvesting of fish as small as 4" long. These
economical nets come with a 20' long polyester rope. Mesh size is 3/8"
(9.6 mm) and stretches to 7/8" (23 mm).
SHIP WT
MODEL DIA (LBS) EACH
CN4 8' 4 $45.49
CN5 10' 5 55.49
CN4 CN7 14' 9 74.79
CN8 16' 10 93.89
FIELD SUPPLIES
PRODUCTS
392 Plant/Debris Removal
393 Measuring/Catheter Tubing/Fish Tags
394 Water Sampling
396 Water Flow & Depth Measurements
397 Plankton Sampling/Sieve Sets
398 Tracer Dye/Thermometers/Scanner/
Alarms
400 Outdoor Cases
401 Notebooks/Copier Paper/Pen
402 Rain Suits/Waders/Gloves
WEED RAZORS
The Weed Razer® removes lake/pond weeds in minutes. With minimal
resistance, it will cut or shear almost any type of rooted aquatic vegetation like
milfoil, lily pads, pond weed and cattails. Give it a toss, let it sink, pull it in and
repeat. Made of galvanized steel with stainless steel blades. Two-part handle
for easy storage. Assembles in minutes (Weed Raze Pro comes preassembled).
Weed Razer® Pro is adjustable, providing 7 different length cutting paths.
Includes blade sharpener and weed deflector. Weed Razer ®Original includes
blade sharpener and weed deflector. Weed Razer® Express is light weight, cuts
in narrow places and includes a weed deflector.
• Able to cut in deep or shallow water, cutting at the base of the weeds
AWC62 AWC48
• Weed deflector prevents vegetation from getting stuck where the blades
meet the handle
CUTTING FLOATING HANDLE SHIP WT
MODEL PATH ROPE LENGTH (LBS) EACH
AWC30 WEED RAZER EXPRESS 30” 25’ 6’ 5” 8 $139.99
AWC48 WEED RAZER ORIGINAL 48” 25’ 6’ 5” 9 179.99
AWC62 WEED RAZER PRO 30” - 62” 25’ 6’ 5” 11 124.99
Weed Razer® is a registered trademark of Jenlis, Inc.
WEED RAKERS
The Weed Raker removes cut lake/pond weeds and floating debris such as water
hyacinth, bladderwort, salvinia, water lettuce, etc. It will dig and pull the stems
and roots of your lake and pond weeds thereby slowing or eliminating their
re-growth. The head can be filled with weighted material (ie. gravel) to sink it
quicker or to increase the weight when it’s used to groom the bottom. Four
section, aluminium handle with floating rope. Features 12 pairs of flexible
composite tine (teeth) that won’t get locked in heavy roots. AWR23
• Light weight –toss & pull weeds in from 55’ away
• Tines are designed to slide into the head channel; no nuts & bolts required
The Beach Rake can be used in water and on land. 4-section, aluminium handle,
floating rope and float attach to the rake head. On land, clears beach debris,
grooms sand, spreads landscape rock and wood chips. In water, removes
floating vegetation and algae, decaying organic matter from lake and pond
bottom, and roots up weeds.
HEAD HANDLE TINE FLOATING SHIP WT
MODEL WIDTH LENGTH LENGTH ROPE (LBS) EACH AWR22
AWR22 WEED RAKER 37” 11’ 8” 43’ 12 $124.99
AWR23 BEACH RAKE 36” 11’ 3” 25’ 7 115.49
AWR22T REPLACEMENT TINE (1/PK) FOR AWR22 5.29
AWR22TC REPLACEMENT TINE (12/PK) FOR AWR22 56.69
WEED RAKE
This aquatic weed rake is equipped with a foam float that’s easily removable if
you need to pull in floating weeds or rake the bottom. Comes with a two-piece
handle and floating poly rope.
PARACHUTE SKIMMER
The Parachute Skimmer™ cleans a 5’ swath of pond/lake surface and
subsurface using a PVC coated mesh screen to capture everything in its path.
As the skimmer is pulled from the water, the net closes catching the debris.
Use large-screen model (1/4” mesh) for trash, algae and larger debris and
micro-screen model for duckweed, watermeal and smaller vegetation.
Includes closed cell foam float and 24’ nylon throw rope. 5’ wide x 2.5’ deep.
Approved for use by the Florida DEP.
MODEL EACH
PS51 LARGE SCREEN $156.49
PS51
PS52 MICRO SCREEN 156.49
CATHETER TUBING
This PTFE tubing is commonly used for sampling egg stage development in
brood stock. It has a wall thickness of .15 mm (150 microns) and is safer
than glass capillary tubes. Sold by the foot.
TECH TALK 79
Tagging Fish
Fish tags can be useful in fisheries research, as well as broodstock management. When used with 3. O nce the needle is inserted, hold the gun
proper record keeping, tags can keep track of sex, age, genetic line, year class, dispersal patterns firmly against the fish’s body while
or that the fish’s name is “Bob.” compressing the handle firmly.
Making a good tag consistently can take some practice, but the following general procedure can 4. T wist the gun slightly and remove the needle.
be followed for most species of fish. The goal is to set the “hook” of the tag into the dorsal fin DO NOT RELEASE THE COMPRESSED HANDLE
rays that extend into the musculature of the fish. This means you should actually feel the bone UNTIL THE NEEDLE HAS BEEN WITHDRAWN.
when setting the tag. Once withdrawn, release the handle slowly to
make certain the next tag is fed into position
1. Hold the fish firmly in the swimming position when it is tagged to reduce movement. for tagging. Failure to do so may cause feed
Anesthetized fish should be held firmly as well. Squirming fish can bend the needle and mechanism to skip.
cause injury.
5. Tug the tag lightly to set. One final note: disease transmission can be a concern when tagging
2. U sing the needlepoint, lift up a scale on the left side of the fish and insert the needle at the fish. To minimize risk, swab the needle with rubbing alcohol, iodine, etc., after each tag.
anterior (forward) base of the dorsal fin, forcing it forward through the dorsal rays.
BS195
SBK2 SBK3
SEC
How to Use a Secchi Disk
1. Make sure that the Secchi disk is securely attached to the measured line.
2. L ean over the side of the boat and lower the Secchi disk into the water, keeping your back toward the sun to block glare.
3. L
ower the disk until it disappears from view. Lower it one-third of a meter and then slowly raise the disk until it just reappears. Move the disk up and down
until the exact vanishing point is found.
4. A
ttach a clothespin to the line at the point where the line enters the water. Record the measurement on your data sheet. Repeating the measurement will
provide you with a quality control check.
LM1064
MODEL EACH
FP6 FLOW PROBE, 3.7’–6’ HANDLE $886.19
FP7 FLOW PROBE, 5.5’–15’ HANDLE 951.29
SHIP WEIGHT
MODEL L W D (LBS) EACH
DPX200 7” 2” 2” 1 $115.19
2-YEAR WARRANTY
SIEVE SETS
Used to separate and grade samples, these sets are great for students.
S548 includes six interlocking sieves with plastic frames and graduated,
stainless steel wire screens; a solid container at the bottom and a snap-on
lid (US Bureau of Standards mesh sizes 5, 10, 35, 60, 120 and 230).
Weighs 3.25 lbs. S3076 consists of four high-impact plastic sieves,
with graduated mesh sizes (5, 10, 60 and 230), solid container at the
bottom and lid. Weighs 2.5 lbs. Sieves measure 63/4" x 3".
MODEL EACH
S3076 FOUR-SIEVE SET $77.99
S548 SIX-SIEVE SET 108.19
S3076 S548
.
s. POCKET THERMOMETERS AQUARIUM/ SMALL TANK THERMOMETER
Filled with nontoxic red liquid. Measures both ºC Overall length is 5". Floats in an upright position.
and ºF, range -40 to 70ºC and -40 to 158ºF. Reads both ºF and ºC. Range 30 to 120ºF and 0 to 50ºC.
Contains nontoxic red liquid. A suction cup support is
included.
TH26
MODEL EACH
TH27
TH10A $2.19
MODEL EACH
TH26 WITH ALUMINUM PROTECTIVE CASE $7.79
TH27 WITH PLASTIC PROTECTIVE CASE 5.49
MODEL EACH 4+
TH22A $24.09 $21.68
5-YEAR WARRANTY
MODEL EACH
TH24 MEASURES IN FAHRENHEIRT °F $38.99
TH24C MEASURES IN CELSIUS °C 38.99
CAPACITY CAPACITY INTERIOR DIMENSIONS EXTERIOR DIMENSIONS SHIP WT BLACK CASE YELLOW CASE
CASE MODEL SIZE (FT3) (LBS) L W H L W H (LBS) MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
TYPE 500 SMALL 0.08 11 8” 5⅝” 3⅛” 83/4 7 31/2 1.75 BW500B $29.39 BW500Y $29.39
TYPE 1000 SMALL 0.15 22 9¾” 7” 3¾” 103/4 8½ 4 2 BW1000B 36.19 BW1000Y 36.19
TYPE 2000 SMALL 0.23 22 9¾” 6⅞” 6” 103/4 8½ 61/2 2.5 BW2000B 51.69 BW2000Y 51.69
TYPE 3000 MEDIUM 0.41 44 13” 9⅛” 6” 141/4 113/4 63/4 4.75 BW3000B 95.49 BW3000Y 95.49
TYPE 4000 MEDIUM 0.59 44 15⅛” 10⅜” 6½” 161/2 13 7 6 BW4000B 102.49 BW4000Y 102.49
TYPE 5000 MEDIUM 0.78 55 17” 11⅞” 6⅝” 181/2 14½ 71/2 8 BW5000B 134.49 BW5000Y 134.49
TYPE 6000 MEDIUM 1.15 55 18⅝” 13¾” 7¾” 20 16½ 81/2 10.5 BW6000B 183.79 BW6000Y 183.79
TYPE 6700 LARGE 1.32 110 21⅛” 14⅛” 8⅞” 233/4 167/8 101/2 17 BW6700B 228.99 — —
ALL-WEATHER NOTEBOOKS
Rite in the Rain® is a patented, environmentally
responsible, all-weather writing paper that sheds
water and enables you to write anywhere, in any
weather. From the torrential downpours in the
Pacific Northwest, to the blistering heat and
humidity of a Florida summer day, Rite in the Rain
is able to provide users with an effective means
with which to write, protect, and keep valuable
information. Using a pencil or all-weather pen,
Rite in the Rain ensures that your notes survive the
rigors of the field, regardless of the conditions.
• Repels water, sweat, and grime
• Recyclable, wood-based paper
• Archival quality
TOP SPIRAL SIDE SPIRAL STAPLED
PAGE PATTERNS
NO. OF SHIP WT
MODEL STYLE SIZE (IN.) PAGE PATTERN LEAVES (OZ.) EACH
All-Weather Paper
RR135 TOP SPIRAL 3” X 5” UNIVERSAL 50 2 $5.19
Rite in the Rain writing paper for wet
RR146 TOP SPIRAL 4” X 6” UNIVERSAL 50 3.2 6.29 places—no more ruined field notes
RR393 SIDE SPIRAL 45/8” X 7” JOURNAL 32 3.2 7.89 Rite in the Rain® is a unique paper that allows
RR353 SIDE SPIRAL 45/8” X 7” FIELD 32 3.2 7.89 field notes to be written in wet or humid
conditions. The coating on the paper sheds
RR393-MX SIDE SPIRAL 81/2” X 11” JOURNAL 42 14.4 16.79 water, making it possible to write clear, readable
RR115 SIDE SPIRAL 81/2” X 11” FIELD 42 14.4 16.79 notes, even in a rainstorm. This paper works
best using just a pencil or all-weather pen. This
RR391FX STAPLED 45/8” X 7” JOURNAL 24 2.4 5.19 may be the best insurance against lost time and
ruined field notes.
RR351FX STAPLED 45/8” X 7” FIELD 24 2.4 5.19
MODEL PAGE PATTERN SIZE NO. SHEETS SHIP WEIGHT (LBS.) EACH
RR851 BLANK 81/2” X 11” 200 1.5 $35.79
CHEST
MODEL SIZE SIZE INSEAM EACH
RS4S SMALL 46” 28” $32.39
RS4M MEDIUM 50” 29” 32.39
RS4L LARGE 54” 30” 32.39
RS4XL X-LARGE 58” 31” 32.39
MEN’S
SHOE REGULAR-TOE STEEL-TOE
SIZE MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
UNDERGARMENT
6 86066-6 $141.69 — —
NOT INCLUDED
7 86066-7 141.69 WC7 $144.59
8 86066-8 141.69 WC8 144.59 CHEST WADER WAIST HIGH WADER
9 86066-9 141.69 WC9 144.59
CHEST WADERS WAIST HIGH WADERS
10 86066-10 141.69 WC10 144.59 SIZE MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
11 86066-11 141.69 WC11 144.59 SMALL FCWS $214.39 FWHS 177.99
12 86066-12 141.69 WC12 144.59 MEDIUM FCWM 214.39 FWHM 177.99
13 86066-13 141.69 WC13 144.59 LARGE FCWL 214.39 FWHL 177.99
HIP WADERS
Superior waterproof protection to the hips
Excellent for use in aquaculture, fishing, municipalities, utilities, etc. Completely waterproof, these hip
waders are comfortable and flexible, even in cold weather. They can be folded or rolled without
cracking and resist oil, gasoline, salt water and ozone. The lightweight, durable PVC upper with
anonabsorbent, polyester backing is very comfortable. Full cushion insoles are replaceable. Steel toe
complies with ASTM F2413-11 for impact and compression. Steel midsole meets or exceeds ASTM
F2413-11 and CSA standard Z195-09 Grade 1 for puncture resistance. Model 86049 features steel toe,
cleated outsole to prevent clogging on wet slippery surfaces, and 27” inseam. Model 86856 features
steel toe, steel midsole, ultra-grip outsole for durability and slip resistance, and 32” inseam. 86049
MEN’S STEEL TOE STEEL TOE & MIDSOLE
SIZE MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
6 86049-6 $88.79 86856-6 $115.99
7 86049-7 88.79 86856-7 115.99
8 86049-8 88.79 86856-8 115.99
9 86049-9 88.79 86856-9 115.99
10 86049-10 88.79 86856-10 115.99
11 86049-11 88.79 86856-11 115.99
12 86049-12 88.79 86856-12 115.99
86856
13 86049-13 88.79 86856-13 115.99
AVG STRAND
MODEL MESH W x L DIAMETER SHIP WT (LBS) EACH
02307 3/8” 7' X 10' 0.01” 1 $15.59 02307
02314 3/8” 14' X 14' 0.01” 2 24.59
02328 3/8” 28' X 28' 0.01” 3 79.49
ANIMAL TONGS
Easy to squeeze cast aluminum handle and jaws. Use for feeding,
retrieval and handling.
POLYCLIPS
These unique fasteners are ideal for attaching predator netting and shade
cloth to support rope and wires. Constructed of tough polypropylene, they can
be used over and over again. Simply snap over the edge of the material and
attach to 3/8" support wire. Recommended spacing is one polyclip per 2'
(depending on load).
MODEL EACH
PC1 EACH $0.65
PC125 25-PK 14.59
SHADE CLOTH
Our premium shade cloth is the knitted type, which will last over 15 years in
the tropical sun. This cloth is useful for shading tanks to reduce algae,
prevent sun damage to fish and reduce water temperature. It is also useful
for predator control, visibility screening and, of course, shading plants.
Offered in 3 densities to block 30, 50 or 70% of the sun. Made of UV-resistant
plastic. Sold in 10' L increments or full 300' rolls only.
SHIP WT
MODEL SHADE WIDTH LENGTH (LBS) EACH
SC30 30% 12' 10’ 2.8 $37.79
SC30R 30% 12’ 300’ 83 755.99
SC50 50% 12’ 10’ 2.8 44.09
30% SHADE 50% SHADE 70% SHADE
SC50R 50% 12’ 300’ 83 995.39
SC70 70% 12’ 10’ 4.6 56.69
SC70R 70% 12’ 300’ 138 1,328.00
POLYPROPYLENE NETTING
This black, woven polypropylene netting can be used for many applications, including fish cages and
predator control. The knotless design prevents injury to fish.
The square mesh predator netting is one of the highest quality made. Whether covering a large
pond or small raceway, this netting will provide a good physical barrier. It is highly UV-resistant.
Smaller mesh sizes may be used for predator control but also make ideal material for fish cages. All sizes
can ship Ground.
PT2: White PT3: L. Green PT4: D. Green PT5: L. Blue PT6: D. Blue PT72: D. Red PT8: L. Gray PT9: D. Gray PT10: Black
Note:
Paint color shown is an approximation of the actual color. Do not use the color shown as a guide for purchases
where exact color is a critical factor.
MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
PT1 CLEAR $85.99 PT6 DARK BLUE $85.99
PT2 WHITE 85.99 PT72 DARK RED 85.99
PT3 LIGHT GREEN 85.99 PT8 LIGHT GRAY 85.99
PT4 DARK GREEN 85.99 PT9 DARK GRAY 85.99
PT5 LIGHT BLUE 85.99 PT10 BLACK 85.99
MODEL EACH
PT20 $140.29
RT2BLK RT2CLR
H55C
WATERWELD® FW SW TECH FAV UNDERWATER EPOXY TECH FAV ROCKIN FOAM® SPRAY FOAM
Makes repairs underwater in minutes. Permanently Easy-to-use, adheres to most surfaces (except Quick-drying black foam specifically for waterfalls
repairs pipes, fish boxes, boats, tanks, buckets, soft plastics like polyethylene and nylon) and and water gardens. Its density is ideal for secure
concrete, wood, fiberglass,PVC—practically may be used underwater. Ideal for cementing rock placement, leaving little waste and giving you
anything (except most plastics like nylon and aquarium rock formations, pond waterfalls and better control during application. Nontoxic and
polyethylene). Sets in 20 minutes and cures hard patching pipes. Sets in 20 minutes and cures fully safe for aquatic plants and animals. Tack-free in 30
as steel in only a few hours. Safe for carrying in 24 hours. Manufacturer claims “fish safe,” minutes; can be trimmed, sanded, caulked or
potable water. but we make no warranty. plastered in 1 hour. 20-oz can.
MODEL EACH
MODEL EACH MODEL EACH
8277 2 OZ. $15.99
UP4 GRAY, 4 OZ $12.59 RCKFM20 20 OZ. $19.79
Waterweld® is a registered trademark of J-B Weld Co., LLC Rockin Foam® is a registered trademark of Tierra Innovations, Inc.
MODEL EACH
TG10 PROBE W/PLUG $15.19
GP10 PROVE W/O PLUG 15.69
Grow Lights
COVERAGE AREA DIMENSIONS SHIP WT
MODEL VOLTS HZ WATTS L W L W H (LBS) EACH
PNR-100-PAR 100W GROW LIGHT 120-277 50/60 100 24” 24” 19” 141/2” 63/4” 12 $503.99
PNR-200-PAR 200W GROW LIGHT 120-277 50/60 200 36” 36” 261/2” 141/2” 63/4” 17 640.49
PNR-400-PAR 420W GROW LIGHT 120-277 50/60 420 48” 48” 41” 141/2” 63/4” 24 834.79
PNR-400-PON 40W PONTOON ACCESSORY 120-277 50/60 40 — — 40” 20” 51/2” 14 782.29
RANGE
0–400,000 lux, 0–40,000 fc
RESOLUTION
.01 / 1 lux, .001 / 1 fc
CLEANING
PRODUCTS
414 Disinfectants/Cleaners
415 Siphon Pump/Vacuum/Tongs/Towel
416 Pads/Scrubbers/Scrappers
417 Vacuum Heads/Pond Hose
418 Poles & Brushs
OVADINE IODINE FW SW
This product is a buffered, FDA-registered fish egg disinfectant that
works well when applied to the egg surface of salmonids. It is effective
against a wide variety of fungi, viruses and bacteria. Sodium thiosulfate (ST1/
ST1A) can be used to neutralize iodine disinfectants.
SHIP WT
MODEL (LBS) EACH
ID10 1 GALLON 11 $40.99
Ovadine® is a registered trademark of Syndel Laboratories Ltd.
MODEL EACH
AQU128 1 GALLON $26.29
MODEL EACH
SP9 $63.79
GRAVEL VACUUM
The Python Products No Spill Clean 'N Fill system simplifies water changes and tank maintenance. It
connects to most water faucets for use with aquariums, ponds, bioassay tanks and small recirculating
systems. The unique faucet pump enables the siphoning of water efficiently without spills. Unlike
garden hoses, the Python system uses UV-stabilized tubing, which eliminates the possibility of adding
hose-borne toxins to fish tanks. Each Python system is completely assembled, ready to use and
includes hose, 10" gravel tube, hose connectors, switch, faucet pump and faucet adapters.
AQUA TONGS
These powerful tongs feature a 4.5" squeezable grip for grabbing rocks, corals and other decorations out of
tanks. Built with stainless steel and plastic components, so they will not rust. Keeps hands out of water to
reduce contamination.
AF9502
MODEL OAL EACH
AF9500
AF9502 22" $19.89
AF9500 34" 23.59
AF9501 28” 23.09
MODEL EACH
AFTB $5.19
ALGAE PADS
These handheld algae pads are ideal for removing unsightly algae from
tanks, aquariums, etc. Material is easily washed and long lasting. White
algae pads will not scratch acrylic and plexiglass tanks. Blue algae pads
are very coarse and will scratch acrylic surfaces; however, they are ideal
for glass, polyethylene and hard surfaces.
ALGAE SCRUBBER
Perfect for cleaning algae from aquarium and tank walls. Handle is
approximately 15" long. For use with acrylic and glass aquariums.
MODEL EACH
AG5B $7.29
ALGAE SCRAPERS
Designed for removing tough algae from aquarium tanks, these algae scrapers
will not scratch glass or acrylic. Include three types of easily changed
replacement blades for all your cleaning needs: fabric-covered, plastic and
stainless steel.
MODEL EACH
PR21 PROSCRAPER, SHORT $10.49
PR241 PROSCRAPER, 24" 15.79
PR35E PROSCRAPER, 24"–36" 26.29
PR21 PR24R3 REPL. PLASTIC BLADES, 3/PK 5.19
PSRS3 REPL. STEEL BLADES, 3/PK 6.09
PSRS3 PR24R3
PR241 PR35E
VACUUM HEADS
Constructed of polyethylene with lead weights molded in, these flexible
vacuum heads are ideal for bottom cleaning of koi ponds, tanks and
raceways. The suction chamber converges the suction velocity equally from
both ends. The heads have adjustable wheels to control vacuum velocity.
Each includes a Snap-Adapt handle (metal on VAC14 and VAC22) to fit our
poles and 11/2" vacuum hose swivel connection.
POND HOSE
This pond hose can be used for cleaning fish ponds and siphoning water, etc.,
because it will not collapse. Hose cuffs fit snugly on a 11/2" barbed fitting and
swivel to prevent kinking. 11/2" diameter.
MODEL EACH
HP525 POND HOSE, RESIDENTIAL, 25' $38.19
HP535 POND HOSE, COMMERCIAL, 35' 68.59
HP526 HP524 REPLACEMENT CUFF 4.09
HP525 HP526 REPLACEMENT SWIVEL CUFF 6.29
PentairAES.com
EVERYTHING
YOU NEED ON
EVERY DEVICE
OUTSIDE
MODEL DIAMETER EACH BH10
BH75 8’ TELESCOPING ALUMINUM POLE 11/4” $15.09
BH10 2 - 10’ SNAP-ADAPT PVC POLE 11/4” 20.49
BU2 BU1
MODEL EACH
WQB109 ENGLISH EDITION $142.49
WQB109S SPANISH EDITION 142.49
INFORMATION
RESOURCES
422 Conversion Factors
426 Abbreviations/Units
427 Ordering & Shipping Information
429 Terms & Conditions of Sale
432 Index
441 Tech Talk Index
442 Tech Profiles
FREE SHIPPING
Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems offers ALL items free ground shipping for orders over $50.00
(FEDEX, LTLs, and TLs). This includes oversized and HAZMAT, Continental United States,
Canada, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico and US Virgin Islands. A flat rate of $7.99 will be applied
to any purchase under $50.00. This offer does not include Mexico, international or priority
(2 day, overnight) shipping. ALL international drop shipments and orders for customer
service/repair do not receive free shipping. Domestic drop shipments are free. For phone
orders & Tech Advice please call our specialists at +1 407-886-3939 or toll free (877) 347-4788.
*Restrictions apply. Exceptions: orders for Faivre or Arvotech that have to be drop shipped are excluded.
CUSTOMER ORDER ACCEPTANCE This Warranty does not extend to any products that have been subjected to:
All orders are subject to acceptance by Pentair Aquatic Eco-Systems Inc. or Pentair 1. Damage caused by careless handling, improper repackaging, or shipping.
Aquatic Eco-Systems (Canada) Inc., as the case may be (each, “PAES” or “Seller”) and
are not accepted by or binding upon PAES unless a signed notice of such acceptance is 2. Damage due to misapplication, misuse, abuse or failure to properly operate the
forwarded to the Buyer in writing or upon fulfillment of the order by PAES. The terms product.
and conditions of sale are only those stated herein, which with the information 3. Damage caused by improper installation or storage.
contained in the face of the quote or acknowledgment shall constitute the complete 4. Damage due to unauthorized product modifications or repairs.
agreement between the parties and may not be altered or modified except in writing
duly executed by each party. The parties agree there are no agreements, 5. Damage caused by negligence, or failure to properly maintain products.
representations or warranties between the parties, oral or written, with respect to the 6. Accidental damage, fire, acts of God, or other circumstances outside the control of
products sold hereunder (including any made or implied from past dealings) except as PAES.
expressed herein. No terms and conditions stated in or attached to Buyer’s
NON-WARRANTY REPAIRS
communications to PAES, including but not limited to Buyer’s purchase orders the
In the event Buyer desires to have Seller perform a non-warranty repair of equipment
terms of which are hereby rejected, are applicable to these terms and conditions in
sold by Seller, Buyer shall contact Seller’s customer service representative at 877
any way and in no event shall such Buyer’s or any other terms and conditions be
347 4783. If Seller is capable of performing such non-warranty repair of the
considered valid exceptions to the provisions of these terms and conditions. Trade
equipment and Buyer decides to move forward with having Seller perform such
custom, trade usage and past performance are superseded by these terms and
repair, Seller will generate a return number which Buyer shall reference in its
conditions and shall not be used to interpret these terms and conditions.
shipment to Seller of the equipment for evaluation by Seller. Buyer is solely
GOVERNING LAW; SOLE JURISDICTION AND VENUE responsible for any and all costs and expenses, customs fees, duties and taxes
These terms and conditions and any quote, order or agreement subject to these terms associated with shipping the equipment for evaluation. Buyer will be charged an up-
and conditions shall be interpreted in accordance with the commonly understood front evaluation fee in order for Seller to assess the extent and ability of Seller to
meaning of the words and phrases hereof in the United States of America. These perform the necessary repairs. The evaluation fee must be paid in advance and will
terms and conditions and any quote, order or other agreement subject to these terms be credited toward the repair fee if Buyer elects to have Seller perform the repair. If
and conditions and the performance of the parties hereto, shall be construed and Seller is capable of performing the repairs, then Seller shall provide Buyer with a
governed according to the laws of the State of Florida, without regard to conflicts of quote for the cost of the repairs. Upon Buyer’s consent to move forward based upon
laws principles. The parties hereby irrevocably consent to jurisdiction in, and to the the quote, Seller shall make the repairs outlined in the quote and return the
service of process, pleadings and notices in accordance with, the laws of the State of equipment to Buyer in accordance with Seller’s Shipping Policy. If Seller does not
Florida and the federal laws of the United States of America in connection with any and wish to move forward with the repairs or Seller cannot otherwise perform the
all actions and processes initiated in courts situated in Orange County, State of repairs, Buyer shall arrange for the pick-up of the equipment at Seller’s facility at
Florida, U.S.A. It is the express intent and agreement of the parties that the United Buyer’s sole cost and expense. Any equipment sent in for a repair evaluation and
Nations Convention for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply to this agreement which is left for more than ninety (90) days after notice is given that either (i) Buyer
or to purchase orders submitted hereunder. Each party hereby irrevocably waives any does not wish to move forward with the repairs or (ii) Seller is unable to perform the
objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action repairs, shall be considered abandoned. Certain equipment may be subject to
or proceeding relating to these terms and conditions and any quote, order or other additional documentation or evaluation criteria at Seller’s sole discretion.
agreement subject to these terms and conditions in the state or federal courts situated
SEVERABILITY
in Orange County, State of Florida in the United States of America, and further
In the event a provision of these Terms and Conditions is held to be invalid, illegal or
irrevocably waives any claim that Orange County, State of Florida in the United States
unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions
of America is not a convenient forum for any such suit, action or proceeding.
shall not be affected.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
SHIPPING
PAES SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
Shipping dates are estimates only and are not guaranteed. Seller will use every effort
CONSEQUENTIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
to make shipments as scheduled and may make partial shipments. Seller shall not be
DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, GOODWILL, USE, DATA OR OTHER INTANGIBLE
liable for any loss or damage ensuing from late delivery. - Prices quoted, unless
LOSSES (EVEN IF PAES HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
otherwise agreed to by PAES, are Incoterms 2010 EXW-Seller’s Factory for United
DAMAGES), WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER MATTER
States domestic transactions and FCA-Seller’s Factory for international transactions.
RELATING TO THE PRODUCTS OR SERVICES.
In the event of shipping damage, PAES must be notified, in writing, within three (3)
IN NO EVENT SHALL PAES’ MAXIMUM AGGREGATE LIABILITY EXCEED THE TOTAL business days of shipment receipt. Buyer must hold all products and packing
FEES PAID BY BUYER TO PAES WITH RESPECT TO THE SPECIFIC QUOTE, ORDER OR materials intact, until further disposition is provided by PAES in writing.
AGREEMENT TO WHICH THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLY. THE EXISTENCE
OF MORE THAN ONE CLAIM SHALL NOT ENLARGE OR EXTEND THE LIMIT. TITLE AND RISK
On domestic sales, transfer of both title and risk of loss shall occur upon pickup from
SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OF CERTAIN WARRANTIES Seller’s site. On international sales, transfer of both title and risk of loss shall occur
OR THE LIMITATION OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR INCIDENTAL OR upon entry into international waters, international airspace, or the crossing of an
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES. ACCORDINGLY, SOME international border with the sole exception of banked transactions (L/C, DM, DAP), in
OF THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO BUYER. which case the transfer of title occurs upon exchange of documents at the bank
LIMITED WARRANTY window, and the transfer of risk of loss occurs upon entry into international water,
PAES warrants that upon completion of the services or at the time of delivery, as the international airspace, or the crossing of an international border.
case may be, and for a period of twelve (12) months thereafter: (i) professional services, INSPECTION
if any, will be performed in a good and workmanlike manner in accordance with Within three (3) business days after receipt of shipment of the product, Buyer shall
generally acceptable industry standards, and (ii) products specifically manufactured inspect the shipment for obvious damage to or violation of the shipping container.
by PAES, except for filters, chemicals and consumables (which shall not be warranted) Buyer shall also confirm that the type and quantity of the products received are
shall be free from all material defects in materials and workmanship. With respect to consistent with the type and quantity specified on the related shipping documents
the professional services warranty, Buyer’s sole and exclusive remedy for PAES’ and order. Buyer shall promptly notify Seller of any discrepancies in accordance with
breach of the warranty shall be for PAES to re-perform the services at PAES’ sole cost the terms hereof. If a notice of discrepancies is not received by PAES within three (3)
and expense. With respect to the PAES manufactured product warranty, if the PAES days after receipt of the shipment by Buyer, the shipment shall be deemed to have
manufactured product shall prove to be defective in material or workmanship under been completely and correctly fulfilled, and all claims by Buyer shall be deemed
normal intended usage and maintenance during the warranty period, upon waived and released, except for any Product defect that a visual inspection would not
examination by PAES or its authorized representative, then PAES shall repair or disclose.
replace, at its sole option, such defective products at its own expense; provided,
however, that the Purchaser shall be required to ship each such defective product,
freight prepaid, to PAES’ designated facility. The warranty on products and/or
components not manufactured by PAES is limited to the warranty, if any, provided by
the original manufacturer of said product or component which can be passed onto
Buyer. PAES DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY IMPLIED
WARRANTY OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULIAR PURPOSE.
CANCELLATION; PENALTY Agreement, and Buyer hereby waives any and all claims against the Seller for any loss,
No products may be returned without prior written approval of Seller. Orders placed cost or expense, including, but not limited to, claims of third parties, any loss of profit,
with and accepted by Seller may not be cancelled except upon Seller’s written consent loss of business, loss of or damage to goodwill and/or similar losses, loss of anticipated
prior to shipment and Buyer’s acceptance of Seller’s cancellation charges which shall savings, or increased costs or for any indirect, special or consequential losses, or pure
protect Seller against all costs and losses, but not higher than the price quoted. Seller economic loss, costs, damages, charges or expenses howsoever arising, that Buyer
reserves the right to cancel any sale hereunder without liability to Buyer (except for may incur by virtue of such refusal or cancellation of any order or termination of this
refund of monies already paid) if the manufacture or sale of the products is or becomes Agreement.
technically or economically impractical. A cancellation fee equal to thirty percent
FORCE MAJEURE
(30%) of the stipulated price for non-stocked or custom products which have already
Except for the obligation to make payments, a party is not liable to fulfill its obligations
been manufactured will be charged for any cancellations of non-stocked or custom
under the agreement if performance is materially prevented as a consequence of
products that have not been shipped to the Buyer. “Non-stocked or custom products”
natural catastrophes, terrorism, civil unrest, war, explosions, fire, breakdowns or
are defined as goods that are made to order.
damages to installations, constructions or machines, disruption to public transport,
PAYMENT; OVERDUE INVOICES labour market conflicts (such as strikes and lock-outs) or other similar circumstances
All payment terms are subject to PAES’ Credit Department’s approval. Unless otherwise or acts of God. In the event of force majeure a party is not obligated to fulfill its
agreed to by the parties, payment terms are net thirty (30) days from date of invoice. obligations as long as, and to the extent, the force majeure continues. The party
PAES RESERVES THE RIGHT TO ADD, AND PURCHASER AGREES TO PAY, INTEREST invoking force majeure shall inform the other party immediately in writing. If a force
AT THE RATE OF 18% PER ANNUM OR THE HIGHEST RATE PERMITTED BY majeure continues for more than six months the other party may terminate the
APPLICABLE LAW, WHICHEVER IS LESS, FROM DATE OF SHIPMENT, ON AMOUNTS agreement with immediate effect by sending a written notice to the other party.
INVOICED AND UNPAID IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PAYMENT TERMS.
CONFIDENTIAL
COLLECTION AND ATTORNEY’S FEES Buyer acknowledges that it may gain access to or otherwise learn Confidential
In the event of any alleged dispute, breach or default of this Agreement necessitating Information (as hereinafter defined). Buyer agrees that it will use the Confidential
PAES to retain an attorney to represent it, the Purchaser agrees to pay the PAES’ costs Information only for purposes of performing its obligations under these Terms and
and expenses including reasonable attorney’s fees, incurred in connection with, Conditions (the “Permitted Purpose”) and shall not transfer or otherwise disclose the
related to or arising out of enforcement of any term or provision of this Agreement, Confidential Information to any third party except as expressly permitted by these
whether or not in connection with any legal or administrative proceedings, plus pre- Terms and Conditions. Buyer shall: (a) give access to Confidential Information solely to
and post-judgment interest and costs incurred, through appeal, and such shall be in those of its employees and approved subcontractors with a need to know such
addition to any other remedies or damages to which the PAES may be entitled. Failure information for the Permitted Purpose; and (b) take the same security precautions to
to pay these fees automatically voids any Warranty Provisions to which the Purchaser protect against disclosure or unauthorized use of Confidential Information that Buyer
would otherwise be entitled. takes with its own confidential information, but in no event shall Buyer apply less than
a reasonable standard of care to prevent such disclosure or unauthorized use.
TAXES
Confidential Information means any and all information relating to PAES or its
Prices quoted, unless otherwise expressly stated in writing do not include sales, use,
affiliates that may be accessed by or disclosed to Buyer including but not limited to
excise, value added or similar taxes or duties. Buyer shall pay these taxes directly if
quotations, price sheets, engineering and product designs, manuals, equipment and
the law permits or will reimburse Seller if it is required to pay them. Buyer will provide
business specifications, trade secrets, reports, or other proprietary data.
tax exemption certificates or evidence of tax payment on request. The price quoted is
based on the cost of raw materials, wage rates, shipping charges, freight, insurance INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
premiums, landing charges and duties, railage and cartage applicable on the date on All patents, copyrights, designs, drawings and other technical or commercial
which a contract, acceptance, confirmation, tender or quotation is issued. Accordingly, information relating to the products, including any software provided by Seller
any increase in such costs after such date and prior to the fulfillment of the contract pursuant to any proposal, tender or the contract, and the intellectual property rights
may result in a price adaptation in good faith and in proportion to the changed therein made or acquired by Seller prior to or during the preparation of the proposal
circumstances, and shall thus be for the account of Buyer. or tender or in the course of work on the contract shall be and remain the exclusive
property of Seller.
EXPORTATION
If the products ordered are to be exported from the country of Seller, the quoted If a product furnished to Buyer becomes or, in Seller’s opinion, may become the subject
shipping dates are subject to receipt of all export documents and authorizations. of any claim, suit or proceeding for infringement of any intellectual property rights,
Regardless of ultimate destination, the prices quoted are based on packing for Seller may at its option and expense (i) obtain for Buyer the right to use, lease or sell
domestic shipment unless otherwise stated in writing. Buyer agrees to provide Seller the product, (ii) replace the product, (iii) modify the product, or (iv) remove the product
in writing with the ultimate destination and identity of the end-user prior to shipment and refund the purchase price paid by Buyer less a reasonable amount for use,
if the products are to be exported. Notwithstanding any other provision of this damage or obsolescence. Seller will not be liable for any infringement arising from
Agreement to the contrary, Buyer agrees that it will not sell, reexport or transfer any the combination of products or from the use of a product in practicing a process.
products or technical information or Services supplied under this Agreement to IRAN, Seller’s total liability to Buyer will not, under any circumstances exceed the purchase
NORTH KOREA, SYRIA, CUBA and SUDAN, including any entities or persons in those price paid for the allegedly infringing product. Buyer agrees, at its expense, to protect
countries, either directly or indirectly (“Seller’s Position”). Buyer agrees that it will not and defend Seller against any claim of intellectual property right infringement arising
sell, reexport or transfer any products or technical information or Services supplied from compliance with Buyer’s designs, specifications or instructions and to hold
under this agreement to any other countries except in full compliance with all Seller harmless from damages, costs and expenses attributable to any such claim.
applicable governmental requirements, including but not limited to applicable INDEMNITY
economic sanctions and constraints administered by the U.S. Treasury Department Buyer agrees to defend, indemnify and hold the Seller (and its agents, representatives,
and applicable export control measures administered by the U.S. Department of employees, officers, related companies, successors and assigns, and customers)
Commerce and U.S. Department of State, any other U.S. government agencies, and harmless from all claims, demands, actions, damages and liabilities (including legal
measures administered by the Foreign Affairs, Trade and Development Canada, fees and consequential and incidental damages) arising out of any injury (including
European Union or the government agencies of any other countries. Any violation by death) to any person or damage to any property in any way connected with any act or
Buyer of the applicable laws or regulations of the U.S., Canada or any other omission of Buyer, its agents, employees, or subcontractors.
government, or where Buyer breaches Seller’s Position notwithstanding whether or
not this is contrary to any aforementioned applicable laws or regulations, shall be WAIVER
deemed a material breach of this agreement and sufficient basis for the Seller to No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising on the part of Seller any right, power
reject any or all orders or to terminate this agreement. Compliance with applicable or privilege hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof nor will any single or partial
legal requirements and Seller’s Position is a prerequisite for Buyer to perform its exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder preclude further exercise of the
obligations under this Agreement, and if the Buyer fails to comply with such legal same right, power or privilege.
requirements, it is incapable of meeting its obligations under this Agreement. The VALIDITY OF PROVISIONS
Seller reserves the right to refuse to enter into or perform any order, and to cancel any In the event any provision or any part or portion of any provision of these Terms and
order, placed under this Agreement if the Seller in its sole discretion determines that Conditions shall be held to be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, such holding
the entry into such order or the performance of the transaction to which such order shall not affect the remaining part or portions of that provision, or any other provision
relates could violate any applicable law or regulation of the United States, Canada or hereof.
any other governments and/or Seller’s Position. Buyer agrees that any such refusal or
cancellation of any order, or termination of the Agreement by the Seller, as described
above, will not constitute a breach of any of the Seller’s obligations under this
SUSPENSION commission, compensation, reimbursement, or other payment until such time as the
If Buyer fails to make any payment when due or to perform on time any of its other Seller has received confirmation to its reasonable satisfaction that no breach has
obligations under this contract Seller shall be entitled to suspend performance of the occurred or will occur. The Seller shall not be liable to the Buyer for any claim, losses,
contract until the failure is remedied. or damages whatsoever related to the Seller’s decision to withhold any commission,
compensation, reimbursement, or other payment under this provision. (9) Audit
ASSIGNMENT Rights. If the Seller at any time believes, in good faith, that the Buyer has breached the
Buyer shall not be entitled to cede, transfer and/or assign any of its rights or delegate warranties, representations or agreements in this Section, then the Seller will have
any of its obligations under this contract, without the prior written consent of Seller. the right to audit the Buyer‘s books and records related to this Agreement in order to
Seller may cede, transfer and/or assign its rights or delegate any of its obligations verify the Buyer’s compliance with the provisions of this Section. The audit will be
under this contract without the prior approval of the Buyer. performed by individuals selected by the Seller. However, upon request by the Buyer,
the Seller will select in its sole discretion an independent third party to conduct an
TERMINATION audit in order to certify to the Seller that no breach has occurred or will occur. The
Seller shall be entitled to terminate the quote, purchase order or other agreement to Buyer will fully cooperate in any audit conducted by or on behalf of the Seller. (10)
which these Terms and Conditions form a part in the event Buyer is in breach of any of Termination Rights. Any breach of the warranties, representations or agreements in
its obligations hereunder and fails to remedy the breach within fifteen (15) days after this Section will constitute grounds for immediate termination of this Agreement for
receiving written notification thereof from Seller or if Buyer goes into liquidation, cause by the Seller and no commission, compensation, reimbursement or other
receivership, administration or makes any voluntary arrangement with any of its payment will be due to the Buyer. The Buyer will indemnify and hold the Seller
creditors. Any party may terminate the agreement with immediate effect if the other harmless against any actions, legal claims, demands, proceedings, losses, damages,
party is in material breach of the agreement. Any termination of the contract in costs, expenses and other liabilities of whatever nature resulting from the Buyer’s
accordance with the terms hereof shall become effective upon service of a written breach of the representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Section.
notice of termination on the other party. Upon termination, howsoever arising, Seller (11) Data Privacy Consent. The Buyer consents to the collection, processing and
shall be entitled forthwith to suspend any further deliveries under the contract without international transfer of data and information related to the business relationship
any liability to Buyer. Within 14 days of such a notice of termination, howsoever arising, between it and the Seller, including the transfer of personally identifiable data (for
Buyer shall pay to Seller: example names, email addresses, telephone numbers) to and between the Seller and
-the outstanding balance of the contract price for products which have been its affiliates wherever they may be located, for the purposes of allowing the Seller and
delivered and for those products which are then capable of being delivered, and its affiliates to evaluate the Buyer’s experience and qualifications and implement any
business. The Buyer has the right to: (a) request access to this data; (b) rectify or
-the costs incurred or committed by Seller up to the date of notice of termination
cancel any inaccurate or expired data; and (c) object to any processing that does not
in performing work on products which are not then in a deliverable state plus a
conform to these purposes. The Buyer may exercise its rights by writing to the Seller
reasonable margin to be agreed between the parties which shall not be less than
at ethics@pentair.com or to such other location as the Seller may designate.
15%, and
-the costs reasonably incurred by Seller as a result of the termination.
COMPLIANCE
(1) No Improper Means of Obtaining Business. The Seller and the Buyer intend that
no payments or transfers of value shall be made which have the purpose or effect of
public or commercial bribery, acceptance of or acquiescence in extortion or kickbacks,
or other unlawful or improper means of obtaining business. (2) No Bribes. The Buyer
will not, directly or indirectly, pay, offer, authorize or promise any monies or anything
of value (such as gifts, contributions, travel, or entertainment) to any person or
organization (including any employee or official of any governmental authority,
government owned or controlled entity, public international organization or political
party; any candidate for political office; or any employees of any of the Buyer’s or the
Seller’s customers) for the purpose of improperly influencing their acts or decisions in
violation of any antibribery or anti-corruption laws, including the United States
International Corrupt Practices Act, laws under the OECD Anti-Bribery Convention
and local anti-corruption laws (collectively, “Anti-Corruption Laws”). The Buyer will
take appropriate actions to ensure that any person representing or acting under its
instruction or control (“Buyer’s Agents”) will also comply with this Section. (3) No
Kickbacks. No part of the payment of any amounts payable under this Agreement will
be distributed to the Seller, its affiliates or customers, or any of its employees or their
family members. (4) No Conflicts. Except as disclosed in writing to the Seller (in a
questionnaire response or otherwise), the Buyer represents that it does not have any
reason to believe that there are any potential conflicts of interest regarding its
relationship with the Seller, such as family members who could potentially benefit
from the commercial relationship established by this Agreement; and neither the
Buyer, nor any of the Buyer’s Agents, have any family members who are government
officials or political party candidates in a position to influence the Buyer’s commercial
relationship with the Seller. (5) Accurate Books and Records. The Buyer will maintain
complete and accurate books and records regarding its transactions with Seller. (6)
Notification. The Buyer will notify the Seller promptly if (a) the Buyer or any of the
Buyer’s Agents have reason to believe that a breach of this Section has occurred or is
likely to occur; or (b) if any conflicts of interest arise after the signing of this Agreement,
including if any of the Buyer’s Agents or their family members become a government
official or political party candidate in a position to influence the Buyer’s commercial
relationship with the Seller. The Buyer will send all such notices to ethics@pentair.
com or to such other location as the Seller may designate in writing. (7) Compliance
Certification. The Buyer will, when and as may be requested by the Seller from time
to time, provide to the Seller a written certification in form and substance satisfactory
to the Seller that the Buyer is in compliance with this Section. (8) No Payments for
Improper Activities. The Seller will not be required under any circumstances to take
any action or make any payments that the Seller believes, in good faith, would cause it
or its affiliated companies to be in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws. If the Seller
at any time believes, in good faith, that a breach of any of the representations and
warranties in this Section has occurred or may occur, the Seller may withhold any
A Aerators
Aire-02................................................................. 43
Apron.......................................................................316
Aqua Control, Fountains........................................ 87
Activated Carbon, Proline........................... 101, 275 Bait Bucket......................................................... 40 Aqua Logic
Paddle Wheels................................................... 42 Air Cooled Heat Pump......................................251
Adapters
Vertical Pump..................................................... 40 Air-Cooled Coil Water Chillers...................... 257
Brass................................................................. 366
AeroBoost, Airlift Pump..................................44–45 Air-Cooled Trimline Water Chillers.............. 258
Digital Timer..................................................... 331
Agitators...................................................................41 Air-Cooled Water Chillers......................255–258
Female, Reducing............................................ 372
Air Compressors, Sweetwater............................. 78
Garden Hose..................................................... 377 Chiller Barrel Packages................................. 260
Insert................................................................. 369 Air Diffusers Heat / Cool Pumps........................................... 254
Male, Reducing................................................. 372 Aluminum Oxide......................................................54 Heat Exchangers............................................. 252
Tubing.................................................................367 Ceramic....................................................................54 In-Line Air Cooled Water Chillers................. 256
Aeration Rubber......................................................................54 In-Line Heaters.................................................249
AeroBoost CT Airlift Pump.........................44–45 Sweetwater.......................................................48–50 Temperature Controllers............................... 248
Agitators...............................................................41 Air Filling Kits............................................................ 299 Water-Cooled Water Chillers......................... 259
Air Pumps.....................................................36–39 Air Filters.......................................................................30 Aqua-Coat, Proline...............................................274
AIRSEP Oxygen Generators.......................64–65 Air Nozzle................................................................... 299 Aquaculture, Books............................................. 420
Aluminum Oxide Air Diffusers......................... 54 Air Pumps Aquaculture Laboratories,
Aqua Control Fountains.................................... 87 12V........................................................................ 36 Aquaculture Analysis........................................... 226
Aspirators............................................................41 Linear............................................................38–39 Aquaculture Management System
Ceramic Diffusers............................................. 54 Outdoor.................................................................37 Oxyguard Commander.................................... 239
Check Valves........................................................69 Repair Kits.......................................................... 38 Oxyguard Pacific.............................................. 240
Coarse Bubble Diffuser.................................... 56 Replacement Parts........................................... 38 Aquadyne, Bottom Drains................................... 359
Compressor Accessories................................. 80 Silent.....................................................................37 AquaFX, Reverse Osmosis...........................120–121
Compressors............................................... 78–79 Air Tubing..................................................................81 Aqualife, Multi-Purpose Cleaner........................414
De-Icing.........................................................83–84
Diffuser Bumpers...............................................49
Air-Cooled Aqualife Duty Cleaner...........................................316
Water Chillers.................................................. 256 Aquaponics
Diffuser Hose..................................................... 55
Coil Water Chillers........................................... 257 Books................................................................. 420
Diffuser Mount................................................... 50
Trimline Water Chillers................................... 258
Diffuser Tubing....................................................57 Calcium Carbonate............................................ 23
Aire-02, Aerators.................................................... 43
Diffusers....................................................... 51–56 Cocogro............................................................... 20
AIRSEP, Oxygen Generators...........................64–65
Disc Diffuser....................................................... 56 Cocotek............................................................... 20
Alarm Systems, Auto Dialers............................. 243
EDI FlexAir Diffuser.......................................... 56 Gold Label Hydrocorn....................................... 20
Flow Meters........................................................ 66 Alarms Grow Lights.........................................................24
Fountains......................................................85–87 High and Low Water.........................................178 Grow Trays.......................................................... 22
Great Lakes Diffusers....................................... 82 Auto Dialers...................................................... 243 Horticubes...........................................................21
Kasco Surface Aerators................................... 46 Algae Netting................................................................. 22
Manifolds...................................................... 66, 69 Pads ...................................................................416 Perlite.................................................................. 20
Mixing Eductors................................................. 58 Scrappers..........................................................416 PH Control.......................................................... 23
Oxygen Concentration Systems...................... 63 Scrubbers..........................................................416 Propagation Cubes.............................................21
Oxygen Saturators..............................................62
Wafers............................................................... 333 Rockwool.............................................................21
Pressure Switch................................................ 33
Algae Bioreactors, Rootcubes............................................................21
Regenerative Blowers......................27-29, 31–33
Industrial Plankton......................................340–341 Salt Concentrate................................................ 23
Rubber Air Diffusers......................................... 54
Algae Food, Proline.............................................. 342 Shade Cloth........................................................ 22
Snap-Cap Diffuser............................................. 56
Sweetwater .......................................27-29, 31, 33 Algaecide Tanks....................................................................18
Sweetwater Diffusers.................................48–50 Cutrine-Plus Algaecide and Herbicide......... 263 Transplant Trays................................................ 22
Tee Eliminators.................................................. 54 Granular............................................................ 263 Propagation Blocks............................................21
Trac-Lock............................................................ 53 Greenclean....................................................... 263 Aquaponics Kits
Tubing...................................................................81 Liquid Copper................................................... 262 Stand-Alone Kits...........................................11, 17
Tubing Fittings.....................................................57 Ponds................................................................. 264 Floating Kits..................................................11, 17
Venturi Fittings................................................... 58 Water Quality Enhancer.................................. 262 Aquaponics System 800.................................. 12, 16
Venturi Injectors................................................. 58 All Weather Accessories..................................... 401 Aquaponics Test Kit...................................... 23, 224
Wedge-Lock....................................................... 53 American Marine Aquarium
Zinc Anodes........................................................ 86
Conductivity Meter........................................... 206 Chillers..............................................................258
Aeration Systems PH Meter........................................................... 204 Cleaners............................................................ 416
Accessories........................................................ 72 Pinpoint Dissolved Oxygen Meter.................. 200 Cooling Fans.....................................................258
Great Lakes...................................................71–76 Ammonia Remover, Proline ............................... 275 Food..........................................................333–334
Pond..................................................................... 77 Ammonium Chloride, Proline............................. 270 Aquatic Disinfectant.............................................278
Sea Pen System................................................. 90 Anchor Worm Treatment..................................... 279 Aragamax, Sand...................................................272
Small Tank.......................................................... 40 Anesthetic.............................................................. 278 Arias Sand Filters..........................................113–115
Solar.................................................................... 77
Antibiotic, Tricide-Neo......................................... 279
B Pond Filter........................................................298
Scrub Pad......................................................... 418
CEL Complete Aquaculture Laboratory............226
Complete Systems
Bacteria Utility................................................................. 418 Aquaponics Kits............................................11, 17
Bacteria in a Bag..............................................271 Bulkhead Fittings........................................358–359 Automated Fish Farm.........................................9
Nitrafix for Aquaculture..................................268 Burets, VEE GEE...................................................313 Filtration............................................................ 112
Pondzilla Black................................................269 Butterfly Valves............................................ 349–350 Fish Farm II......................................................... 10
Proline...............................................................270 Great Lakes Aeration Systems.................. 71–76
Saltwater Bacteria in a Bag...........................271
Bacteria Filter.......................................................342 C Holding System.................................................. 10
Mini Fish Farm..............................................11, 17
C-Ring, Pliers and Fasteners.............................380
Bag Filters Oxygen Concentration Systems.......................63
Cable Ties................................................................81
System............................................................... 118 Point Four Pressurized Column......................59
Cage, Fittings........................................................382
Vessels.............................................................. 119 Pond Aeration Systems.....................................77
Cage Equipment, Fish Cages..............................382
Bag Filters.....................................................100–101 Quarantine and Holding Systems.................... 13
Calcium Chloride, Proline...................................276
Balance, Mechanical Triple Beam..................... 318 Solar Aeration Systems....................................77
Calcium Reactor...................................................101
Ball Valves.................................................... 350–352 System 800................................................... 12, 16
Calibration Solutions.................................. 222–223 Compressor............................................................36
Barley Straw Pellets............................................268
Caps........................................................................370
Basket, Fish...........................................................379 Compressors
Bead Filter......................................................110–111 Carbon Accessories........................................................80
Beads for Sand Filter.............................................95 Activated ...................................................101, 275 Cabinets..............................................................78
Beakers, Graduated, Cylinders..........................307 Dioxide Stripper...............................................129 Rotary Vane.........................................................79
Filter Material.....................................................96
Berkeley Sweetwater.........................................................78
Filtration System............................................. 116
Self-Priming Pumps.......................................166
Cartridge Filter, Accessories............................. 117 Conductivity Meter
Vertical Multi-Stage........................................ 167 American Marine.............................................206
Cartridge Filters................................................... 117
Bio Barrels.............................................................. 94 Extech................................................................207
Cases, Outdoor Cases.........................................400
Bio-Balls.................................................................. 94 YSI............................................. 206–207, 210, 212
Catheter Tubing....................................................298
Bio-Fill..................................................................... 94 Conical Bottom Tanks..........................................192
Cement, Tubing.....................................................364
Biofilter StartupProline.......................................270 Constant Flow Technology..........152–154, 160–161
Biological MediaSweetwater................................93 Centrifugal Pumps Container, Insulated.............................................189
Biomass Daily, Vaki..................................... 282–283 Energy Efficient................................................158
Sparus............................................... 152-154, 157 Control Systems
Biomass Control...................................................291 Oxyguard Commander....................................239
Bioreactor......................................................122–123 Sweetwater...............................................164–165
Taurus........................................................156–159 Oxyguard Pacific..............................................240
Bioscanner, Vaki...................................................288
Blackwater Koi Food................................... 337–338 Verus..........................................................159–163 Controllers
Blocksom Filter Material......................................97 Channel Counters, Vaki.......................................284 Feeders.............................................................331
Blood Worms........................................................335 Chatillon, Hanging Scales................................... 317 Milwaukee PH/CO2..........................................242
Check Valve, Ozone-Safe............................... 67, 150 PH/ORP ............................................................242
Blowers Point Four Customized Controllers..............234
High-Pressure...................................................32 Check Valves
Nonmetallic........................................................ 69 Point Four LC3.................................................235
Regenerative....................................27–29, 31–33
Polyethylene....................................................... 69 Cooling Element...................................................257
Blue Vail, Water Colorant....................................266
Check Valves.........................................................354 Cooling FansAquarium .......................................258
Bolts, Sets.............................................................374 Counters, Vaki.............................................. 285–286
Books Chillers Counting Software...............................................287
Aquaculture......................................................420 Air-Cooled............................................... 255–258 Couplings...................................................... 360, 372
Fish Disease.....................................................420 Aquarium..........................................................258 Covers, Tanks........................................................188
Fish Hatchery Management...........................420 Chiller Barrel Packages.................................260 Crosses..................................................................369
Coolworks Ice Probe Cooling Element.........257
Bottles CSK Filtration Systems....................................... 112
Water-Cooled Water Chillers.........................259
Dispensing Bottle............................................306 Culture Tanks................................................180–181
Dispensing Bottles..........................................306 Clamps Custom Tanks.......................................................182
Sample Bottles................................................306 Hoses................................................................. 361 Cyclonic Bioreactor..............................................123
Wash..................................................................306 Plastic................................................................362
Bottom Drains......................................................359 Screw................................................................... 67
Brine Shrimp Eggs...............................................344 Tubing Valve........................................................68
Brine Shrimp Food...............................................344 Clarifiers................................................................267
Brine Shrimp Net.................................................344 Cleaner.................................................................. 316
D E
EASYPLUG,
Screen Filter..........................................................105
Profibreed Grading Grids.................................... 295
Danner Resistance Immersion Heaters.............................. 246
Fiberglass Tanks......................................... 18, 186–187
Magnetic Drive Pumps.................................... 171 Fiberglass Troughs..............................................18, 186
Ebara, Submersible Pumps.....................................170 Filter Bags...................................................................169
Replacement parts.......................................... 171 Eclipse Ozone System...............................................149 Filter Pads.....................................................................97
De-Icing Eco-Trap......................................................................104 Filter Sumps................................................................191
Floating.....................................................................83 Electric , In-Line Heaters......................................... 250 Filtering Granules......................................................276
Great Lakes Systems..............................................83 Electrode Cleaning................................................... 223
Kasco.........................................................................84 Ells.......................................................................370–371
Filters
Dechlorinator..............................................................274 Air..............................................................................30
Enkamat Filter Material..............................................96
Defoamer.....................................................................278 Bacteria................................................................. 342
Degassing Column.....................................................130
Enrichments Bags........................................................100–101, 169
Instant Algae Marine Paste................................ 343
Del Ozone.....................................................................149 Bead................................................................ 110–111
Liquid Hufa............................................................ 343
Desiccant.....................................................................150 Brush.........................................................................97
N-Rich PL Plus..................................................... 343
Diaphragm-Metering Pump.....................................176 Carbon.................................................................... 116
Rotigrow Plus Feed.............................................. 343
Cartridge................................................................ 117
Diffusers Selcon Concentrate............................................. 343
Cartridge Accessories.......................................... 117
Air Diffusers.............................................................55
Epoxy Chemical Basket................................................... 116
Aluminum Oxide......................................................54
Gel........................................................................... 408 Drum...............................................................102–103
Bumper.....................................................................49 Paint....................................................................... 408 Foam/Sponge..........................................................98
Ceramic....................................................................54 Primer.................................................................... 408 Housing 20”............................................................ 116
Coarse Bubble.........................................................56 Underwater........................................................... 409 Material.....................................................................96
Disc............................................................................56 Expansion Plugs........................................................ 360 Media.........................................................................96
EDI FlexAir...............................................................56 Extech, Exstik II......................................................... 207 Screen.....................................................................105
Great Lakes..............................................................82 Extension Cords, Waterproof Housing................... 411 Screening/Support.................................................99
Hose..........................................................................55 Systems.................................................................. 112
Manifold..................................................................185
Mount........................................................................50 F
Faucet, Drum..............................................................357
Vessels.................................................................... 119
Filtration
Oxygen Diffusers...............................................51–53
Filter Bags..............................................................100
Rubber......................................................................54 Feed Radial Flow Settler....................................... 106–107
Snap-Cap..................................................................56 Algae Wafers......................................................... 333
Synthetic.................................................................276
Sweetwater, Air.................................................48–50 Aquarium.......................................................333–334
Fish, Koi Stocking Packs...........................................347
Trac-Lock.................................................................53 Blood Worms ....................................................... 335
Fish Bag Banding Tool.............................................. 299
Tubing........................................................................57 Cichlid Gold Food................................................. 333
Fish Basket.................................................................379
Tubing Fittings.........................................................57 Cichlid Staple........................................................ 333
Fish Counters....................................................285–286
Wedge-Lock.............................................................53 Concentrated Planktonic Feed.......................... 333
Digital Timer...............................................................311 Dense Culture Food............................................. 338 Fish Farm
Fancy Guppy Food................................................ 333 Automated..................................................................9
Disinfectants Flake Food............................................................. 332 Ultimate Fish Farm.................................................10
Aquatic....................................................................414 Hikari Koi Foods................................................... 336 Mini Fish Farm................................................... 11, 17
Methylene Blue......................................................278
Ovadine Iodine.......................................................414
Hikari Plankton..................................................... 333 Fish Graders
Koi...................................................................336–338 Floating Adjustable Fish Graders...................... 295
Disinfection, UV Systems................................. 134–143 Larval Feeds......................................................... 335 Profibreed Grader and Grids.............................. 295
Dispensing Bottles.................................................... 306 Micro Pellets Food............................................... 333 Fish Graders...............................................................294
Dissecting Equipment.............................................. 305 O.S.I. Aquarium foods.......................................... 334 Fish Hauling, Treatments........................................ 277
Dissolved Gas Pressure Meter, Saki-Hikari Koi Food............................................ 336 Fish Measuring Board.............................................. 393
Point Four................................................................... 202
Vita Fish Vitamin Complex.................................. 334 Fish Pond Coating..................................................... 409
Dissolved Gas Pressure Transmitter,
Point Four................................................................... 203 Feeders Fish Tagging Gun....................................................... 393
Aquatic Xtreme Fish Feeder ...............................327 Fish Tags..................................................................... 393
Dissolved Oxygen Meter Fish Tranquilizers..................................................... 277
American Marine.................................................. 200 Arvo-Tec.........................................................324–325
Kit............................................................................ 200 Auger.......................................................................326 Fish Traps
Belt Feeders.......................................................... 328 Galvanized..............................................................379
Dissolved Oxygen Meters Controllers.............................................................326 Plastic.....................................................................379
OxyGuard....................................................... 198–200 Demand..................................................................326 Vinyl Coating..........................................................379
YSI................................................................... 194–200 Directional Fish Feeders......................................327 FishHaul-C, Brightwell............................................ 277
Door Mat, Sanitizing...................................................414 Granular................................................................ 329
Dosing Pump...............................................................176
Fittings
Handheld............................................................... 329 Bulkhead............................................................... 358
Drains, Bottom...........................................................359 Koi Feeders........................................................... 328 Cage....................................................................... 382
Drill Bits...................................................................... 366 Vibratory................................................................ 330 Clear PVC.............................................................. 364
Drip Emitter..........................................................67, 357 4-Way Cone Worm................................................ 329 Hose....................................................................... 356
Drum Filter..........................................................102–103 Pond....................................................................... 329 Quick Disconnect.................................................. 373
Dyes, Tracer Dye....................................................... 398 Seaveggies Clips.................................................. 329 Tank Kits.................................................................359
Feeding System, Vaki................................................ 323 Tee Eliminators........................................................54
FIAP Tubing......................................................................367
Venturi.......................................................................58
WD.............................................................................57
H Inlet Muffler Assemblies.............................................30
Instant Algae Marine Paste..................................... 343
Hach Insulated Container...................................................189
Fixed Bed Up-Flow Filter..........................................109
Test Kits................................................................. 225 Insulated Tanks..........................................................184
Flake Food ................................................................. 332
Test Strips.............................................................. 227 Intellizone Ozone Generator.....................................146
Flanges, Van Stone....................................................374
Handles........................................................................418 Intercomp, Hanging Scales......................................317
Flasks Iodine............................................................................278
Handling Tray, Handling Tray and Box................... 299
Erlenmeyer Flasks............................................... 308
J
Hanging Scales...........................................................317
Fernback Flask..................................................... 308
Harvesting Nets........................................................ 386
Float Switches............................................................178
Hatchers, Conical Hatching Jar.............................. 297
Floats, Net Floats...................................................... 390 Jars
Hatching Jar............................................................... 297
Flow Meters Hauling Tanks.............................................................189 Hatching Jar.......................................................... 297
Manifolds..................................................................66 Heat Exchangers, Water to Water............................252 Wide Mouth, Polyethylene................................... 306
Oxygen......................................................................66 Heat Pumps, Air Cooled............................................251
Flow Meters................................................................177
Fountains
Heaters
Electric In-Line Heaters...................................... 250
K
Aqua Control............................................................87 Kasco
Heat / Cool Pumps.......................................253–254
De-Icing....................................................................84
Kasco..................................................................85–86 Heat Exchangers...................................................252
Zinc Anodes..............................................................86 Fountains...........................................................85–86
Heat Pumps............................................................251
Freeze-Dried Food.................................................... 335 Surface Aerators.....................................................46
In-Line Heaters............................................ 249–250
Freshwater Invertebrates........................................ 346 Keystone, Butterfly Valves........................................349
PTC Immersion..................................................... 245
Koi
G
Replacement Element..........................................247
Resistance Immersion........................................ 246 Butterfly Koi...........................................................347
Submersible.......................................................... 248 Cool Season Koi ................................................... 337
Galvanized Steel Tanks..............................................182 Feeders.................................................................. 328
Temperature Controllers............................ 247–248
Gas Control Column/Tower..............................124–127 Food................................................................336–338
Thermal Protectors .............................................247
Gas Injection Systems, Point Four.............................59 Goldfish—Mix of Sarassa,
Heathro Series Fish
Gas Treatment............................................................128 Shubunkins, Comets and Wakins.......................347
and Shimp Pumps.............................................292–293
Gaskets, Sets..............................................................374 Koi Stocking Packs................................................347
Herbicide
Gate Valves Aquathol K Herbicide........................................... 264
Nets........................................................................ 385
Knife....................................................................... 353 Show Bowls............................................................188
Cutrine-Plus Algaecide Spawning Brushes............................................... 298
Plastic.....................................................................357 and Herbicide........................................................ 263
PVC......................................................................... 353 Spawntex Spawning Mat..................................... 298
Diquat......................................................................262
Replacement Parts.............................................. 353 Standard Fin...........................................................347
Weed Control........................................................ 264
Gauges, Pressure........................................................30 Treatment...............................................................279
High Output UV Sterilizers........................................141
Genesis Ozone Generator.........................................146
L
Hikari, Plankton......................................................... 333
Gilmour Holding Formula
Garden Accessories..............................................376 Better-Bait............................................................ 277
Menders and Couplings.......................................377
Lab Equipment
Finer-Shiner.......................................................... 277 Autoclave............................................................... 309
Gloves Holding Systems....................................................10, 13 Calipers...................................................................313
Aqua........................................................................ 403 Hoses Carboys.................................................................. 306
Disposable............................................................. 403 Clamps....................................................................361 Flat Wrapper..........................................................310
Fillet....................................................................... 403 Diffuser.....................................................................55 Imhoff Cone........................................................... 309
Nitrile......................................................................316 Discharge...............................................................361 Inoculating Loop................................................... 309
Shoulder Length .................................................. 403 Garden Hose Accessories....................................377 Microbiological Media......................................... 309
Waterproof............................................................ 403 Garden Hose Adapters.........................................377 Petri Dishes........................................................... 309
Goldfish Treatment....................................................279 Gilmour...................................................................376 Three-Hole Stoppers............................................310
Grader , Fish Grader................................................. 295 Nozzles...................................................................376
Graduated Tanks........................................................190
LaMotte
Oxygen......................................................................67 Colorimeter............................................................219
Granular, Algaecide.................................................. 263 Pond Hose.............................................................. 417 Measuring Kit.........................................................395
Grating...........................................................................99 Suction....................................................................361 Reagent Refills..................................................... 224
Gravel Vacuum............................................................415 Valves............................................................... 68, 357 Secchi Disk and Decal..........................................395
Great Lakes Fittings................................................................... 356 Test Kits................................................ 224, 228–229
Aeration Systems..............................................71–76 HOSS Series UV..........................................................140 Test Strips.............................................................. 227
Airlift Diffusers........................................................82
I
Turbidity Meters, Portable...................................221
De-Icing Systems....................................................83 Larval Feed................................................................ 335
Grips, Cable, Cord, Tubing........................................ 411 Larval Tanks...............................................................187
Ice Probe , Cooling Element.....................................257
Grounding Probes......................................................178 Leica, Microscopes....................................................301
Immersion Heaters, PTC Heaters.......................... 245
Grow Lights, Induction........................................24, 412 Lice Treatment............................................................279
In-Line Heaters, Aqua Logic.....................................249
Grow Lights...................................................................24 Lifegard Cartridge Filter........................................... 117
Induction Grow Lights.........................................24, 412
Grow Pots Industrial Plankton, Lights
Bucket lid..................................................................21 Algae Bioreactors.............................................340–341 Grow Lights......................................................24, 412
Net Pots....................................................................21 Injectors.......................................................................150 Meters.....................................................................412
M
Nylon Netting, Knotless...................................... 390
Micro Bubbler, Point Four...........................................53 Plankton Nets........................................................397
Micro Counter, Vaki................................................... 285 Replacement Bags for Monorail Nets............... 388
Macro Exel Counter, Vaki......................................... 285
Microbe-Lift......................................................... 23, 262 Seines..................................................................... 389
Macro Counter, Vaki.................................................. 285
Microbe-Lift Lice and Solid Bottom Dip Net........................................... 384
Magnetic Drive Pumps Anchor Worm Treatment..........................................279 The Monorail System........................................... 388
Danner....................................................................171 Microfiber Cleaning Towel........................................415
Netting
Replacement parts...............................................171 Microscope Accessories Garden Ponds....................................................... 405
Magnetic Drive Pumps...................... 171–172, 174–175 Counting Cells...................................................... 304 Polyclips....................................................................22
Manifolds Counting Wheel.................................................... 303 Polypropylene....................................................... 406
Diffuser...................................................................185 Cover Slips............................................................. 303 Predator................................................................. 405
Flow Meters.............................................................66 Depression Slides................................................ 303 Square Mesh......................................................... 405
Oxygen......................................................................67 Glass Slides........................................................... 303 Nipples.........................................................................370
Round................................................................. 68–69 Hemacytometer.................................................... 304 Notebooks, All Weather............................................401
Microscope Cleaning Kit..................................... 302
Valves............................................................... 68, 357
Plastic Multiwell Slide Plates............................. 303
Nozzles
Mechanical Filtration Video Eyepiece...................................................... 302
Air Nozzle.............................................................. 299
Fixed Bed Up-Flow Filter.....................................109 for Garden Hoses..................................................376
Radial Flow Settler....................................... 106–107 Microscopes Mixing Eductors.......................................................58
Binocular Microscope..........................................301 Spray.......................................................................130
Media Dissecting Microscope........................................ 302 Nylon Netting............................................................. 390
Bags..........................................................................94 Laboratory Microscope........................................301 Nylon Screening...........................................................99
Beads........................................................................95 Monocular Scope................................................. 302
O
Bio Barrels...............................................................94 Stereomicroscopes...............................................301
Bio-Balls...................................................................94
Bio-Fill......................................................................94 Milwaukee
Calibration Solutions........................................... 222 Ohaus, Balance/Scales.................................... 318–321
Biofilter Media Bags................................................94 On-Board Handling Tanks........................................189
Biological..................................................................93 ORP Controller......................................................242
PH/CO2 Controller.................................................242 Optical Dissolved Oxygen Meter, YSI.......................195
Calcium Reactor....................................................101 ORP Meter...................................................................201
Cocogro.....................................................................20 Portable Light Meter.............................................412
Mini Fish Farm........................................................ 11, 17 Ovadine Iodine............................................................278
Cocotek.....................................................................20 Oxidizing, Potassium Permanganate......................414
Desiccant................................................................150 Mixing Eductors............................................................58
Filter..........................................................................96 Monitors Oxygen
Filter Media..............................................................97 Accessories..............................................................67
Cloud..............................................................236–237
Filtration ..................................................................95 Concentration Systems..........................................63
Remote Water....................................................... 232
Gold Label Hydrocorn.............................................20 Flow Meters.............................................................66
Water Monitor....................................................... 235
Horticubes................................................................21 Hose..........................................................................67
Oxyguard Commander........................................ 239
Microbiological Media......................................... 309 Manifolds..................................................................67
Oxyguard Pacific................................................... 240
MM1...........................................................................98 Regulator..................................................................67
Transport System................................................. 238
P
Dissolved Gas Pressure Meter.......................... 202 Biofilter Startup.....................................................270
Dissolved Gas Pressure Transmitter................ 203 Calcium Chloride...................................................276
LC3......................................................................... 235 Defoamer................................................................278
Pacer Self-Priming Pumps......................................166
Micro Bubbler..........................................................53 Dry Ammonia Remover....................................... 275
Pacific Ozone, Ozone Generators....................147–148
PLC......................................................................... 234 Sodium Bicarbonate.............................................276
Packages, Chiller Barrel..........................................260
PLC Integration......................................................154 Super Salt Concentrate..........................................23
Paddle Wheels Pressurized Column...............................................59 Super Salt Concentrate........................................272
Aerators....................................................................42 RIU3........................................................................ 232 Zeolite Ammonia Remover................................. 275
Replacement Parts.................................................42 Trac-Lock Diffuser..................................................53 Protein Skimmer........................................................131
Paint Trac-Lock.................................................................53 PTFE Tubing................................................................149
Epoxy...................................................................... 408 Water Monitor Controllers..........................232–239 Pump Trap...................................................................165
Primer.................................................................... 408 Water Monitor Transport System...................... 238 Pumps
Thinner................................................................... 408 Wedge-Lock.............................................................53 12V.............................................................................36
Parabolic Screen Filter.............................................105 Poles Aerator......................................................................40
Parachute Skimmer................................................. 392 Extendable..............................................................418 AeroBoost..........................................................44–45
Parasite Treatment....................................................279 Hardwood...............................................................418 Air Cooled Heat......................................................251
Pellet Food................................................................. 333 Polyclips............................................................... 22, 406 Air Pumps.................................................................37
Pendulum Demand Feeder......................................326
Peristaltic Pumps......................................................176
Pond Berkeley..........................................................166–167
Medication..............................................................279 Centrifugal Pumps........................156–159, 162–165
pH, Microbe-Lift...........................................................23
Water Treatment....................................................267 Compressor.............................................................36
pH Calibration Solution............................................ 223
Water Conditioner................................................ 275 Constant Flow
pH Controller, Dosing Pump.....................................176
Pond Dyes....................................................................266 Technology.....................................152–154, 160–161
pH Meter Pond Filter Brushes.............................................97, 298 Diaphragm-Metering............................................176
American Marine.................................................. 204 Pond Hose .................................................................. 417 Dosing.....................................................................176
YSI........................................................................... 204 Pond Liner...................................................................183 Filter Bags..............................................................169
pH Tester.................................................................... 205 Pond Salt.....................................................................272 Flow Meters...........................................................177
Phosphate Remover..................................................276 Pondmaster, Submersible Pumps..........................170 H3-Plus...................................................................158
Phosphate Sponge.....................................................276 Pondzilla, Bacteria.....................................................269 Heat / Cool.....................................................253–254
Photometer, YSI..........................................................218 Potassium Permanganate................................278, 414 L3-Plus...................................................................158
Pinpoint ORP Meter....................................................201 Linear................................................................. 38–39
Pots
Pipe Bucket Lid.................................................................21 Live Fish and Shrimp...................................292–293
Clear PVC.............................................................. 364 Net.............................................................................21 Magnetic Drive............................... 171–172, 174–175
Flexible PVC...........................................................362 Power Cable................................................................ 411 Manual Siphon.......................................................415
Heat Dissipating......................................................31 Peristaltic...............................................................176
Modular Piping..................................................... 366
PR Aqua
Carbon Dioxide Stripper.......................................129 PR Aqua Heathro Series.............................292–293
Pipe Cutters................................................................375 Repair Kits................................................................38
Low Head Oxygenators.........................................129
Pipe Hangers..............................................................362 Replacement Parts.........................................38, 171
OxyTower................................................................128
Pipe Supports.............................................................362 Self-Priming...........................................................166
Pipeline (PLC), Vaki................................................... 288 Rotofilter Drum Filter...................................102–103
Vacuum Degasser.................................................128 Sparus.............................................................154–157
Pipette Accessories PR Aqua Heathro Series, Submersible.......................................... 168–170, 173
Pump.......................................................................312 Live Fish and Shrimp Pumps..........................292–293 Sweetwater....................................................164–165
Rack.........................................................................311 Taurus.....................................................................156
Rubber Bulbs.........................................................311
Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788
438 INDEX
SECTION
Products
Pump Traps–Tanks,
/ ProductsCulture
/ Products
Q
Crystal Sea............................................................ 273
Instant Ocean........................................................ 273 Solenoid Timer...........................................................352
Pond........................................................................272 Sparus, Pumps...................................................154–157
Quarantine System......................................................13 Spat Bags....................................................................379
Reef Crystals ....................................................... 273
R
Saltwater Algae......................................................... 346 Spawning
Saltwater Conditioner, Shrimp-Keeper................. 277 Koi Spawning Brushes........................................ 298
Saltwater Invertebrates........................................... 346 Ovaprim ................................................................ 298
Racks Sampler Accessories, Spawntex Spawning Mat..................................... 298
Benchtop Draining Rack......................................314 Calibrated Sampler Line...........................................395 Spawning Agent......................................................... 298
Wire Rack...............................................................310 Samplers.....................................................................394 Spawning Mat...............................................................97
Test Tube Racks.....................................................310 Sand.............................................................................272 Spray Foam................................................................ 409
Radial Flow Settler............................................ 106–107 Sand Filter Media.................................................. 95, 98 Spray Nozzles.............................................................130
Rain Suits................................................................... 402 Sand Filters, Arias............................................. 113–115 Starter Cultures, Instant Rotifers........................... 346
Reagents Sanitizing Door Mat....................................................414 Stopcocks............................................................. 68, 357
Smart3 Reagent Systems....................................219 Scale Weighing Boat..................................................321 Storage Tanks.............................................................190
YSI Photometer......................................................218 Scales Strainers..................................................................... 356
RealTech, Field Meter....................................... 144, 220 Compact Digital Hanging Scales........................317 Submersible Heaters............................................... 248
Reducer Coupling.......................................................372 Digital Bench..................................................319, 321 Submersible Pumps
Reducers.................................................................... 368 Food Scales........................................................... 320 Ebara.......................................................................170
Reducing Bushing............................................. 371–372 Heavy Duty Digital Hanging Scales....................317 Filter bags...............................................................169
Reef Carbon............................................................... 275 Mechanical Hanging Scales................................317 Pondmaster............................................................170
Reef Crystals, Salt.................................................... 273 Portable......................................................... 318–321 ShinMaywa.............................................................170
Refractometer, Salinity............................................ 208 Portable Hand Held..............................................319 Shurflo....................................................................172
Regulator.......................................................................67 Screen, Filter ............................................................105 Tsurumi...................................................................169
Remote Water Monitor Screens Submersible Pumps................................. 168–170, 173
Point Four......................................................236–237 Nylon.........................................................................99 SUP Series UV............................................................136
Point Four RIU3.................................................... 232 Stainless Steel.........................................................99 Super Salt Concentrate.............................................272
Repair Kits, Tank Liner..............................................183 Screw Clamps...............................................................67 Supplements
Repair Tape................................................................ 409 Sea Pen................................................................... 89–91 Calcium Carbonate.................................................23
Reverse Osmosis System.........................................120 PH Control................................................................23
Sealants
Rite in the Rain Cement....................................................................375 Salt Concentrate......................................................23
All Weather Copier Paper....................................401 Crack Filler............................................................ 409 Surface Aerators, Kasco.............................................46
All Weather Fish Scale Envelopes......................394 Fish Pond Coating................................................ 409 Surface Skimmer.......................................................108
All Weather Grid Pads..........................................401 PTFE Sealant and Tape........................................375 Surfactant.................................................................. 264
All Weather Notebooks.........................................401 Silicone...................................................................375 SUS Series UV............................................................137
All weather Pen and Refill....................................401 Waterweld............................................................. 409 SVP Series UV.............................................................138
Riverwatcher, Vaki.................................................... 289 Sealed Tanks...............................................................191 Sweetwater
Rockin Foam.............................................................. 409 Sedna Filter................................................................. 117 Bead Filter...................................................... 110–111
Rotary Drum Filter.............................................102–103 Self-Priming Pumps..................................................166 Bio-Media.................................................................93
Rotary Vane Semi-Square Tanks...................................................184 Low Space Bioreactor..........................................122
Compressor.............................................................79 Shade Cloth.......................................................... 22, 406 Pumps.............................................................164–165
Compressor Accessories......................................80 ShinMaywa, Submersible Pumps............................170 SWX Bio-Media........................................................93
Rotifer Production Systems..................................... 345 Shipping Bags Blowers...................................................27–29, 31, 33
Rotifer Sieve............................................................... 297 Fish Bag Banding Tool......................................... 299 Diffusers............................................................48–50
Rotifers....................................................................... 346 Live Fish................................................................. 299 Piston Air Compressors.........................................78
Rotofilter..............................................................102–103 Shrimp Counter, Vaki................................................ 286
Switches
Round Tanks................................................................184 Shurflo, Submersible Pumps...................................172
Float........................................................................178
Rubber Seal, Uniseal.................................................361 SIBATA, Pipettes.........................................................311
Flow.........................................................................178
Sieve
S
Water Level.............................................................178
Rotifer .................................................................... 297 Synthetic Filtration.....................................................276
Rotifer .................................................................... 297 Systems, Aeration Systems........................................40
Sabbactisun................................................................278
Sets..........................................................................397
T
Safeguard UV Systems..................................... 134–143
Siphon, Pump, Manual..............................................415
Safety Cap......................................................................67
Skimmer............................................................. 108, 392
Salinity Meter SLP Series UV.............................................................134 Tanks
American Marine.................................................. 209 SLS Series UV.............................................................135 Conical....................................................................192
Smart Flow System................................................... 290 Covers ....................................................................188
Smart UV Replacement Parts..................................143 Culture Tanks.................................................180–181
SMART UV Systems.......................................... 134–143
Online Orders: PentairAES.com I Phone Orders and Tech Advice: 877.347.4788
SECTION
INDEX 439
Tanks,
Products
Custom–Water
/ Products / Products
Monitors
U
Aquaponics...................................................... 23, 224
Water Quality................................................. 224–225
Test Strips................................................................... 227 Unions..........................................................................371
W
Tetra Jumbokrill........................................................ 334 Uniseal, Rubber Seal.................................................361 Waders
Tetramin Flakes........................................................ 334 UV Replacement Parts..............................................143 Chest...................................................................... 402
Thermometers Hip........................................................................... 403
UV Systems Ultra Lightweight ................................................ 402
Digital..................................................................... 399 Controllers.............................................................139
Laboratory............................................................. 398 Waste Solid Removal System...................................104
Sterilizers.......................................................141–142
Min/Max................................................................. 398
UV Systems........................................................ 134–143
Water Chillers
Mini Temptestr...................................................... 399 Air-Cooled.....................................................255–258
UVT Field Meter..........................................................144
Pocket.................................................................... 398 Water-Cooled.........................................................259
V
Pocket Sized.......................................................... 399 Water Colorants, Concentrated...............................266
Pond/Tank............................................................. 398 Water Column Clarifier.............................................269
Sinking................................................................... 398
Waterproof............................................................ 399
Vacuum Water Conditioners
Commercial Head................................................. 417 Ammonia Neutralizers.........................................274
Wireless................................................................. 399
Gravel......................................................................415 Chlorine Neutralizers...........................................274
Thread Cutting Taps.................................................. 366
Vacuum Degasser......................................................128 Koizyme..................................................................279
Timers Vaki......................................................282–291, 294, 323 Shrimp-Keeper..................................................... 277
Hand Counter.........................................................313 Vaki Service Contracts............................................. 287 Vidalife................................................................... 277
Repeat Cycle.......................................................... 411 Water Conditioners................................................... 275
Water Resistant Stopwatch..................................313 Valve Assemblies
Titanium Pumps, Tsurumi........................................169 Bleed.........................................................................30 Water Flow
Check........................................................................30 Handheld Depth Finder........................................396
Tongs....................................................................405, 415
Pressure...................................................................30 Meters.....................................................................396
Trac-Lock, Point Four..................................................53
Probes.....................................................................396
Tranquil, Fish Tranquilizers..................................... 277 Valves Water Level Switches................................................178
Translucent Tanks......................................................192 3-Port..................................................................... 353
Transport System, Point Four TS............................ 238 Air Purge................................................................ 353 Water Monitor
Oxyguard Commander........................................ 239
Trays Ball.................................................................350 –352
Oxyguard Pacific................................................... 240
Grow Trays................................................................22 Brass.................................................................67, 357
X
XLHP, High Performance Heat Pumps.................. 253
Y
YSI
Cable Kit.................................................................214
Conductivity Calibration Solutions.................... 223
Dissolved Oxygen Meters............................ 194–200
EC300A.................................................................. 206
EC30A..................................................................... 207
EcoSense DO200...................................................196
EcoSense DO200A.................................................196
ORP15A...................................................................201
PH100A.................................................................. 204
PH10A..................................................................... 205
Photometer............................................................218
Photometer Reagents...........................................218
Pro Plus..................................................................214
PRO1020.................................................................211
PRO20.....................................................................194
PRO2030.................................................................212
PRO30.....................................................................210
CONSTANCE BEAULATON
Constance received a bachelor’s degree in CAROLINE CAPOBIANCO
biological sciences & aquaculture from Caroline received her B.S. in Marine Biology
Florida Institute of Technology. She has from Florida Institute of Technology in Melbourne,
worked in commercial aquaculture FL and her M.Sc. in Marine Biology from
on recirculating systems, water chemistry and Northeastern University in Boston, MA. She
farm management. Constance has extensive has a diverse background in coral, fish, aquatic
knowledge in sturgeon, larval rearing, plants, and algae. She is currently focusing on
husbandry duties, gender differentiation with water quality testing and live feeds production.
ultrasound, fish purging and harvesting.
DENNIS DELONG
Dennis received his Bachelor’s degree in biology
from West Virginia University, and his Master of CLARKE DEWITT
Science degree in management from NC State Clarke graduated from Brunswick
University.Beginning in aquaculture in 1978, he Community College in Supply, NC, with an
has extensive experience in pond aquaculture of A.S. degree in aquaculture technology. His
freshwater prawns and in the design, construction technical experience includes hatchery
and operation of recirculating aquaculture systems. management, aquatic weed control and
He previously managed the North Carolina Fish aquarium supplies.
Barn project and provided aquaculture extension
assistance at NC State University.
TOM DRURY
Tom graduated with a Bachelor of Science MIKEL FERRI
degree in biology from Hampden-Sydney Mikel received both his Bachelor’s in electrical
College in Virginia. He also received a master’s engineering and Master’s in Business
degree in aquaculture from the University of Administration from Olivet Nazarene University.
Miami (FL). His graduate work focused on His past experience includes water reclamation
marine finfish culture in RAS and offshore for power plants and mining applications. He has
cages, and shrimp production in biofloc systems. experience in instrumentation, controls and
He has extensive knowledge regarding shrimp product development.
and tilapia production in biofloc RAS systems.
RICHARD D. JONES
Rick received his M.S. in biological and
RYAN KARCHER
agricultural engineering from North Carolina Ryan received his A.S. degree in aquaculture
State University. His graduate work included from Hillsborough Community College. His
extensive research on filtration and water technical experience includes ornamental
recirculation. He has also participated in the hatchery management, hormone-induced
design, construction and maintenance of spawning and aeration and recirculating
commercial-scale aquaculture facilities and system design. He also has experience in
public aquariums. Rick is a certified Engineer- home aquarium design and maintenance.
in-Training (EIT).
MELYNA SILVA
Melyna Silva received her M.Sc. in Environmental GREG TRUSSO
Sciences from the University of the South
Greg received a B.S. in marine biology from
Pacific, Fiji Islands, and a B.S. in Biology from
the University of North Carolina at Wilmington.
the National University of the Peruvian
He has worked with recirculating aquaculture
Amazon. She also has experience with
systems and in retail aquarium sales, and he
reproductive biology, induced fish spawning
has performed research on fish nutrition.
and pond-management of native Amazon
basin fish species.
GENNY WEST
Genny has 20 years of experience in the
aquaculture industry in both system design and
technical sales. She received her Mechanical
Engineering Technology diploma in Victoria BC
Canada. Some of the work that Genny does is with
large flow and small flow finfish and shellfish
facilities including RAS, influent and effluent
treatment, water disinfection, WQ monitoring,
oxygenation, degassing and ocean cage sites.
10% OFF
YOUR FIRST WEB ORDER
To recieve our e-mails please visit
PentairAES.com/signup
PENTAIR AES 5 PILLARS
TRUST IN A TEAM THAT’S HERE
TO HELP YOU — ASK US!
• Design & Engineering Services
• Field Service & Support
• Commercial Aquaculture
• Aquaponics
• Equipment